Form 10-Q
Table of Contents

 

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, DC 20549

 

 

FORM 10-Q

 

 

 

x QUARTERLY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the quarterly period ended June 30, 2012

or

 

¨ TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the transition period from                      to

Commission file number 001-09718

The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

 

 

Pennsylvania   25-1435979

(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

 

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification No.)

One PNC Plaza, 249 Fifth Avenue, Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania 15222-2707

(Address of principal executive offices, including zip code)

(412) 762-2000

(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)

 

(Former name, former address and former fiscal year, if changed since last report)

 

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant: (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.    Yes  x    No  ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).    Yes  x    No  ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer”, “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

 

Large accelerated filer   x    Accelerated filer   ¨
Non-accelerated filer   ¨    Smaller reporting company   ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).    Yes  ¨    No  x

As of August 1, 2012, there were 529,405,539 shares of the registrant’s common stock ($5 par value) outstanding.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

THE PNC FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.

Cross-Reference Index to Second Quarter 2012 Form 10-Q

 

     Pages  

PART I – FINANCIAL INFORMATION

  

Item 1.     Financial Statements (Unaudited).

  

Consolidated Income Statement

     77   

Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income

     78   

Consolidated Balance Sheet

     79   

Consolidated Statement Of Cash Flows

     80   

Notes To Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)

  

Note 1   Accounting Policies

     82   

Note 2   Acquisition and Divestiture Activity

     85   

Note 3   Loan Sale and Servicing Activities and Variable Interest Entities

     87   

Note 4   Loans and Commitments to Extend Credit

     93   

Note 5   Asset Quality

     94   

Note 6   Purchased Loans

     108   

Note 7    Allowances for Loan and Lease Losses and Unfunded Loan
Commitments and Letters of Credit

     111   

Note 8   Investment Securities

     115   

Note 9   Fair Value

     121   

Note 10 Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

     139   

Note 11 Capital Securities of Subsidiary Trusts and Perpetual Trust Securities

     141   

Note 12 Certain Employee Benefit And Stock Based Compensation Plans

     142   

Note 13 Financial Derivatives

     145   

Note 14 Earnings Per Share

     152   

Note 15 Total Equity And Other Comprehensive Income

     153   

Note 16 Income Taxes

     157   

Note 17 Legal Proceedings

     158   

Note 18 Commitments and Guarantees

     160   

Note 19 Segment Reporting

     164   

Note 20 Subsequent Events

     167   

Statistical Information (Unaudited)

  

Average Consolidated Balance Sheet And Net Interest Analysis

     168   

Item 2.      Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.

  

Financial Review

  

Consolidated Financial Highlights

     1   

Executive Summary

     3   

Consolidated Income Statement Review

     9   

Consolidated Balance Sheet Review

     13   

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements And Variable Interest Entities

     24   

Fair Value Measurements

     25   

European Exposure

     26   

Business Segments Review

     27   

Critical Accounting Estimates And Judgments

     43   

Status Of Qualified Defined Benefit Pension Plan

     45   

Recourse And Repurchase Obligations

     45   

Risk Management

     49   

Internal Controls And Disclosure Controls And Procedures

     71   

Glossary Of Terms

     71   

Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward-Looking Information

     75   

Item 3.     Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk.

     49-70 and 145-152   

Item 4.     Controls and Procedures.

     71   

PART II – OTHER INFORMATION

  

Item 1.     Legal Proceedings.

     170   

Item 1A.  Risk Factors.

     170   

Item 2.     Unregistered Sales Of Equity Securities And Use Of Proceeds.

     170   

Item 6.     Exhibits.

     170   

Exhibit Index.

     170   

Signature   

     170   

Corporate Information

     171   


Table of Contents

THE PNC FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.

Cross-Reference Index to Second Quarter 2012 Form 10-Q (continued)

 

MD&A TABLE REFERENCE

 

Table

  

Description

   Page  
1   

Consolidated Financial Highlights

     1   
2   

Net Interest Income and Net Interest Margin

     9   
3   

Summarized Balance Sheet Data

     13   
4   

Details Of Loans

     14   
5   

Accretion – Purchased Impaired Loans

     15   
6   

Accretable Net Interest – Purchased Impaired Loans

     15   
7   

Valuation of Purchased Impaired Loans

     15   
8   

Weighted Average Life of the Purchased Impaired Portfolios

     16   
9   

Accretable Difference Sensitivity – Total Purchased Impaired Loans

     16   
10   

Net Unfunded Credit Commitments

     16   
11   

Details of Investment Securities

     17   
12   

Vintage, Current Credit Rating, and FICO Score for Asset-Backed Securities

     18   
13   

Other-Than-Temporary Impairments

     19   
14   

Net Unrealized Gains and Losses on Non-Agency Securities

     20   
15   

Loans Held For Sale

     21   
16   

Details Of Funding Sources

     22   
17   

Risk-Based Capital

     23   
18   

Fair Value Measurements – Summary

     25   
19   

Summary of European Exposure

     26   
20   

Results Of Businesses – Summary

     28   
21   

Retail Banking Table

     29   
22   

Corporate & Institutional Banking Table

     33   
23   

Asset Management Group Table

     36   
24   

Residential Mortgage Banking Table

     39   
25   

BlackRock Table

     40   
26   

Non-Strategic Assets Portfolio Table

     42   
27   

Pension Expense – Sensitivity Analysis

     45   
28   

Analysis of Quarterly Residential Mortgage Repurchase Claims by Vintage

     47   
29   

Analysis of Quarterly Residential Mortgage Unresolved Asserted Indemnification and Repurchase Claims

     47   
30   

Analysis of Residential Mortgage Indemnification and Repurchase Claim Settlement Activity

     47   
31   

Analysis of Home Equity Unresolved Asserted Indemnification and Repurchase Claims

     49   
32   

Analysis of Home Equity Indemnification and Repurchase Claim Settlement Activity

     49   
33   

Nonperforming Assets By Type

     52   
34   

OREO and Foreclosed Assets

     53   
35   

Change in Nonperforming Assets

     53   
36   

Accruing Loans Past Due 30 To 59 Days

     54   
37   

Accruing Loans Past Due 60 To 89 Days

     54   
38   

Accruing Loans Past Due 90 Days Or More

     55   
39   

Home Equity Lines of Credit – Draw Period End Dates

     56   
40   

Bank-Owned Consumer Real Estate Related Loan Modifications

     57   
41   

Bank-Owned Consumer Real Estate Related Loan Modifications Re-Default by Vintage

     58   
42   

Summary of Troubled Debt Restructurings

     59   
43   

Loan Charge-Offs And Recoveries

     60   
44   

Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses

     61   
45   

Credit ratings as of June 30, 2012 for PNC and PNC Bank, N.A.

     64   
46   

Contractual Obligations

     65   
47   

Other Commitments

     65   
48   

Interest Sensitivity Analysis

     66   
49   

Net Interest Income Sensitivity to Alternative Rate Scenarios (Second Quarter 2012)

     66   
50   

Alternate Interest Rate Scenarios: One Year Forward

     67   
51   

Enterprise-Wide Trading-Related Gains/Losses Versus Value at Risk

     67   
52   

Trading Revenue

     68   
53   

Equity Investments Summary

     68   
54   

Financial Derivatives

     70   


Table of Contents

THE PNC FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.

Cross-Reference Index to Second Quarter 2012 Form 10-Q (continued)

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS TABLE REFERENCE

 

Table

  

Description

   Page  
55   

RBC Bank (USA) Purchase Accounting

     86   
56   

RBC Bank (USA) Intangible Assets

     86   
57   

RBC Bank (USA) and PNC Pro Forma Results

     87   
58   

Certain Financial Information and Cash Flows Associated with Loan Sale and Servicing Activities

     89   
59   

Consolidated VIEs – Carrying Value

     90   
60   

Assets and Liabilities of Consolidated VIEs

     91   
61   

Non-Consolidated VIEs

     91   
62   

Loans Outstanding

     93   
63   

Net Unfunded Credit Commitments

     93   
64   

Age Analysis of Past Due Accruing Loans

     94   
65   

Nonperforming Assets

     95   
66   

Commercial Lending Asset Quality Indicators

     97   
67   

Home Equity and Residential Real Estate Balances

     98   
68   

Consumer Real Estate Secured Asset Quality Indicators – Excluding Purchased Impaired Loans

     98   
69   

Consumer Real Estate Secured Asset Quality Indicators – Purchased Impaired Loans

     100   
70   

Credit Card and Other Consumer Loan Classes Asset Quality Indicators

     102   
71   

Summary of Troubled Debt Restructurings

     103   
72   

Financial Impact and TDRs by Concession Type

     104   
73   

TDRs which have Subsequently Defaulted

     106   
74   

Impaired Loans

     108   
75   

Purchased Impaired Loans – Balances

     109   
76   

Accretable Yield

     109   
77   

RBC Bank (USA) Acquisition – Purchased Loans Balances

     110   
78   

Purchased Impaired Loans – RBC Bank (USA) Acquisition

     110   
79   

Purchased Non-Impaired Loans – Fair Value

     111   
80   

Purchased Non-Impaired Loans – Cash Flows

     111   
81   

Rollforward of Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses and Associated Loan Data

     113   
82   

Rollforward of Allowance for Unfunded Loan Commitments and Letters of Credit

     114   
83   

Investment Securities Summary

     115   
84   

Gross Unrealized Loss and Fair Value of Securities Available for Sale

     116   
85   

Credit Impairment Assessment Assumptions – Non-Agency Residential Mortgage-Backed
and Asset-Backed Securities

     117   
86   

Summary of OTTI Credit Losses Recognized in Earnings

     118   
87   

Summary of OTTI Noncredit (Losses) Recoveries Included in Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss

     118   
88   

Rollforward of Cumulative OTTI Credit Losses Recognized in Earnings

     119   
89   

Gains (Losses) on Sales of Securities Available for Sale

     119   
90   

Contractual Maturity of Debt Securities

     120   
91   

Weighted-Average Expected Maturity of Mortgage and Other Asset-Backed Debt Securities

     120   
92   

Fair Value of Securities Pledged and Accepted as Collateral

     120   
93   

Fair Value Measurements – Summary

     126   
94   

Reconciliation of Level 3 Assets and Liabilities

     127   
95   

Fair Value Measurement – Recurring Quantitative Information

     131   
96   

Fair Value Measurements – Nonrecurring

     134   
97   

Fair Value Measurements – Nonrecurring Quantitative Information

     134   
98   

Fair Value Option – Changes in Fair Value

     135   
99   

Fair Value Option – Fair Value and Principal Balances

     136   
100   

Additional Fair Value Information Related to Financial Instruments

     137   
101   

Changes in Goodwill by Business Segment

     139   
102   

Summary of Changes in Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

     139   
103   

Other Intangible Assets

     139   
104   

Amortization Expense on Existing Intangible Assets

     140   

 


Table of Contents

THE PNC FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.

Cross-Reference Index to Second Quarter 2012 Form 10-Q (continued)

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS TABLE REFERENCE (Continued)

Table

  

Description

   Page  
105   

Commercial Mortgage Servicing Rights

     140   
106   

Residential Mortgage Servicing Rights

     140   
107   

Commercial Mortgage Loan Servicing Assets – Key Valuation Assumptions

     141   
108   

Residential Mortgage Loan Servicing Assets – Key Valuation Assumptions

     141   
109   

Fees from Mortgage and Other Loan Servicing

     141   
110   

Net Periodic Pension and Postretirement Benefits Costs

     143   
111   

Option Pricing Assumptions

     143   
112   

Stock Option Rollforward

     144   
113   

Nonvested Incentive/Performance Unit Share Awards and Restricted Stock/Unit Awards – Rollforward

     144   
114   

Nonvested Cash-Payable Restricted Share Unit – Rollforward

     145   
115   

Derivatives Total Notional or Contractual Amounts and Estimated Net Fair Values

     148   
116   

Derivatives Designated in GAAP Hedge Relationships – Fair Value Hedges

     149   
117   

Derivatives Designated in GAAP Hedge Relationships – Cash Flow Hedges

     149   
118   

Derivatives Designated in GAAP Hedge Relationships – Net Investment Hedges

     150   
119   

Gains (Losses) on Derivatives Not Designated as Hedging Instruments under GAAP

     150   
120   

Credit Default Swaps

     151   
121   

Credit Ratings of Credit Default Swaps

     151   
122   

Referenced/Underlying Assets of Credit Default Swaps

     151   
123   

Risk Participation Agreements Sold

     152   
124   

Internal Credit Ratings of Risk Participation Agreements Sold

     152   
125   

Basic and Diluted Earnings per Common Share

     152   
126   

Rollforward of Total Equity

     153   
127   

Other Comprehensive Income

     154   
128   

Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss) Components

     157   
129   

Net Operating Loss Carryforwards and Tax Credit Carryforwards

     157   
130   

Net Outstanding Standby Letters of Credit

     160   
131   

Analysis of Commercial Mortgage Recourse Obligations

     162   
132   

Analysis of Indemnification and Repurchase Liability for Asserted Claims and Unasserted Claims

     163   
133   

Reinsurance Agreements Exposure

     163   
134   

Reinsurance Reserves – Rollforward

     163   
135   

Results Of Businesses

     166   


Table of Contents

FINANCIAL REVIEW

TABLE 1: CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS

THE PNC FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.

 

Dollars in millions, except per share data    Three months ended June 30      Six months ended June 30  
Unaudited    2012     2011      2012      2011  

Financial Results (a)

            

Revenue

            

Net interest income

   $ 2,526      $ 2,150       $ 4,817       $ 4,326   

Noninterest income

     1,097        1,452         2,538         2,907   

Total revenue

     3,623        3,602         7,355         7,233   

Noninterest expense

     2,648        2,176         5,103         4,246   

Pretax, pre-provision earnings (b)

     975        1,426         2,252         2,987   

Provision for credit losses

     256        280         441         701   

Income before income taxes and noncontrolling interests (pretax earnings)

   $ 719      $ 1,146       $ 1,811       $ 2,286   

Net Income

   $ 546      $ 912       $ 1,357       $ 1,744   

Less: Net income (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interests

     (5     (1      1         (6

     Preferred stock dividends and discount accretion

     25        25         64         29   

Net income attributable to common shareholders

   $ 526      $ 888       $ 1,292       $ 1,721   
 

Diluted earnings per common share

   $ .98      $ 1.67       $ 2.42       $ 3.24   
 

Cash dividends declared per common share

   $ .40      $ .35       $ .75       $ .45   

Integration costs:

            

Pretax

   $ 52      $ 5       $ 197       $ 6   

After-tax

   $ 34      $ 3       $ 128       $ 4   

Impact on diluted earnings per share

   $ .06      $ .01       $ .24       $ .01   
 

Noncash charges for unamortized discounts related to redemption of trust preferred securities:

            

Pretax

   $ 130         $ 130        

After-tax

   $ 85         $ 85        

Impact on diluted earnings per share

   $ .16         $ .16        
 

Provision for residential mortgage repurchase obligations:

            

Pretax

   $ 438      $ 21       $ 470       $ 35   

After-tax

   $ 284      $ 14       $ 305       $ 23   

Impact on diluted earnings per share

   $ .54      $ .03       $ .58       $ .04   

Performance Ratios

            

Net interest margin (c)

     4.08     3.93      3.99      3.93

Noninterest income to total revenue

     30        40         35         40   

Efficiency

     73        60         69         59   

Return on:

            

Average common shareholders’ equity

     6.23        11.44         7.80         11.29   

Average assets

     .74        1.40         .94         1.34   

See page 71 for a glossary of certain terms used in this Report.

Certain prior period amounts have been reclassified to conform with the current period presentation, which we believe is more meaningful to readers of our consolidated financial statements. The after-tax amounts in this table and notes below were calculated using a marginal federal income tax rate of 35% and include applicable income tax adjustments.

(a) The Executive Summary and Consolidated Income Statement Review portions of the Financial Review section of this Report provide information regarding items impacting the comparability of the periods presented.
(b) We believe that pretax, pre-provision earnings, a non-GAAP measure, is useful as a tool to help evaluate the ability to provide for credit costs through operations.
(c) Calculated as annualized taxable-equivalent net interest income divided by average earning assets. The interest income earned on certain earning assets is completely or partially exempt from federal income tax. As such, these tax-exempt instruments typically yield lower returns than taxable investments. To provide more meaningful comparisons of net interest margins for all earning assets, we use net interest income on a taxable-equivalent basis in calculating net interest margin by increasing the interest income earned on tax-exempt assets to make it fully equivalent to interest income earned on taxable investments. This adjustment is not permitted under generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP) in the Consolidated Income Statement. The taxable-equivalent adjustments to net interest income for the three months ended June 30, 2012 and June 30, 2011 were $35 million and $25 million, respectively. The taxable-equivalent adjustments to net interest income for the six months ended June 30, 2012 and June 30, 2011 were $66 million and $49 million.

 

The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – Form 10-Q    1


Table of Contents

TABLE 1: CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS (CONTINUED) (a)

 

Unaudited    June 30
2012
     December 31
2011
     June 30
2011
 

Balance Sheet Data (dollars in millions, except per share data)

          

Assets

   $ 299,575      $ 271,205      $ 263,117  

Loans (b) (c)

     180,425        159,014        150,319  

Allowance for loan and lease losses (b)

     4,156        4,347        4,627  

Interest-earning deposits with banks (b)

     3,995        1,169        4,508  

Investment securities (b)

     61,937        60,634        59,414  

Loans held for sale (c)

     3,333        2,936        2,679  

Goodwill and other intangible assets

     10,962        10,144        10,594  

Equity investments (b) (d)

     10,617        10,134        9,776  
 

Noninterest-bearing deposits

     64,476        59,048        52,683  

Interest-bearing deposits

     142,447        128,918        129,208  

Total deposits

     206,923        187,966        181,891  

Transaction deposits

     166,043        147,637        137,109  

Borrowed funds (b)

     43,689        36,704        35,176  

Shareholders’ equity

     37,005        34,053        32,235  

Common shareholders’ equity

     33,884        32,417        31,588  

Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)

     402        (105      69  
 

Book value per common share

     64.00        61.52        60.02  

Common shares outstanding (millions)

     529        527        526  

Loans to deposits

     87      85      83
 

Client Assets (billions)

          

Discretionary assets under management

   $ 109      $ 107      $ 109  

Nondiscretionary assets under administration

     105        103        110  

Total assets under administration

     214        210        219  

Brokerage account assets

     36        34        35  

Total client assets

   $ 250      $ 244      $ 254  
 

Capital Ratios

          

Tier 1 common

     9.3      10.3      10.5

Tier 1 risk-based (e)

     11.4        12.6        12.8  

Total risk-based (e)

     14.2        15.8        16.2  

Leverage (e)

     10.1        11.1        11.0  

Common shareholders’ equity to assets

     11.3        12.0        12.0  
 

Asset Quality

          

Nonperforming loans to total loans

     1.92      2.24      2.57

Nonperforming assets to total loans, OREO and foreclosed assets

     2.31        2.60        2.97  

Nonperforming assets to total assets

     1.39        1.53        1.70  

Net charge-offs to average loans (for the three months ended) (annualized)

     .71        .83        1.11  

Allowance for loan and lease losses to total loans

     2.30        2.73        3.08  

Allowance for loan and lease losses to nonperforming loans (f)

     120        122        120  

Accruing loans past due 90 days or more (g)

   $ 2,483      $ 2,973      $ 2,646  
(a) The Executive Summary and Consolidated Balance Sheet Review portions of the Financial Review section of this Report provide information regarding items impacting the comparability of the periods presented.
(b) Amounts include consolidated variable interest entities. See Consolidated Balance Sheet in Part I, Item 1 of this Report for additional information.
(c) Amounts include assets for which we have elected the fair value option. See Consolidated Balance Sheet in Part I, Item 1 of this Report for additional information.
(d) Amounts include our equity interest in BlackRock.
(e) The minimum US regulatory capital ratios under Basel I are 4.0% for Tier 1 risk-based, 8.0% for Total risk-based, and 4.0% for Leverage. The comparable well-capitalized levels are 6.0% for Tier 1 risk-based, 10.0% for Total risk-based, and 5.0% for Leverage.
(f) The allowance for loan and lease losses includes impairment reserves attributable to purchased impaired loans. Nonperforming loans exclude certain government insured or guaranteed loans, loans held for sale, loans accounted for under the fair value option and purchased impaired loans.
(g) Excludes loans held for sale and purchased impaired loans. In the first quarter of 2012, we adopted a policy stating that home equity loans past due 90 days or more would be placed on nonaccrual status. Prior policy required that these loans be past due 180 days before being placed on nonaccrual status.

 

2    The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – Form 10-Q


Table of Contents

FINANCIAL REVIEW

THE PNC FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.

This Financial Review, including the Consolidated Financial Highlights, should be read together with our unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements and unaudited Statistical Information included elsewhere in this Report and with Items 6, 7, 8 and 9A of our 2011 Annual Report on Form 10-K as amended by Amendment No. 1 on Form 10-K/A (2011 Form 10-K). We have reclassified certain prior period amounts to conform with the current period presentation, which we believe is more meaningful to readers of our consolidated financial statements. For information regarding certain business, regulatory and legal risks, see the following sections as they appear in this Report and in our 2011 Form 10-K and our First Quarter 2012 Form 10-Q: the Risk Management section of the Financial Review portion of the respective report; Item 1A Risk Factors included in our 2011 Form 10-K; and the Legal Proceedings and Commitments and Guarantees Notes of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in the respective report. Also, see the Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward-Looking Information section in this Financial Review and the Critical Accounting Estimates And Judgments section in this Financial Review and in our 2011 Form 10-K for certain other factors that could cause actual results or future events to differ, perhaps materially, from historical performance and from those anticipated in the forward-looking statements included in this Report. See Note 19 Segment Reporting in the Notes To Consolidated Financial Statements included in Part I, Item 1 of this Report for a reconciliation of total business segment earnings to total PNC consolidated net income as reported on a generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP) basis.

 

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY

PNC is one of the largest diversified financial services companies in the United States and is headquartered in Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania.

PNC has businesses engaged in retail banking, corporate and institutional banking, asset management, and residential mortgage banking, providing many of its products and services nationally and others in PNC’s primary geographic markets located in Pennsylvania, Ohio, New Jersey, Michigan, Illinois, Maryland, Indiana, North Carolina, Florida, Kentucky, Washington, D.C., Alabama, Delaware, Georgia, Virginia, Missouri, Wisconsin and South Carolina. PNC also provides certain products and services internationally.

KEY STRATEGIC GOALS

We manage our company for the long term and seek to manage risk in keeping with a moderate risk philosophy. We emphasize maintaining strong capital and liquidity positions, investing in our markets and products, and embracing our corporate responsibility to the communities where we do business.

Our strategy to enhance shareholder value centers on driving growth in pre-tax, pre-provision earnings by achieving growth in revenue from our balance sheet and a diverse business mix that exceeds growth in expenses controlled through disciplined cost management.

The primary drivers of revenue are the acquisition, expansion and retention of customer relationships. We strive to expand our customer base by offering convenient banking options and leading technology solutions, providing a broad range of fee-based and credit products and services, focusing on customer service, and managing a significantly enhanced branding initiative. This strategy is designed to give our customers choices based on their needs. Rather than striving

to optimize fee revenue in the short term, our approach is focused on effectively growing targeted market share and “share of wallet.” We may also grow revenue through appropriate and targeted acquisitions and, in certain businesses, by expanding into new geographical markets.

PNC faces a variety of risks that may impact different aspects of our risk profile from time to time, the extent of each varies depending on factors such as the current economic, political and regulatory environment, the impact of mergers and acquisition activity, and operational challenges. Many of these risks and our risk management strategies are described in more detail in our 2011 Form 10-K and elsewhere in this Report.

We expect to build capital via retained earnings while having opportunities to return capital to shareholders during 2012. See the 2012 Capital and Liquidity Actions section of this Executive Summary, the Funding and Capital Sources section of the Consolidated Balance Sheet Review section and the Liquidity Risk Management section of this Financial Review and the Supervision and Regulation section in Item 1 of our 2011 Form 10-K.

RBC BANK (USA) ACQUISITION

On March 2, 2012, we acquired 100% of the issued and outstanding common stock of RBC Bank (USA), the US retail banking subsidiary of Royal Bank of Canada. As part of the acquisition, PNC also purchased a credit card portfolio from RBC Bank (Georgia), National Association. PNC paid $3.6 billion in cash as the consideration for the acquisition of both RBC Bank (USA) and the credit card portfolio. The transaction added approximately $18.1 billion in deposits, $14.5 billion of loans and $1.1 billion of goodwill and intangible assets to PNC’s Consolidated Balance Sheet. Our Consolidated Income Statement includes the impact of business activity associated with the RBC Bank (USA) acquisition subsequent to March 2, 2012.

 

 

The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – Form 10-Q    3


Table of Contents

RBC Bank (USA), based in Raleigh, North Carolina, operated more than 400 branches in North Carolina, Florida, Alabama, Georgia, Virginia and South Carolina. The primary reasons for the acquisition of RBC Bank (USA) were to enhance shareholder value, to improve PNC’s competitive position in the financial services industry, and to further expand PNC’s existing branch network in the states where it currently operates as well as expanding into new markets. When combined with PNC’s existing network, PNC now has 2,888 branches across 17 states and the District of Columbia, ranking it fifth among U.S. banks in branches. See Note 2 Acquisition and Divestiture Activity in the Notes To Consolidated Financial Statements in this Report for additional information regarding this acquisition and 2011 branch acquisition activity.

PENDING SALE OF SMARTSTREET

On April 20, 2012, PNC signed a purchase and assumption agreement with Union Bank, N.A. pursuant to which Union Bank will assume the deposits and acquire certain assets of the Smartstreet business unit, which was acquired by PNC as part of the RBC Bank (USA) acquisition. Smartstreet is a nationwide business focused on homeowner or community association managers and has approximately $1 billion of assets and deposits as of June 30, 2012. The transaction is expected to close in the fall of 2012 and is subject to certain closing conditions, including regulatory approval.

2012 CAPITAL AND LIQUIDITY ACTIONS

Our ability to take certain capital actions, including plans to pay or increase common stock dividends or to repurchase shares under current or future programs, is subject to the results of the supervisory assessment of capital adequacy undertaken by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (Federal Reserve) and our primary bank regulators as part of the Comprehensive Capital Analysis and Review (CCAR) process. This capital adequacy assessment is based on a review of a comprehensive capital plan submitted to the Federal Reserve. In connection with the annual review process for 2012 (2012 CCAR), PNC filed its capital plan with the Federal Reserve on January 9, 2012. As we announced on March 13, 2012, the Federal Reserve accepted the capital plan that we submitted for their review and did not object to our capital actions proposed as part of that plan. The capital actions included recommendations to increase the quarterly common stock dividend and a modest share repurchase program. For additional information concerning the CCAR process and the factors the Federal Reserve takes into consideration in evaluating capital plans, see Item 1 Business – Supervision and Regulation included in our 2011 Form 10-K.

On April 5, 2012, consistent with our capital plan submitted to the Federal Reserve in 2012, our Board of Directors approved an increase to PNC’s quarterly common stock dividend from $.35 per common share to $.40 per common share. Additionally, also consistent with that capital plan, PNC plans

to purchase up to $250 million of common stock under our existing 25 million share repurchase program in open market or privately negotiated transactions during 2012. Such purchases were initiated in the second quarter with approximately $50 million repurchased as of June 30, 2012. The discussion of capital within the Consolidated Balance Sheet Review section of this Financial Review includes additional information regarding our common stock repurchase program.

On March 8, 2012, PNC Funding Corp issued $1 billion of senior notes, unconditionally guaranteed by The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc., due March 8, 2022. Interest is paid semi-annually at a fixed annual rate of 3.30%. The offering resulted in gross proceeds to us of $990 million before offering related expenses. We intend to use the net proceeds from this offering for general corporate purposes, which may include: advances to PNC and its subsidiaries to finance their activities, repayment of outstanding indebtedness, and repurchases and redemptions of issued and outstanding securities of PNC and its subsidiaries.

On April 24, 2012, we issued 60 million depositary shares, each representing a 1/4,000th interest in a share of our Fixed-to-Floating Rate Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series P, in an underwritten public offering resulting in gross proceeds of $1.5 billion to us before commissions and expenses. We intend to use the net proceeds from the sale of the depositary shares for general corporate purposes, which may include repurchases and redemptions of issued and outstanding securities of PNC and its subsidiaries, including trust preferred securities.

On April 25, 2012 we redeemed $300 million of trust preferred securities issued by PNC Capital Trust D with a current distribution rate of 6.125% and $6 million of trust preferred securities issued by Yardville Capital Trust III with a current distribution rate of 10.18%. In addition, on May 25, 2012 we redeemed $500 million of trust preferred securities issued by National City Capital Trust III with a current distribution rate of 6.625%. These redemptions together resulted in a noncash charge for unamortized discounts of approximately $130 million in the second quarter of 2012.

On June 20, 2012, PNC Bank, N.A. issued $1.0 billion of senior extendible floating rate bank notes with an initial maturity date of July 20, 2013, subject to the holder’s monthly option to extend, and a final maturity date of June 20, 2014. Interest is paid at the 3-month LIBOR rate, reset quarterly, plus a spread of 22.5 basis points, which spread is subject to four potential one basis point increases in the event of certain extensions of maturity by the holder.

On June 28, 2012 we announced the July 30, 2012 redemption of $450 million of trust preferred securities issued by PNC Capital Trust E with a current distribution rate of 7.750% and $517.5 million of enhanced trust preferred securities issued by

 

 

4    The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – Form 10-Q


Table of Contents

National City Capital Trust IV with a current distribution rate of 8.000%. These redemptions together will result in a noncash charge for unamortized discounts of approximately $95 million in the third quarter of 2012. As a result of these redemptions and assuming the redemption of other trust preferred securities redeemable at par in the fourth quarter of 2012, PNC expects its total second half noncash charges to be $162 million rather than $150 million, as disclosed in PNC’s first quarter 2012 Form 10-Q.

Our Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio at June 30, 2012 reflected second quarter capital actions of issuing approximately $1.5 billion of preferred stock and redeeming or announcing the redemption of approximately $1.8 billion of trust preferred securities. The discussion of capital within the Consolidated Balance Sheet Review section of this Financial Review includes additional information regarding our capital ratios.

RECENT MARKET AND INDUSTRY DEVELOPMENTS

The following updates our previous disclosures on recent market and industry developments, including with respect to regulatory developments, mortgage matters and governmental programs. We provide additional information on these matters in the Recent Market and Industry Developments, Residential Mortgage Matters and PNC’s Participation in Select Government Programs sections of the Financial Review in Item 7 of our 2011 Form 10-K and Part I, Item 2 of our First Quarter 2012 Form 10-Q. We also refer you to Item 1 Business–Supervision and Regulation and Item 1A Risk Factors included in our 2011 Form 10-K with respect to reforms and regulatory developments affecting PNC and the financial services industry.

Among the recent legislative and regulatory developments affecting the banking industry are evolving regulatory capital standards for banking organizations. These evolving standards include the so-called “Basel III” initiatives that are part of the effort by international banking supervisors to improve the ability of the banking sector to absorb shocks in periods of financial and economic stress and changes by the federal banking agencies to reduce the use of credit ratings in the rules governing regulatory capital.

In June 2012, the US banking regulators requested comment on three sets of proposed rules that implement the Basel III capital framework and also make other changes to US regulatory capital standards for banking institutions. The Basel III proposed rules include heightened capital requirements for banking institutions in terms of both higher quality capital and higher regulatory capital ratios. These proposed rules, among other things, would revise the capital levels at which a banking institution would be subject to the prompt corrective action framework (including the establishment of a new tier 1 common capital requirement), eliminate or reduce the ability of certain types of capital instruments to count as regulatory capital, eliminate the Tier 1 treatment of trust preferred securities (as required by Dodd-

Frank) following a phase-in period beginning in 2013, and require new deductions from capital for investments in unconsolidated financial institutions, mortgage servicing assets and deferred tax assets that exceed specified thresholds. The proposed rules also would establish a new capital conservation buffer and, for large or internationally active banks, a supplemental leverage capital requirement that would take into account certain off-balance sheet exposures and a countercyclical capital buffer that would initially be set at zero. The proposed Basel III rules would become effective under a phase-in period beginning January 1, 2013 and to be in full effect on January 1, 2019.

The other proposed rules issued by the US banking regulators in June 2012 would revise the manner in which a banking institution determines its risk-weighted assets for risk-based capital purposes under the Basel II framework applicable to large or internationally active banks (referred to as the advanced approach) and under the Basel I framework applicable to all banking institutions (referred to as the standardized approach). These rules would replace references to credit ratings with alternative methodologies for assessing creditworthiness. In addition, among other things, the advanced approach proposal would implement the changes to counterparty credit risk weightings included in the Basel III capital framework, and the standardized approach would modify the risk-weighting framework for residential mortgage assets. The standardized approach changes to the Basel I risk-weighting rules are proposed to become effective no later than July 1, 2015.

In June 2012, the US banking regulators also adopted final market risk capital rules to implement the enhancements to the market risk framework adopted by the Basel Committee (commonly referred to as “Basel II.5”). The final rules are effective January 1, 2013 and, among other things, establish new stressed Value at Risk (“VaR”) and incremental risk charges for covered trading positions and replace references to credit ratings in the market risk rules with alternative methodologies for assessing credit risk.

KEY FACTORS AFFECTING FINANCIAL PERFORMANCE

Our financial performance is substantially affected by a number of external factors outside of our control, including the following:

   

General economic conditions, including the continuity, speed and stamina of the moderate economic recovery in general and on our customers in particular,

   

The level of, and direction, timing and magnitude of movement in, interest rates and the shape of the interest rate yield curve,

   

The functioning and other performance of, and availability of liquidity in, the capital and other financial markets,

   

Loan demand, utilization of credit commitments and standby letters of credit, and asset quality,

 

 

The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – Form 10-Q    5


Table of Contents
   

Customer demand for non-loan products and services,

   

Changes in the competitive and regulatory landscape and in counterparty creditworthiness and performance as the financial services industry restructures in the current environment,

   

The impact of the extensive reforms enacted in the Dodd-Frank legislation and other legislative, regulatory and administrative initiatives, including those outlined in our 2011 Form 10-K, our First Quarter 2012 Form 10-Q and elsewhere in this Report, and

   

The impact of market credit spreads on asset valuations.

In addition, our success will depend upon, among other things:

   

Further success in the acquisition, growth and retention of customers,

   

Continued development of the geographic markets related to our recent acquisitions, including full deployment of our product offerings and integration of the acquired RBC Bank (USA) businesses into PNC,

   

Revenue growth and our ability to provide innovative and valued products to our customers,

   

Our ability to utilize technology to develop and deliver products and services to our customers,

   

Our ability to manage and implement strategic business objectives within the changing regulatory environment,

   

A sustained focus on expense management,

   

Managing the non-strategic assets portfolio and impaired assets,

   

Improving our overall asset quality,

   

Continuing to maintain and grow our deposit base as a low-cost funding source,

   

Prudent risk and capital management related to our efforts to manage risk in keeping with a moderate risk philosophy, and to meet evolving regulatory capital standards,

   

Actions we take within the capital and other financial markets,

   

The impact of legal and regulatory-related contingencies, and

   

The appropriateness of reserves needed for critical estimates and related contingencies.

For additional information, please see the Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward-Looking Information section in this Financial Review and Item 1A Risk Factors in our 2011 Form 10-K.

INCOME STATEMENT HIGHLIGHTS

   

Net income for the second quarter of 2012 of $546 million decreased 40 percent compared to the second quarter of 2011. Net income for the second quarter of 2012 was reduced by higher provision for residential mortgage repurchase obligations, noncash charges

   

related to redemption of trust preferred securities, and higher integration costs. For additional detail, please see the Consolidated Income Statement Review section in this Financial Review.

   

Net interest income of $2.5 billion for the second quarter of 2012 increased 17 percent compared with the second quarter of 2011 due to the full quarter benefit of the RBC Bank (USA) acquisition, organic loan growth and lower funding costs.

   

Net interest margin increased to 4.08% for the second quarter of 2012 compared to 3.93% for the second quarter of 2011, primarily driven by a decline in the cost of interest-bearing deposits and borrowed funds and the contribution to margin of the loans acquired in the RBC Bank (USA) acquisition.

   

Noninterest income of $1.1 billion for the second quarter of 2012 decreased $355 million compared to the second quarter of 2011. The overall decrease was primarily due to higher provision for residential mortgage repurchase obligations and lower consumer service fees from the regulatory impact of lower interchange fees on debit card transactions. These declines were partially offset by an increase in residential mortgage loan sales revenue related to an increase in loan origination volume as well as higher corporate services fee income from higher commercial mortgage banking revenue and higher merger and advisory fees.

   

The provision for credit losses declined to $256 million for the second quarter of 2012 compared to $280 million for the second quarter of 2011 as overall credit quality improved, partially offset by credit provisions related to the RBC Bank (USA) acquisition.

   

Noninterest expense of $2.6 billion for the second quarter of 2012 increased $472 million compared with the second quarter of 2011 primarily driven by operating expense for the RBC Bank (USA) acquisition, noncash charges related to redemption of trust preferred securities, higher integration costs, additions to legal reserves, increased expenses for other real estate owned and residential mortgage foreclosure-related matters, and higher pension costs.

CREDIT QUALITY HIGHLIGHTS

   

Overall credit quality improved during the second quarter of 2012.

   

Nonperforming assets of $4.2 billion at June 30, 2012 declined 4 percent during the second quarter of 2012 and remained flat compared to December 31, 2011.

   

Accruing loans past due 90 days or more of $2.5 billion at June 30, 2012 decreased $490 million, or 16 percent, from December 31, 2011, primarily due to a change in policy for home equity loans past due 90 days being placed on nonaccrual status, compared to prior policy of past due 180 days and a decline in government insured residential real estate loans.

 

 

6    The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – Form 10-Q


Table of Contents
   

Net charge-offs of $315 million declined $18 million, or 5 percent, during the second quarter and declined 24 percent compared to the second quarter of 2011. Net charge-offs for the six months ended June 30, 2012 were $648 million or an annualized .76% of average loans, compared to $947 million or an annualized 1.27% of average loans for the six months ended June 30, 2011, which is a decrease of 32 percent in net charge-offs in the comparison.

   

The allowance for loan and lease losses was 2.30% of total loans and 120% of nonperforming loans at June 30, 2012, compared with 2.73% and 122% at December 31, 2011.

BALANCE SHEET HIGHLIGHTS

   

PNC continued to expand and deepen customer relationships through new client acquisition and cross sales.

   

In Retail Banking, net checking relationships grew 128,000 organically in the first half of 2012, or 4 percent on an annualized basis.

   

Nearly 500 new primary clients in corporate banking were added in the first half of 2012.

   

Total loans increased by $21 billion, or 13 percent, to $180 billion at June 30, 2012 compared to December 31, 2011.

   

Total commercial lending continued to have strong growth, increasing $15.8 billion, or 18 percent, from December 31, 2011, which includes the impact from the RBC Bank (USA) acquisition.

   

Total consumer lending increased $5.6 billion from December 31, 2011 primarily in home equity and automobile loans, including the impact from the RBC Bank (USA) acquisition.

   

Total deposits were $207 billion at June 30, 2012 compared with $188 billion at December 31, 2011.

   

Transaction deposits increased by $18.4 billion, or 12 percent, to $166 billion, or 80 percent of deposits, at June 30, 2012 compared to December 31, 2011, which includes the impact from the RBC Bank (USA) acquisition.

   

Time deposits increased by $2.5 billion at June 30, 2012 compared to December 31, 2011 reflecting higher Eurodollar deposits in the second quarter.

   

Retail certificates of deposit declined by $3.2 billion at June 30, 2012 from December 31, 2011 as the final wave of higher rate accounts matured in the second quarter.

   

PNC’s balance sheet remained core funded with a loans to deposits ratio of 87 percent at June 30, 2012 and retained a strong bank holding company liquidity position.

   

PNC maintained strong capital levels with a Tier 1 common capital ratio of 9.3 percent at June 30, 2012 and 10.3 percent at December 31, 2011. The impact

   

on the ratio of the acquisition of RBC Bank (USA) was a decrease of approximately 1.2 percentage points.

   

PNC expects to reach its Basel III Tier 1 common capital ratio goal of 8.0 to 8.5 percent by year end 2013 without benefit of phase-ins, based on Basel III proposed rules and including application of Basel II (including proposed modifications) and Basel II.5 rules as issued by the US banking agencies.

   

Among other effects, the recently issued notices of proposed rules suggest an estimated benefit of approximately 90 basis points to our Basel III Tier 1 common capital ratio as a result of the treatment of sub-investment grade securities under the proposed rules, as compared to the Basel III framework.

   

The Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 11.4 percent at June 30, 2012 reflected second quarter capital actions of issuing approximately $1.5 billion of preferred stock and redeeming or announcing the redemption of approximately $1.8 billion of trust preferred securities.

   

In April 2012 the PNC board of directors raised the quarterly cash dividend on common stock to 40 cents per share, an increase of 5 cents per share, or 14 percent. PNC plans to purchase up to $250 million of common stock under its existing 25 million share repurchase program in open market or privately negotiated transactions during 2012. Such purchases were initiated in the second quarter with approximately $50 million repurchased as of June 30, 2012.

Our Consolidated Income Statement and Consolidated Balance Sheet Review sections of this Financial Review describe in greater detail the various items that impacted our results for the first six months of 2012 and 2011 and balances at June 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011, respectively.

AVERAGE CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET HIGHLIGHTS

Various seasonal and other factors impact our period-end balances whereas average balances are generally more indicative of underlying business trends apart from the impact of acquisitions and divestitures. The Consolidated Balance Sheet Review section of this Financial Review provides information on changes in selected Consolidated Balance Sheet categories at June 30, 2012 compared with December 31, 2011.

Total average assets were $288.8 billion for the first six months of 2012 compared with $261.8 billion for the first six months of 2011, primarily due to assets added from the March 2, 2012 acquisition of RBC Bank (USA). Average interest-earning assets were $243.9 billion for the first six months of 2012, compared with $222.4 billion in the first six months of 2011, primarily driven by a $21.2 billion increase

 

 

The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – Form 10-Q    7


Table of Contents

in average total loans reflecting the impact of loans added from the RBC Bank (USA) acquisition and organic growth.

Average total loans increased by $21.2 billion to $171.2 billion for the first six months of 2012 compared with the first six months of 2011, primarily due to an increase in average commercial loans of $16.1 billion and an increase in average consumer loans of $4.3 billion.

Loans represented 70% of average interest-earning assets for the first six months of 2012 and 67% of average interest-earning assets for the first six months of 2011.

Average investment securities increased $1.1 billion to $61.5 billion in the first six months of 2012 compared with the first six months of 2011. Total investment securities comprised 25% of average interest-earning assets for the first six months of 2012 and 27% for the first six months of 2011.

Average noninterest-earning assets totaled $44.9 billion in the first six months of 2012 compared with $39.4 billion in the first six months of 2011. The increase primarily related to the impact of the RBC Bank (USA) acquisition, including goodwill recorded from the acquisition, as well as the impact of increases in valuations on securities and increases in equity investments.

Average total deposits were $197.4 billion for the first six months of 2012 compared with $180.8 billion for the first six months of 2011. The increase of $16.6 billion resulted from an increase in average noninterest-bearing deposits of $10.4 billion, an increase in average interest-bearing demand deposits of $6.4 billion and an increase in average money market deposits of $5.5 billion, partially offset by a decrease in retail certificates of deposit of $7.6 billion. The growth also reflects customer preferences for liquidity in this prolonged period of low interest rates, in addition to the impact of deposits added in the RBC Bank (USA) acquisition. The decline in retail certificates of deposit included the impact of higher rate acquired accounts that matured in the past 12 months. Total deposits at June 30, 2012 were $206.9 billion compared with $188.0 billion at December 31, 2011 and are further discussed within the Consolidated Balance Sheet Review section of this Report.

Average total deposits represented 68% of average total assets for the first six months of 2012 and 69% for the first six months of 2011.

Average transaction deposits were $156.2 billion for the first six months of 2012 compared with $133.9 billion for the first six months of 2011. Organic deposit growth along with the continued corporate and personal customer preference for liquidity, as well as the impact from the RBC Bank (USA) acquisition, contributed to the year-over-year increase in average balances.

Average borrowed funds increased to $41.7 billion for the first six months of 2012 compared with $36.7 billion for the first six months of 2011 primarily to fund loan growth. Net issuances of Federal Home Loan Bank (FHLB) borrowings during the first six months of 2012 and an increase in commercial paper issued drove the increase compared with the first six months of 2011. Total borrowed funds at June 30, 2012 were $43.7 billion compared with $36.7 billion at December 31, 2011 and are further discussed within the Consolidated Balance Sheet Review section of this Financial Review. The Liquidity Risk Management portion of the Risk Management section of this Financial Review includes additional information regarding our sources and uses of borrowed funds.

Business Segment Highlights

Total business segment earnings were $1.6 billion for the first six months of 2012 and the first six months of 2011. Highlights of results for the first six months and the second quarters of 2012 and 2011 are included below. Enhancements were made to the internal funds transfer pricing methodology during the second quarter of 2012. Prior period amounts have been reclassified to conform with the current period presentation, which we believe is more meaningful to readers of our financial statements. The Business Segments Review section of this Financial Review includes a Results of Businesses-Summary table and further analysis of our business segment results over the first six months of 2012 and 2011 including presentation differences from Note 19 Segment Reporting in our Notes To Consolidated Financial Statements of this Report.

We provide a reconciliation of total business segment earnings to PNC total consolidated net income as reported on a GAAP basis in Note 19 Segment Reporting in our Notes To Consolidated Financial Statements of this Report.

Retail Banking

Retail Banking earned $283 million in the first six months of 2012 compared with $188 million for the same period a year ago. Earnings increased from the prior year as a result of improved net interest income and a lower provision for credit losses partially offset by higher noninterest expense and a decline in noninterest income. Retail Banking continued to maintain its focus on growing core customers, selectively investing in the business for future growth, and disciplined expense management.

In the second quarter of 2012, Retail Banking earned $136 million compared with earnings of $129 million for the second quarter 2011. The increase was primarily due to an increase in net interest income and a lower provision for credit losses partially offset by higher noninterest expense and a decline in noninterest income. The increase in net interest income was attributable to higher deposit balances and improvements in spread as the business continued to execute on customer

 

 

8    The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – Form 10-Q


Table of Contents

growth initiatives. The increase in noninterest expense was due to a full quarter of operating expense for the RBC Bank (USA) acquisition and higher additions to legal reserves.

Corporate & Institutional Banking

Corporate & Institutional Banking earned $1.1 billion in the first six months of 2012 as compared with $.9 billion in the first six months of 2011. The increase in earnings was primarily due to higher net interest income resulting from higher average loans and deposits. We continued to focus on adding new clients, increasing cross sales and remaining committed to strong expense discipline.

In the second quarter of 2012, Corporate & Institutional Banking earned $577 million compared with earnings of $462 million in the second quarter of 2011. The increase reflected higher net interest income primarily due to the full quarter benefit of the RBC Bank (USA) acquisition and higher loan balances.

Asset Management Group

Asset Management Group earned $74 million in the first six months of 2012 compared with $103 million in the first six months of 2011. Assets under administration were $214 billion at June 30, 2012 and $219 billion at June 30, 2011. Earnings for the first six months of 2012 reflected an increase in the provision for credit losses and an increase in noninterest expense partially offset by growth in net interest income and noninterest income. Noninterest expense increased due to continued investments in the business including additional headcount. The core growth strategies for the business continue to include: investing in higher growth geographies, increasing internal referral sales and adding new front line sales staff.

In the second quarter of 2012, Asset Management Group earned $38 million compared with $54 million in the second quarter of 2011. The decrease is primarily due to a lower benefit from provision for credit losses and higher noninterest expense from strategic business investments.

Residential Mortgage Banking

Residential Mortgage Banking reported a loss of $152 million in the first six months of 2012 compared with earnings of $127 million in the first six months of 2011. Earnings declined from the prior year period primarily as a result of lower noninterest income reflecting the impact of higher provision for residential mortgage repurchase obligations and higher noninterest expense, partially offset by increased loan sales revenue driven by higher loan origination volume.

In the second quarter of 2012, Residential Mortgage Banking reported a loss of $213 million compared with earnings of $55 million in the second quarter of 2011 driven by the provision for residential mortgage repurchase obligations, partially offset by increased loan sales revenue driven by higher loan origination volume.

BlackRock

Our BlackRock business segment earned $178 million in the first six months of 2012 and $179 million in the first six months of 2011. Second quarter 2012 business segment earnings from BlackRock were $88 million compared with $93 million in the second quarter of 2011. The lower business segment earnings from BlackRock for the second quarter of 2012 compared to the second quarter of 2011 was primarily due to PNC’s lower earnings from BlackRock.

Non-Strategic Assets Portfolio

This business segment consists primarily of acquired non-strategic assets. Non-Strategic Assets Portfolio had earnings of $138 million for the first six months of 2012 compared with $109 million in the first six months of 2011. The increase was driven primarily by a lower provision for credit losses partially offset by a decline in revenue.

In the second quarter of 2012, Non-Strategic Assets Portfolio had earnings of $67 million compared with $84 million for the second quarter of 2011. The decrease was due to a decline in net interest income from lower loan yields and loan balances partially offset by a decrease in the provision for credit losses reflecting overall improvement in credit quality. Our intent is to wind-down this portfolio.

Other

“Other” reported a loss of $236 million for the six months of 2012 compared with earnings of $132 million for the first six months of 2011. In the second quarter of 2012, “Other” reported a loss of $147 million compared with earnings of $35 million in the second quarter of 2011. The decreases in both 2012 periods were primarily due to higher integration costs and noncash charges related to redemption of trust preferred securities.

CONSOLIDATED INCOME STATEMENT REVIEW

Our Consolidated Income Statement is presented in Part I, Item 1 of this Report.

Net income for the first six months of 2012 was $1.4 billion, a decrease of 22 percent compared with $1.7 billion for the first six months of 2011. Net income for the second quarter of 2012 was $546 million, a decrease of 40 percent, compared with $912 million for the second quarter of 2011. Net income for both periods in 2012 was reduced by higher provision for residential mortgage repurchase obligations, noncash charges related to redemption of trust preferred securities, and higher integration costs.

Table 2: Net Interest Income and Net Interest Margin

 

     Three months ended
June 30
    Six months ended
June 30
 
Dollars in millions    2012     2011     2012     2011  

Net interest income

   $ 2,526     $ 2,150     $ 4,817     $ 4,326  

Net interest margin

     4.08     3.93     3.99     3.93
 

 

The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – Form 10-Q    9


Table of Contents

Changes in net interest income and margin result from the interaction of the volume and composition of interest-earning assets and related yields, interest-bearing liabilities and related rates paid, and noninterest-bearing sources of funding. See the Statistical Information (Unaudited) – Average Consolidated Balance Sheet And Net Interest Analysis section of this Report for additional information.

The increases in net interest income compared with both the second quarter of 2011 and the first six months of 2011 were primarily due to the full quarter benefit of the RBC Bank (USA) acquisition, organic loan growth, and lower funding costs.

The net interest margin was 3.99% for the first six months of 2012 and 3.93% for the first six months of 2011. The following factors impacted the comparison:

   

A weighted-average 32 basis point decrease in the rate accrued on interest-bearing liabilities. The rate accrued on interest-bearing deposits, the largest component, decreased 28 basis points, and the rate on total borrowed funds decreased by 54 basis points. The rate on interest-bearing deposits declined primarily due to higher rate retail certificates of deposit that matured in the last 12 months. The decline in the rate on total borrowed funds is primarily attributable to the redemption of trust preferred securities in the second quarter of 2012.

   

These factors were partially offset by a 20 basis point decrease in the yield on interest-earning assets. The yield on loans, the largest portion of our earning assets, decreased 26 basis points primarily due to lower rates on new loan volume in the current low rate environment.

The net interest margin was 4.08% for the second quarter of 2012 and 3.93% for the second quarter of 2011. The following factors impacted the comparison:

   

A weighted-average 37 basis decrease in the rate accrued on interest-bearing liabilities. The rate accrued on interest-bearing deposits, the largest component, decreased 31 basis points, and the rate on total borrowed funds decreased by 74 basis points. Similar to the six months comparison, the decreases were primarily due to higher rate retail certificates of deposit that matured in the last 12 months as well as the redemption of trust preferred securities during the second quarter.

   

These factors were partially offset by a 13 basis point decrease in the yield on interest-earning assets. The yield on loans, the largest portion of our earning assets, decreased 21 basis points, due to lower rates on new loan volume in the current low rate environment.

 

We believe our net interest margin will come under pressure in future quarters, assuming the current low rate environment continues.

Based on commercial loan growth, reduced deposit and funding costs and the impact of acquisitions, we expect our net interest income for full year 2012 versus 2011 to increase in percentage terms by 10 to 12 percent, assuming the economic outlook for the remainder of 2012 will be a continuation of the recent trends. We expect future benefits to our funding costs related to calling certain trust preferred securities. In addition to the $806 million of trust preferred securities redeemed in the second quarter with an average rate of almost 6.5 percent, we redeemed $968 million of trust preferred securities in July of 2012 with an average rate of almost 8 percent. By utilizing the regulatory call feature of these securities as discussed in our Form 8-K filed on June 28, 2012, we will save an additional $25 million between the redemption date of July 30, 2012 and what would otherwise have been their first available par redemption dates. Our Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio at June 30, 2012 reflected both the second quarter and the announced July redemptions of $1.8 billion of trust preferred securities.

As we look beyond 2012 and given our anticipation of the continuing low rate environment, our ability to sustain or grow our net interest income will be dependent primarily on our ability to grow loans and lower-cost deposits.

Noninterest Income

Noninterest income totaled $2.5 billion for the first six months of 2012 and $2.9 billion for the first six months of 2011. Noninterest income was $1.1 billion for the second quarter of 2012 and $1.5 billion for the second quarter of 2011. The decreases were primarily due to the higher provision for residential mortgage repurchase obligations and lower consumer service fees from the regulatory impact of lower interchange fees on debit card transactions. These declines were partially offset by an increase in residential mortgage loan sales revenue related to an increase in loan origination volume as well as higher commercial mortgage banking revenue and higher merger and acquisition advisory fees.

Asset management revenue, including BlackRock, increased $11 million to $562 million in the first six months of 2012 compared with the first six months of 2011, primarily due to higher earnings from our BlackRock investment. Asset management revenue was $278 million in the second quarter of 2012 compared with $288 million in the second quarter of 2011 due to lower earnings during the second quarter 2012 from our BlackRock investment. Discretionary assets under management totaled $109 billion at both June 30, 2012 and June 30, 2011.

 

 

10    The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – Form 10-Q


Table of Contents

For the first six months of 2012, consumer services fees totaled $554 million compared with $644 million in the first six months of 2011. Consumer services fees were $290 million in the second quarter of 2012 compared with $333 million in the second quarter of 2011. Lower consumer services fees for both periods reflected the regulatory impact of lower interchange fees on debit card transactions partially offset by higher volumes of customer-initiated transactions. As further discussed in the Retail Banking section of the Business Segments Review portion of this Financial Review, the Dodd-Frank limits on interchange rates were effective October 1, 2011 and had a negative impact on revenues of approximately $150 million in the first six months of 2012, including $80 million in the second quarter of 2012.

Corporate services revenue totaled $522 million in the first six months of 2012 and $445 million in the first six months of 2011. Corporate services revenue was $290 million in the second quarter of 2012 compared with $228 million in the second quarter of 2011. Higher commercial mortgage banking revenue and merger and acquisition advisory fees led to the increase in corporate services revenue for both periods.

Residential mortgage revenue totaled $57 million in the first six months of 2012 and $358 million in the first six months of 2011. The second quarter comparables were a loss of $173 million for the second quarter of 2012 and revenue of $163 million in the second quarter of 2011. Residential mortgage revenue for the first six months of 2012 included provision for residential mortgage repurchase obligations of $470 million compared to $35 million for the first six months of 2011. The comparable amounts for the second quarters of 2012 and 2011 were $438 million and $21 million, respectively. These decreases in residential mortgage revenue for both periods were partially offset by an increase in loan sales revenue driven by higher loan origination volume.

We have recently and expect to continue to experience elevated levels of residential mortgage repurchase demands, primarily related to the 2006 to 2008 vintages of loans, particularly those that defaulted more than two years ago. As a result, we have increased our residential mortgage repurchase reserve to $462 million at June 30, 2012, resulting in the provision of $438 million for the second quarter of 2012. Management believes our indemnification and repurchase liability appropriately reflects the estimated probable losses on indemnification and repurchase claims for all loans sold and outstanding as of June 30, 2012 and 2011. In making these estimates, we consider the losses that we expect to incur over the life of the sold loans. Our expected lifetime losses on our total portfolio are $1.7 billion, which includes $1.2 billion of losses incurred to date. Barring a significant change in the expected future behaviors and demand patterns of our investors or other unforeseen circumstances, we believe we are appropriately reserved.

Service charges on deposits totaled $271 million for the first six months of 2012 and $254 million for the first six months of 2011. Service charges on deposits totaled $144 million for the second quarter of 2012 and $131 million for the second quarter of 2011. The increases in both periods reflected success in growing customers, as well as the impact of the RBC Bank (USA) acquisition.

Net gains on sales of securities totaled $119 million for both the first six months of 2012 and 2011. Net gains on sales of securities were $62 million for the second quarter of 2012 and $82 million for the second quarter of 2011.

The net credit component of OTTI of securities recognized in earnings was a loss of $72 million in the first six months of 2012, including a loss of $34 million in the second quarter, compared with losses of $73 million and $39 million for the same periods in 2011, respectively.

Other noninterest income totaled $525 million for the first six months of 2012 compared with $609 million for the first six months of 2011. Other noninterest income totaled $240 million for the second quarter of 2012 and $266 million for the second quarter of 2011. The decreases over the comparable periods were driven by several individually insignificant items.

Other noninterest income typically fluctuates from period to period depending on the nature and magnitude of transactions completed. Further details regarding our trading activities are included in the Market Risk Management – Trading Risk portion of the Risk Management section of this Financial Review, further details regarding private and other equity investments are included in the Market Risk Management-Equity And Other Investment Risk section, and further details regarding gains or losses related to our equity investment in BlackRock are included in the Business Segments Review section.

Looking to full year 2012, we expect noninterest income to be essentially flat and continue to see total revenue increasing in the high single digits in percentage terms, excluding any future significant provisions for residential mortgage repurchase obligations and assuming the economic outlook for 2012 will be a continuation of the current environment.

Product Revenue

In addition to credit and deposit products for commercial customers, Corporate & Institutional Banking offers other services, including treasury management, capital markets-related products and services, and commercial mortgage banking activities for customers in all business segments. A portion of the revenue and expense related to these products is reflected in the Corporate & Institutional Banking segment results and the remainder is reflected in the results of other businesses. The Other Information section in the Corporate &

 

 

The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – Form 10-Q    11


Table of Contents

Institutional Banking table in the Business Segments Review section of this Financial Review includes the consolidated revenue to PNC for these services. A discussion of the consolidated revenue from these services follows.

Treasury management revenue, which includes fees as well as net interest income from customer deposit balances, totaled $697 million for the first six months of 2012 and $624 million for the first six months of 2011. For the second quarter of 2012, treasury management revenue was $354 million compared with $309 million for the second quarter of 2011. Higher deposit balances along with strong growth in commercial card and lockbox products led to the favorable results.

Revenue from capital markets-related products and services totaled $307 million in the first six months of 2012 compared with $304 million in the first six months of 2011. The year-to-date comparison reflects higher mergers and acquisition advisory fees and strong customer driven capital markets activity, offset by lower loan sale activity and the increased impact of counterparty credit risk on the valuations of customer derivatives positions. For the second quarter of 2012, capital markets-related revenue was $151 million compared with $165 million for the second quarter of 2011. This comparison reflects the increased impact of counterparty credit risk on the valuations of customer derivatives positions and lower loan syndications and underwriting fees, partially offset by higher mergers and acquisition advisory fees and higher client sales revenues.

Commercial mortgage banking activities include revenue derived from commercial mortgage servicing (including net interest income and noninterest income from loan servicing and ancillary services, net of commercial mortgage servicing rights amortization, and commercial mortgage servicing rights valuations net of hedge), and revenue derived from commercial mortgage loans intended for sale and related hedges (including loan origination fees, net interest income, valuation adjustments and gains or losses on sales).

Commercial mortgage banking activities resulted in revenue of $129 million in the first six months of 2012 compared with $64 million in the first six months of 2011. For the second quarter of 2012, revenue from commercial mortgage banking activities was $81 million compared to $18 million for the second quarter of 2011. Both comparisons benefited from higher revenue from commercial mortgage servicing, and in the second quarter comparison, higher revenue from loan originations.

Provision For Credit Losses

The provision for credit losses totaled $441 million for the first six months of 2012 compared with $701 million for the first six months of 2011. The provision for credit losses totaled $256 million for the second quarter of 2012 compared

with $280 million for the second quarter of 2011. The decline in the comparison was driven by overall credit quality improvement and continuation of actions to reduce exposure levels, partially offset by credit provisions related to the RBC Bank (USA) acquisition.

We expect our provision for credit losses for full year 2012 to improve relative to full year 2011 assuming the economic outlook for the full year 2012 will be a continuation of the current environment and excluding unexpected legal and regulatory-related contingencies to the extent that the nature of the resolution of such contingencies causes us to recognize additional provision.

The Credit Risk Management portion of the Risk Management section of this Financial Review includes additional information regarding factors impacting the provision for credit losses.

Noninterest Expense

Noninterest expense was $5.1 billion for the first six months of 2012 and $4.2 billion for the first six months of 2011. Noninterest expense for the first six months of 2012 included integration costs of $197 million, operating expenses of $189 million for the RBC Bank (USA) acquisition and noncash charges of $130 million related to redemption of trust preferred securities. The impacts of these items were not significant to noninterest expense for the first six months of 2011. In addition to the above items, additions to legal reserves, increased expenses for other real estate owned and higher pension costs contributed to the increase in noninterest expense in the first six months of 2012.

Noninterest expense totaled $2.6 billion for the second quarter of 2012 compared with noninterest expense of $2.2 billion for the second quarter of 2011. Second quarter 2012 expense included a full quarter of operating expenses for the RBC Bank (USA) acquisition of $149 million, noncash charges of $130 million related to redemption of trust preferred securities and integration costs of $52 million. The impacts of these items were not significant to noninterest expense for the second quarter of 2011. Similar to the six month comparison, additions to legal reserves, increased expenses for other real estate owned and higher pension costs also contributed to the increase in noninterest expense compared to the prior year quarter.

Excluding noncash charges for trust preferred securities redemptions and integration expenses for both years, we expect that total noninterest expense for full year 2012 will increase in percentage terms by high single-digits compared to full year 2011. This expectation is primarily due to the inclusion of RBC Bank (USA) related expenses. This guidance excludes future significant legal and regulatory-related costs.

 

 

12    The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – Form 10-Q


Table of Contents

We expect integration costs of $68 million and $28 million in the third and fourth quarters of 2012, respectively, and we are looking to achieve a total of $550 million in annualized cost savings at PNC and in integration savings at RBC Bank (USA). Noninterest expense for the third quarter of 2012 will include $95 million in non-cash charges for trust preferred securities redemptions and we expect potentially an additional $67 million in the fourth quarter assuming another redemption of approximately $500 million.

Effective Income Tax Rate

The effective income tax rate was 25.1% in the first six months of 2012 compared with 23.7% in the first six months of 2011. For the second quarter of 2012, our effective income tax rate was 24.1% compared with 20.4% for the second quarter of 2011. The increase in the effective tax rate in both comparisons was primarily attributable to a $54 million benefit in the second quarter of 2011 related to the reversal of deferred tax liabilities.

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET REVIEW

Table 3: Summarized Balance Sheet Data

 

In millions    June 30
2012
     Dec. 31
2011
 

Assets

       

Loans

   $ 180,425      $ 159,014  

Investment securities

     61,937        60,634  

Cash and short-term investments

     11,898        9,992  

Loans held for sale

     3,333        2,936  

Goodwill and other intangible assets

     10,962        10,144  

Equity investments

     10,617        10,134  

Other, net

     20,403        18,351  

Total assets

   $ 299,575      $ 271,205  

Liabilities

       

Deposits

   $ 206,923      $ 187,966  

Borrowed funds

     43,689        36,704  

Other

     8,749        9,289  

Total liabilities

     259,361        233,959  

Total shareholders’ equity

     37,005        34,053  

Noncontrolling interests

     3,209        3,193  

Total equity

     40,214        37,246  

Total liabilities and equity

   $ 299,575      $ 271,205  

The summarized balance sheet data above is based upon our Consolidated Balance Sheet in this Report.

The increase in total assets of $28.4 billion at June 30, 2012 compared with December 31, 2011 was primarily due to the addition of assets from the RBC Bank (USA) acquisition and organic loan growth. Total liabilities increased $25.4 billion from June 30, 2012 compared with December 31, 2011 primarily due to the addition of deposits from the RBC Bank (USA) acquisition and an increase in borrowed funds activity.

An analysis of changes in selected balance sheet categories follows.

LOANS

A summary of the major categories of loans outstanding follows. Outstanding loan balances of $180.4 billion at June 30, 2012 and $159.0 billion at December 31, 2011 were net of unearned income, net deferred loan fees, unamortized discounts and premiums, and purchase discounts and premiums of $3.1 billion at June 30, 2012 and $2.3 billion at December 31, 2011, respectively. The balances do not include future accretable net interest (i.e., the difference between the undiscounted expected cash flows and the carrying value of the loan) on the purchased impaired loans.

Loans increased $21.4 billion as of June 30, 2012 compared with December 31, 2011. On March 2, 2012, our RBC Bank (USA) acquisition added $14.5 billion of loans, which included $6.4 billion of commercial, $2.5 billion of commercial real estate, $3.4 billion of consumer (including $3.0 billion of home equity loans and $.3 billion of credit card loans), $2.1 billion of residential real estate, and $.1 billion of equipment lease financing loans. Excluding acquisition activity, the growth in commercial loans was due to organic growth in the portfolio while the growth in consumer loans was primarily driven by automobile loans due to automobile paper securitizations and indirect automobile lending. In addition, excluding acquisition activity, the decline in residential real estate loans was due to loan demand being outpaced by paydowns, refinancing, and charge-offs.

Loans represented 60% of total assets at June 30, 2012 and 59% of total assets at December 31, 2011. Commercial lending represented 58% of the loan portfolio at June 30, 2012 and 56% at December 31, 2011. Consumer lending represented 42% at June 30, 2012 and 44% at December 31, 2011.

Commercial real estate loans represented 10% of total loans and 6% of total assets at both June 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011. See the Credit Risk Management portion of the Risk Management section of this Financial Review for additional details of loans.

 

 

The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – Form 10-Q    13


Table of Contents

Table 4: Details Of Loans

 

In millions    June 30
2012
     Dec. 31
2011
 

Commercial Lending

       

Commercial

       

Retail/wholesale trade

   $ 13,434      $ 11,539  

Manufacturing

     13,442        11,453  

Service providers

     11,875        9,717  

Real estate related (a)

     10,051        8,488  

Financial services

     9,397        6,646  

Health care

     6,240        5,068  

Other industries

     14,462        12,783  

Total commercial

     78,901        65,694  

Commercial real estate

       

Real estate projects

     12,837        10,640  

Commercial mortgage

     5,643        5,564  

Total commercial real estate

     18,480        16,204  

Equipment lease financing

     6,764        6,416  

Total Commercial Lending

     104,145        88,314  

Consumer Lending

       

Home equity

       

Lines of credit

     24,360        22,491  

Installment

     11,478        10,598  

Total home equity

     35,838        33,089  

Residential real estate

       

Residential mortgage

     14,927        13,885  

Residential construction

     896        584  

Total residential real estate

     15,823        14,469  

Credit card

     4,123        3,976  

Other consumer

       

Education

     8,807        9,582  

Automobile

     7,166        5,181  

Other

     4,523        4,403  

Total other consumer

     20,496        19,166  

Total Consumer Lending

     76,280        70,700  

Total loans (b)

   $ 180,425      $ 159,014  
(a) Includes loans to customers in the real estate and construction industries.
(b) Construction loans with interest reserves, and A/B Note restructurings are not significant to PNC.

Total loans above include purchased impaired loans of $8.1 billion, or 4% of total loans, at June 30, 2012, and $6.7 billion, or 4% of total loans, at December 31, 2011. The increase is related to the addition of purchased impaired loans from the RBC Bank (USA) acquisition.

We are committed to providing credit and liquidity to qualified borrowers. Total loan originations and new commitments and renewals totaled $76 billion for the first six months of 2012, including $41 billion in the second quarter.

Our loan portfolio continued to be diversified among numerous industries and types of businesses in our principal geographic markets.

Commercial lending is the largest category and is the most sensitive to changes in assumptions and judgments underlying the determination of the allowance for loan and lease losses (ALLL). This estimate considers factors such as:

   

Industry concentrations and conditions,

   

Recent credit quality trends,

   

Recent loss experience in particular portfolios,

   

Recent macro economic factors,

   

Changes in risk selection and underwriting standards, and

   

Timing of available information.

 

Higher Risk Loans

Our total ALLL of $4.2 billion at June 30, 2012 consisted of $1.9 billion and $2.3 billion established for the commercial lending and consumer lending categories, respectively. The ALLL included what we believe to be appropriate loss coverage on higher risk loans in the commercial and consumer portfolios. We do not consider government insured or guaranteed loans to be higher risk as defaults are materially mitigated by payments of insurance or guarantee amounts for approved claims. Additional information regarding our higher risk loans and ALLL is included in Note 5 Asset Quality and Note 7 Allowances for Loan and Lease Losses and Unfunded Loan Commitments and Letters of Credit in our Notes To Consolidated Financial Statements included in this Report.

Purchase Accounting Accretion and Valuation of Purchased Impaired Loans

Information related to purchase accounting accretion and valuation for purchased impaired loans for the second quarter and first six months of 2012 and 2011 follows.

 

 

14    The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – Form 10-Q


Table of Contents

Table 5: Accretion – Purchased Impaired Loans

 

     Three months ended
June 30
     Six months ended
June 30
 
In millions    2012 (a)     2011 (b)      2012 (a)      2011 (b)  

Impaired loans

            

Scheduled accretion

   $ 178     $ 186      $ 336      $ 346  

Reversal of contractual interest on impaired loans

     (111     (88      (208      (194

Scheduled accretion net of contractual interest

     67       98        128        152  

Excess cash recoveries

     51       40        91        121  

Total impaired loans

   $ 118     $ 138      $ 219      $ 273  
(a) Represents National City and RBC Bank (USA) acquisitions.
(b) Represents National City acquisition.

Table 6: Accretable Net Interest – Purchased Impaired Loans

 

In billions    2012     2011  

January 1

   $ 2.1     $ 2.2  

Addition of accretable yield due to RBC Bank (USA) acquisition on March 2, 2012

     .6      

Accretion

     (.3     (.4

Excess cash recoveries

     (.1     (.1

Net reclassifications to accretable from non-accretable and other activity

     .1       .6  

June 30 (a)

   $ 2.4     $ 2.3  
(a) As of June 30, 2012, we estimate that the reversal of contractual interest on purchased impaired loans will total approximately $1.5 billion in future periods. This will offset the total net accretable interest in future interest income of $2.4 billion on purchased impaired loans.

Table 7: Valuation of Purchased Impaired Loans

 

     June 30, 2012 (a)     December 31, 2011 (b)  
Dollars in billions    Balance      Net Investment     Balance      Net Investment  

Commercial and commercial real estate loans:

            

Unpaid principal balance

   $ 2.2        $ 1.0       

Purchased impaired mark

     (.7        (.1     

Recorded investment

     1.5          .9       

Allowance for loan losses

     (.2        (.2     

Net investment

     1.3        59     .7        70

Consumer and residential mortgage loans:

            
            

Unpaid principal balance

     7.3          6.5       

Purchased impaired mark

     (.7        (.7     

Recorded investment

     6.6          5.8       

Allowance for loan losses

     (.8        (.8     

Net investment

     5.8        79     5.0        77

Total purchased impaired loans:

            
            

Unpaid principal balance

     9.5          7.5       

Purchased impaired mark

     (1.4        (.8     

Recorded investment

     8.1          6.7       

Allowance for loan losses

     (1.0        (1.0     

Net investment

   $ 7.1        75   $ 5.7        76
(a) Represents National City and RBC Bank (USA) acquisitions.
(b) Represents National City acquisition.

 

The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – Form 10-Q    15


Table of Contents

The unpaid principal balance of purchased impaired loans increased from $7.5 billion at December 31, 2011 to $9.5 billion at June 30, 2012 due to the acquisition of RBC Bank (USA), partially offset by payments, disposals, and charge-offs of amounts determined to be uncollectible. The remaining purchased impaired mark at June 30, 2012 was $1.4 billion, which was an increase from $0.8 billion at December 31, 2011. The associated allowance for loan losses remained flat at June 30, 2012 compared to December 31, 2011. The net investment of $5.7 billion at December 31, 2011 also increased 25% to $7.1 billion at June 30, 2012. At June 30, 2012, our largest individual purchased impaired loan had a recorded investment of $17.5 million.

We currently expect to collect total cash flows of $9.5 billion on purchased impaired loans, representing the $7.1 billion net investment (carrying value) at June 30, 2012 and the accretable net interest of $2.4 billion shown in the Accretable Net Interest-Purchased Impaired Loans table. These represent the net future expected cash flows on purchased impaired loans, as contractual interest will be reversed.

Weighted Average Life of the Purchased Impaired Portfolios

The table below provides the weighted average life (WAL) for each of the purchased impaired portfolios as of the second quarter of 2012.

Table 8: Weighted Average Life of the Purchased Impaired Portfolios

 

in millions    Recorded
Investment
     WAL (a)  

Commercial

   $ 405        2.6 years   

Commercial real estate

     1,127        2.2 years   

Consumer (b)

     2,774        4.5 years   

Residential real estate

     3,777        4.7 years   

Total

   $ 8,083        4.2 years   
(a) Weighted average life represents the average number of years for which each dollar of unpaid principal remains outstanding.
(b) Portfolio primarily consists of nonrevolving home equity products.

Purchased Impaired Loans – Accretable Difference Sensitivity Analysis

The following table provides a sensitivity analysis on the Purchased Impaired Loan portfolio. The analysis reflects hypothetical changes in key drivers for expected cash flows under declining and improving conditions. Any unusual significant economic events or changes, as well as other variables not considered below (e.g., natural disasters), could result in impacts outside of the ranges represented below. Additionally, commercial and commercial real estate loan settlements or sales proceeds can vary widely from appraised values due to a number of factors including, but not limited to special use considerations, liquidity premiums, and improvements / deterioration in other income sources.

Table 9: Accretable Difference Sensitivity – Total Purchased Impaired Loans

 

In billions    For quarter ended
June 30, 2012
   

Declining

Scenario (a)

   

Improving

Scenario (b)

 

Expected Cash Flows

   $ 9.5     $ (0.5   $ 0.8  

Accretable Difference

     2.4       (0.1     0.5  

Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses

     (1.0     (0.4     0.3  
(a) Declining Scenario – Reflects hypothetical changes that would decrease future cash flow expectations. For consumer loans we assume home price forecast decreases by 10% and unemployment rate forecast increases by 2 percentage points; for commercial loans we assume that collateral values decrease by 10%.
(b) Improving Scenario – Reflects hypothetical changes that would increase future cash flow expectations. For consumer loans we assume home price forecast increases by 10%, unemployment rate forecast decreases by 2 percentage points and interest rate forecast increases by 2 percentage points; for commercial loans we assume that collateral values increase by 10%.

The impact of declining cash flows is primarily reflected as immediate impairment (allowance for loan losses). The impact of increased cash flows is first recognized as a reversal of the allowance with any additional cash flow increases reflected as an increase in accretable yield over the life of the loan.

Net Unfunded Credit Commitments

Net unfunded credit commitments are comprised of the following:

Table 10: Net Unfunded Credit Commitments

 

In millions    June 30
2012
     December 31
2011
 

Commercial / commercial real estate (a)

   $ 70,808      $ 64,955  

Home equity lines of credit

     20,486        18,317  

Credit card

     17,896        16,216  

Other

     4,446        3,783  

Total

   $ 113,636      $ 103,271  
(a) Less than 5% of these amounts at each date relate to commercial real estate.

Commitments to extend credit represent arrangements to lend funds or provide liquidity subject to specified contractual conditions. Commercial commitments reported above exclude syndications, assignments and participations, primarily to financial institutions, totaling $20.7 billion at June 30, 2012 and $20.2 billion at December 31, 2011.

Unfunded liquidity facility commitments and standby bond purchase agreements totaled $780 million at June 30, 2012 and $742 million at December 31, 2011 and are included in the preceding table primarily within the Commercial / commercial real estate category.

In addition to the credit commitments set forth in the table above, our net outstanding standby letters of credit totaled $11.3 billion at June 30, 2012 and $10.8 billion at December 31, 2011. Standby letters of credit commit us to make payments on behalf of our customers if specified future events occur.

 

 

16    The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – Form 10-Q


Table of Contents

Information regarding our allowance for unfunded loan commitments and letters of credit is included in Note 7 Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses and Unfunded Loan Commitments and Letters of Credit in our Notes To Consolidated Financial Statements of this Report.

INVESTMENT SECURITIES

Table 11: Details of Investment Securities

 

     June 30, 2012      December 31, 2011  
In millions    Amortized
Cost
     Fair
Value
     Amortized
Cost
     Fair
Value
 

Securities available for sale (a)

   $ 50,585      $ 51,251      $ 48,609      $ 48,568  

Securities held to maturity

     10,686        11,146        12,066        12,450  

Total securities

   $ 61,271      $ 62,397      $ 60,675      $ 61,018  
(a) Includes $355 million of both amortized cost and fair value of securities classified as corporate stocks and other at June 30, 2012. Comparably, at December 31, 2011, amortized cost and fair value of these corporate stocks and other was $368 million.

The carrying amount of investment securities totaled $61.9 billion at June 30, 2012, an increase of $1.3 billion, or 2%, from $60.6 billion at December 31, 2011. The increase primarily reflected an increase of $1.8 billion in available for sale asset-backed securities which is primarily due to securities added in the RBC Bank (USA) acquisition and an increase of $1.0 billion in available for sale agency residential mortgage-backed securities due to net purchase activity. These increases were partially offset by a $1.4 billion decrease in held to maturity debt securities due to principal payments of the held to maturity securities. Investment securities represented 21% of total assets at June 30, 2012 and 22% at December 31, 2011.

We evaluate our portfolio of investment securities in light of changing market conditions and other factors and, where appropriate, take steps intended to improve our overall positioning. We consider the portfolio to be well-diversified and of high quality. US Treasury and government agencies, agency residential mortgage-backed and agency commercial mortgage-backed securities collectively represented 60% of the investment securities portfolio at June 30, 2012.

At June 30, 2012, the securities available for sale portfolio included a net unrealized gain of $666 million, which represented the difference between fair value and amortized

cost. The comparable amount at December 31, 2011 was a net unrealized loss of $41 million. The fair value of investment securities is impacted by interest rates, credit spreads, market volatility and liquidity conditions. The fair value of investment securities generally decreases when interest rates increase and vice versa. In addition, the fair value generally decreases when credit spreads widen and vice versa.

The improvement in the net unrealized gain as compared with a loss at December 31, 2011 was primarily due to the effect of higher valuations of non-agency residential mortgage-backed securities which had a decrease in net unrealized losses of $430 million. Net unrealized gains and losses in the securities available for sale portfolio are included in Shareholders’ equity as Accumulated other comprehensive income or loss from continuing operations, net of tax on our Consolidated Balance Sheet.

Additional information regarding our investment securities is included in Note 8 Investment Securities and Note 9 Fair Value in our Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in this Report.

Unrealized gains and losses on available for sale securities do not impact liquidity or risk-based capital under currently effective capital rules. However, reductions in the credit ratings of these securities could have an impact on the liquidity of the securities or the determination of risk-weighted assets which could reduce our regulatory capital ratios under currently effective capital rules. In addition, the amount representing the credit-related portion of OTTI on available for sale securities would reduce our earnings and regulatory capital ratios. Reductions in credit ratings of these securities would not have a direct impact on the risk-weightings of these securities under the proposed capital rules issued by the US banking regulators in June 2012.

The expected weighted-average life of investment securities (excluding corporate stocks and other) was 3.9 years at June 30, 2012 and 3.7 years at December 31, 2011.

We estimate that, at June 30, 2012, the effective duration of investment securities was 2.4 years for an immediate 50 basis points parallel increase in interest rates and 2.3 years for an immediate 50 basis points parallel decrease in interest rates. Comparable amounts at December 31, 2011 were 2.6 years and 2.4 years, respectively.

 

 

The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – Form 10-Q    17


Table of Contents

The following table provides detail regarding the vintage, current credit rating, and FICO score of the underlying collateral at origination, where available, for residential mortgage-backed, commercial mortgage-backed and other asset-backed securities held in the available for sale and held to maturity portfolios:

Table 12: Vintage, Current Credit Rating, and FICO Score for Asset-Backed Securities

 

     June 30, 2012  
     Agency      Non-agency          
Dollars in millions    Residential
Mortgage-
Backed
Securities
    Commercial
Mortgage-
Backed
Securities
     Residential
Mortgage-
Backed
Securities
    Commercial
Mortgage-
Backed
Securities
     Asset-
Backed
Securities
 

Fair Value – Available for Sale

   $ 27,814      $ 876       $ 5,887      $ 2,802       $ 5,423   

Fair Value – Held to Maturity

     4,324        1,367                 3,102         984   

Total Fair Value

   $ 32,138      $ 2,243       $ 5,887      $ 5,904       $ 6,407   

% of Fair Value:

                  

By Vintage

                  

2012

     10     1        4     

2011

     29     43        5     

2010

     28     17        4      4

2009

     11     20        3      3

2008

     3     2             3

2007

     3     2      24     8      4

2006

     1     4      22     22      6

2005 and earlier

     7     11      53     52      6

Not Available

     8              1     2      74

Total

     100     100      100     100      100

By Credit Rating (at June 30, 2012)

                  

Agency

     100     100            

AAA

            1     77      60

AA

            1     7      28

A

            2     10      1

BBB

            5     2     

BB

            12     2     

B

            7          1

Lower than B

            71          8

No rating

                      1     2      2

Total

     100     100      100     100      100

By FICO Score (at origination)

                  

>720

            56          2

<720 and >660

            30          6

<660

                   3

No FICO score

                      14              89

Total

                      100              100

We conduct a comprehensive security-level impairment assessment quarterly on all securities in an unrealized loss position to determine whether the loss represents OTTI. Our assessment considers the security structure, recent security collateral performance metrics, external credit ratings, failure of the issuer to make scheduled interest or principal payments, our judgment and expectations of future performance, and relevant independent industry research, analysis and forecasts.

We also consider the severity of the impairment and the length of time that the security has been impaired in our assessment. Results of the periodic assessment are reviewed by a cross-functional senior management team representing Asset & Liability Management, Finance, and Market Risk Management. The senior management team considers the results of the assessments, as well as other factors, in determining whether the impairment is other-than-temporary.

 

18    The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – Form 10-Q


Table of Contents

We recognize the credit portion of OTTI charges in current earnings for those debt securities where we do not intend to sell and believe we will not be required to sell the securities prior to expected recovery. The noncredit portion of OTTI is included in Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss). Also see our Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income.

We recognized OTTI for the second quarter and first six months of 2012 and 2011 as follows:

Table 13: Other-Than-Temporary Impairments

 

     Three months ended
June 30
     Six months ended
June 30
 
In millions    2012     2011      2012     2011  

Credit portion of OTTI losses (a)

           

Non-agency residential mortgage-backed

   $ 31     $ 35      $ 63     $ 63  

Asset-backed

     3       4        8       9  

Other debt

                      1       1  

Total credit portion of OTTI losses

     34       39        72       73  

Noncredit portion of OTTI (recoveries) (b)

     (2     34        (24     30  

Total OTTI losses

   $ 32     $ 73      $ 48     $ 103  
(a) Reduction of Noninterest income on our Consolidated Income Statement.
(b) Included in Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax, on our Consolidated Balance Sheet. Also see our Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income.

 

The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – Form 10-Q    19


Table of Contents

The following table summarizes net unrealized gains and losses recorded on non-agency residential and commercial mortgage-backed securities and other asset-backed securities, which represent our most significant categories of securities not backed by the US government or its agencies. A summary of all OTTI credit losses recognized for the first six months of 2012 by investment type is included in Note 8 Investment Securities in the Notes To Consolidated Financial Statements in this Report.

Table 14: Net Unrealized Gains and Losses on Non-Agency Securities

 

     June 30, 2012  
In millions    Residential Mortgage-
Backed Securities
     Commercial Mortgage-
Backed Securities
    

Asset-Backed

Securities (a)

 

Available for Sale Securities (Non-Agency)

                   
     Fair
Value
     Net Unrealized
Gain (Loss)
     Fair
Value
     Net Unrealized
Gain
     Fair
Value
     Net Unrealized
Gain (Loss)
 

Credit Rating Analysis

                       

AAA

   $ 81            $ 1,675       $ 70       $ 3,148       $ 15   

Other Investment Grade (AA, A, BBB)

     507       $ 13         925         51         1,662         2   

Total Investment Grade

     588         13         2,600         121         4,810         17   

BB

     710         (107      94         1         4        

B

     369         (27              56         (4

Lower than B

     4,190         (565                        529         (110

Total Sub-Investment Grade

     5,269         (699      94         1         589         (114

Total No Rating

     30                  108         3         21         (19

Total

   $ 5,887       $ (686    $ 2,802       $ 125       $ 5,420       $ (116

OTTI Analysis

                       

Investment Grade:

                       

OTTI has been recognized

                       

No OTTI recognized to date

   $ 588       $ 13       $ 2,600       $ 121       $ 4,810       $ 17   

Total Investment Grade

     588         13         2,600         121         4,810         17   

Sub-Investment Grade:

                       

OTTI has been recognized

     3,393         (627              555         (110

No OTTI recognized to date

     1,876         (72      94         1         34         (4

Total Sub-Investment Grade

     5,269         (699      94         1         589         (114

No Rating:

                       

OTTI has been recognized

                     21         (19

No OTTI recognized to date

     30                  108         3                     

Total No Rating

     30                  108         3         21         (19

Total

   $ 5,887       $ (686    $ 2,802       $ 125       $ 5,420       $ (116

Securities Held to Maturity (Non-Agency)

                       

Credit Rating Analysis

                       

AAA

           $ 2,861       $ 89       $ 655       $ 4   

Other Investment Grade (AA, A, BBB)

                       241         8         220         1   

Total Investment Grade

                       3,102         97         875         5   

BB

                     4        

B

                       

Lower than B

                                                     

Total Sub-Investment Grade

                                         4            

Total No Rating

                                         99         4   

Total

                     $ 3,102       $ 97       $ 978       $ 9   
(a) Excludes $3 million and $6 million of available for sale and held to maturity agency asset-backed securities, respectively.

 

20    The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – Form 10-Q


Table of Contents

Residential Mortgage-Backed Securities

At June 30, 2012, our residential mortgage-backed securities portfolio was comprised of $32.1 billion fair value of US government agency-backed securities and $5.9 billion fair value of non-agency (private issuer) securities. The agency securities are generally collateralized by 1-4 family, conforming, fixed-rate residential mortgages. The non-agency securities are also generally collateralized by 1-4 family residential mortgages. The mortgage loans underlying the non-agency securities are generally non-conforming (i.e., original balances in excess of the amount qualifying for agency securities) and predominately have interest rates that are fixed for a period of time, after which the rate adjusts to a floating rate based upon a contractual spread that is indexed to a market rate (i.e., a “hybrid ARM”), or interest rates that are fixed for the term of the loan.

Substantially all of the non-agency securities are senior tranches in the securitization structure and at origination had credit protection in the form of credit enhancement, over-collateralization and/or excess spread accounts.

During the first half of 2012, we recorded OTTI credit losses of $63 million on non-agency residential mortgage-backed securities. All of the losses were associated with securities rated below investment grade. As of June 30, 2012, the noncredit portion of OTTI losses recorded in Accumulated other comprehensive income for non-agency residential mortgage-backed securities totaled $627 million and the related securities had a fair value of $3.4 billion.

The fair value of sub-investment grade investment securities for which we have not recorded an OTTI credit loss as of June 30, 2012 totaled $1.9 billion, with unrealized net losses of $72 million. The results of our security-level assessments indicate that we will recover the entire cost basis of these securities. Note 8 Investment Securities in the Notes To Consolidated Financial Statements in this Report provides further detail regarding our process for assessing OTTI for these securities.

Commercial Mortgage-Backed Securities

The fair value of the non-agency commercial mortgage-backed securities portfolio was $5.9 billion at June 30, 2012 and consisted of fixed-rate, private-issuer securities collateralized by non-residential properties, primarily retail properties, office buildings, and multi-family housing. The agency commercial mortgage-backed securities portfolio was $2.2 billion fair value at June 30, 2012 consisting of multi-family housing. Substantially all of the securities are the most senior tranches in the subordination structure.

There were no OTTI credit losses on commercial mortgage-backed securities during the first six months of 2012.

Asset-Backed Securities

The fair value of the asset-backed securities portfolio was $6.4 billion at June 30, 2012 and consisted of fixed-rate and floating-rate, private-issuer securities collateralized primarily by various consumer credit products, including residential mortgage loans, credit cards, automobile loans, and student loans. Substantially all of the securities are senior tranches in the securitization structure and have credit protection in the form of credit enhancement, over-collateralization and/or excess spread accounts.

We recorded OTTI credit losses of $8 million on asset-backed securities during the first six months of 2012. All of the securities are collateralized by first lien and second lien residential mortgage loans and are rated below investment grade. As of June 30, 2012, the noncredit portion of OTTI losses recorded in Accumulated other comprehensive income for asset-backed securities totaled $129 million and the related securities had a fair value of $576 million.

For the sub-investment grade investment securities (available for sale and held to maturity) for which we have not recorded an OTTI loss through June 30, 2012, the remaining fair value was $38 million, with unrealized net losses of $4 million. The results of our security-level assessments indicate that we will recover the cost basis of these securities. Note 8 Investment Securities in the Notes To Consolidated Financial Statements in this Report provides further detail regarding our process for assessing OTTI for these securities.

If current housing and economic conditions were to worsen, and if market volatility and illiquidity were to worsen, or if market interest rates were to increase appreciably, the valuation of our investment securities portfolio could continue to be adversely affected and we could incur additional OTTI credit losses that would impact our Consolidated Income Statement.

Table 15: Loans Held For Sale

 

In millions    June 30
2012
     December 31
2011
 

Commercial mortgages at fair value

   $ 837      $ 843  

Commercial mortgages at lower of cost or fair value

     184        451  

Total commercial mortgages

     1,021        1,294  

Residential mortgages at fair value

     1,939        1,522  

Other

     373        120  

Total

   $ 3,333       $ 2,936  

We stopped originating certain commercial mortgage loans designated as held for sale in 2008 and continue pursuing opportunities to reduce these positions at appropriate prices. We sold $10 million in unpaid principal balance of these commercial mortgage loans held for sale carried at fair value in the first six months of 2012. We sold $25 million of these loans in the first six months of 2011.

 

 

The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – Form 10-Q    21


Table of Contents

We recognized total net gains of $15 million in the first six months of 2012, including gains of $18 million in the second quarter, on the valuation and sale of commercial mortgage loans held for sale, net of hedges. Total net gains of $20 million on the valuation and sale of commercial mortgage loans held for sale, net of hedges, were recognized in the first six months of 2011, including gains of $7 million in the second quarter.

Residential mortgage loan origination volume was $7.0 billion in the first six months of 2012 compared to $5.8 billion for the first six months of 2011. Substantially all such loans were originated under agency or Federal Housing Administration (FHA) standards.

We sold $6.4 billion of loans and recognized related gains of $318 million during the first six months of 2012, of which $177 million occurred in the second quarter. The comparable amounts for the first six months of 2011 were $6.5 billion and $171 million, respectively, including $73 million in the second quarter.

Interest income on loans held for sale was $95 million in the first six months of 2012, including $45 million in the second quarter. Comparable amounts for 2011 were $107 million and $38 million, respectively. These amounts are included in Other interest income on our Consolidated Income Statement.

Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

Goodwill and other intangible assets totaled $11.0 billion at June 30, 2012 and $10.1 billion at December 31, 2011. During the first six months of 2012, PNC recorded goodwill of $944 million and other intangible assets of $180 million associated with the RBC Bank (USA) acquisition. See Note 2 Acquisition and Divestiture Activity and Note 10 Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets included in the Notes To Consolidated Financial Statements in this Report.

FUNDING AND CAPITAL SOURCES

Table 16: Details Of Funding Sources

 

In millions    June 30
2012
     December 31
2011
 

Deposits

       

Money market

   $ 99,661      $ 89,912  

Demand

     66,378        57,717  

Retail certificates of deposit

     26,274        29,518  

Savings

     10,068        8,705  

Time deposits in foreign offices and other time

     4,542        2,114  

Total deposits

     206,923        187,966  

Borrowed funds

       

Federal funds purchased and repurchase agreements

     4,166        2,984  

Federal Home Loan Bank borrowings

     10,440        6,967  

Bank notes and senior debt

     10,185        11,793  

Subordinated debt

     7,593        8,321  

Other

     11,305        6,639  

Total borrowed funds

     43,689        36,704  

Total

   $ 250,612      $ 224,670  

Total funding sources increased $25.9 billion at June 30, 2012 compared with December 31, 2011.

Total deposits increased $19.0 billion, or 10%, at June 30, 2012 compared with December 31, 2011. On March 2, 2012, our RBC Bank (USA) acquisition added $18.1 billion of deposits, including $6.9 billion of money market, $6.7 billion of demand deposit, $4.1 billion of retail certificates of deposit, and $.4 billion of savings accounts. Excluding acquisition activity, money market, demand deposits, savings and time deposits in foreign offices and other time deposit accounts increased for the six months ended June 30, 2012, partially offset by the maturity of retail certificates of deposit. Interest-bearing deposits represented 69% of total deposits at both June 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011. Total borrowed funds increased $7.0 billion since December 31, 2011. The change from December 31, 2011 was due to an increase in Federal funds purchased and repurchase agreements along with an increase in FHLB borrowings, commercial paper, and the issuance of $2.1 billion of bank notes and senior debt, partially offset by repayments, maturities and the redemption of trust preferred securities.

Capital

See 2012 Capital and Liquidity Actions in the Executive Summary section of this Financial Review for additional information regarding our June 2012 announcement of the July 2012 redemption of trust preferred securities, our June 2012 issuance of senior bank notes, our May 2012 redemption of trust preferred securities, our plans to purchase shares under PNC’s existing common stock repurchase program (described

 

 

22    The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – Form 10-Q


Table of Contents

below) during 2012, our April 2012 increase to PNC’s quarterly common stock dividend, redemption of trust preferred securities and issuance of preferred securities, and our March 2012 issuance of senior notes.

We manage our capital position by making adjustments to our balance sheet size and composition, issuing debt, equity or hybrid instruments, executing treasury stock transactions, managing dividend policies and retaining earnings.

Total shareholders’ equity increased $3.0 billion, to $37.0 billion, at June 30, 2012 compared with December 31, 2011 and included an increase in retained earnings of $0.9 billion. The issuance of $1.5 billion of preferred stock in April 2012 contributed to the increase in capital surplus. Accumulated other comprehensive income increased $0.5 billion, to $0.4 billion, at June 30, 2012 compared with a loss of $0.1 billion at December 31, 2011 primarily due to higher net unrealized gains on securities and lower OTTI losses on debt securities. Common shares outstanding were 529 million at June 30, 2012 and 527 million at December 31, 2011.

Our current common stock repurchase program permits us to purchase up to 25 million shares of PNC common stock on the open market or in privately negotiated transactions. This program will remain in effect until fully utilized or until modified, superseded or terminated. The extent and timing of share repurchases under this program will depend on a number of factors including, among others, market and general economic conditions, economic and regulatory capital considerations, alternative uses of capital, regulatory and contractual limitations, and the potential impact on our credit ratings. Consistent with our capital plan submitted to the Federal Reserve in the first quarter of 2012, we plan to purchase up to $250 million of common stock under this program during 2012. Such purchases were initiated in the second quarter with approximately $50 million repurchased as of June 30, 2012.

Table 17: Risk-Based Capital

 

Dollars in millions    June 30
2012
    December 31
2011
 

Capital components

      

Shareholders’ equity

      

Common

   $ 33,885     $ 32,417  

Preferred

     3,120       1,636  

Trust preferred capital securities

     770       2,354  

Noncontrolling interests

     1,346       1,351  

Goodwill and other intangible assets

     (9,981     (9,027

Eligible deferred income taxes on goodwill and other intangible assets

     372       431  

Pension, other postretirement benefit plan adjustments

     699       755  

Net unrealized securities (gains) losses, after-tax

     (472     41  

Net unrealized gains on cash flow hedge derivatives, after-tax

     (664     (717

Other

     (148     (168

Tier 1 risk-based capital

     28,927       29,073  

Subordinated debt

     4,084       4,571  

Eligible allowance for credit losses

     3,201       2,904  

Total risk-based capital

   $ 36,212     $ 36,548  

Tier 1 common capital

      

Tier 1 risk-based capital

   $ 28,927     $ 29,073  

Preferred equity

     (3,120     (1,636

Trust preferred capital securities

     (770     (2,354

Noncontrolling interests

     (1,346     (1,351

Tier 1 common capital

   $ 23,691     $ 23,732  

Assets

      

Risk-weighted assets, including off-balance sheet instruments and market risk equivalent assets

   $ 254,875     $ 230,705  

Adjusted average total assets

     285,788       261,958  

Capital ratios

      

Tier 1 common

     9.3     10.3

Tier 1 risk-based

     11.4       12.6  

Total risk-based

     14.2       15.8  

Leverage

     10.1       11.1  

Federal banking regulators have stated that they expect all bank holding companies to have a level and composition of Tier 1 capital well in excess of the 4% regulatory minimum, and they have required the largest US bank holding companies, including PNC, to have a capital buffer sufficient to withstand losses and allow them to meet credit needs of their customers through estimated stress scenarios. They have also stated their view that common equity should be the dominant form of Tier 1 capital. As a result, regulators are now emphasizing the Tier 1 common capital ratio in their evaluation of bank holding company capital levels, although a

 

 

The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – Form 10-Q    23


Table of Contents

formal ratio for this metric is not provided for in current regulations. We seek to manage our capital consistent with these regulatory principles, and believe that our June 30, 2012 capital levels were aligned with them.

Dodd-Frank requires the Federal Reserve Board to establish capital requirements that would, among other things, eliminate the Tier 1 treatment of trust preferred securities following a phase-in period expected to begin in 2013. Accordingly, PNC has started to and will further consider redeeming on the first call date some of its trust preferred securities, based on such considerations as dividend rates, future capital requirements, capital market conditions and other factors. See 2012 Capital and Liquidity Actions in the Executive Summary section of this Financial Review for additional information regarding our April 2012 and May 2012 redemptions of trust preferred securities and June 2012 announcement of the July 2012 redemption of trust preferred securities. See Note 13 Capital Securities of Subsidiary Trusts and Perpetual Trust Securities in Item 8 of our 2011 Form 10-K and Note 11 Capital Securities of Subsidiary Trusts and Perpetual Trust Securities in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in this Report for additional information on trust preferred securities.

Our Tier 1 common capital ratio was 9.3% at June 30, 2012, compared with 10.3% at December 31, 2011. Our Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio decreased 120 basis points to 11.4% at June 30, 2012 from 12.6% at December 31, 2011. Our total risk-based capital ratio declined 160 basis points to 14.2% at June 30, 2012 from 15.8% at December 31, 2011. The decline in these ratios was primarily due to an increase in goodwill and risk-weighted assets as a result of the RBC Bank (USA) acquisition. Our Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio reflected second quarter 2012 capital actions of issuing approximately $1.5 billion of preferred stock and redeeming or announcing the redemption of approximately $1.8 billion of trust preferred securities. Risk-weighted assets increased $23.3 billion from $230.7 billion at December 31, 2011 to $254.0 billion at June 30, 2012 due to the RBC Bank (USA) acquisition and loan growth for the first six months of 2012.

At June 30, 2012, PNC and PNC Bank, National Association (PNC Bank), our domestic bank subsidiary, were both considered “well capitalized” based on US regulatory capital ratio requirements under Basel I. To qualify as “well-capitalized”, regulators currently require bank holding companies and banks to maintain capital ratios of at least 6% for Tier 1 risk-based, 10% for total risk-based, and 5% for leverage. We believe PNC and PNC Bank will continue to meet these requirements during the remainder of 2012.

The access to, and cost of, funding for new business initiatives including acquisitions, the ability to engage in expanded business activities, the ability to pay dividends, the level of deposit insurance costs, and the level and nature of regulatory oversight depend, in part, on a financial institution’s capital strength.

We provide additional information regarding enhanced capital requirements and some of their potential impacts on PNC in Item 1A Risk Factors included in our 2011 Form 10-K.

OFF-BALANCE SHEET ARRANGEMENTS AND VARIABLE INTEREST ENTITIES

We engage in a variety of activities that involve unconsolidated entities or that are otherwise not reflected in our Consolidated Balance Sheet that are generally referred to as “off-balance sheet arrangements.” Additional information on these types of activities is included in our 2011 Form 10-K and in the following sections of this Report:

   

Commitments, including contractual obligations and other commitments, included within the Risk Management section of this Financial Review,

   

Note 3 Loan Sale and Servicing Activities and Variable Interest Entities in the Notes To Consolidated Financial Statements,

   

Note 11 Capital Securities of Subsidiary Trusts and Perpetual Trust Securities in the Notes To Consolidated Financial Statements, and

   

Note 18 Commitments and Guarantees in the Notes To Consolidated Financial Statements.

PNC consolidates variable interest entities (VIEs) when we are deemed to be the primary beneficiary. The primary beneficiary of a VIE is determined to be the party that meets both of the following criteria: (1) has the power to make decisions that most significantly affect the economic performance of the VIE and (2) has the obligation to absorb losses or the right to receive benefits that in either case could potentially be significant to the VIE.

A summary of VIEs, including those that we have consolidated and those in which we hold variable interests but have not consolidated into our financial statements, as of June 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011 is included in Note 3 of this Report.

Trust Preferred Securities

In connection with $1.9 billion in principal amount of junior subordinated debentures associated with trust preferred securities outstanding as of June 30, 2012 that were issued by various subsidiary statutory trusts, we are subject to certain restrictions, including restrictions on dividend payments. Generally, if there is (i) an event of default under the debentures, (ii) PNC elects to defer interest on the debentures, (iii) PNC exercises its right to defer payments on the related trust preferred securities issued by the statutory trusts, or (iv) there is a default under PNC’s guarantee of such payment obligations, as specified in the applicable governing documents, then PNC would be subject during the period of such default or deferral to restrictions on dividends and other provisions protecting the status of the debenture holders similar to or in some ways more restrictive than those potentially imposed under the Exchange Agreements with

 

 

24    The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – Form 10-Q


Table of Contents

PNC Preferred Funding Trust II and Trust III, as described in Note 13 Capital Securities of Subsidiary Trusts and Perpetual Trust Securities in our 2011 Form 10-K. See 2012 Capital and Liquidity Actions in the Executive Summary section of this Financial Review for additional information regarding our April 2012 and May 2012 redemptions of trust preferred securities and June 2012 announcement of the July 2012 redemption of trust preferred securities.

 

The replacement capital covenant described in Note 13 in our 2011 Form 10-K, for which the holders of our 6 7/8% Subordinated Notes due May 15, 2019 are the beneficiaries, is no longer applicable due to the July 2012 redemption of trust preferred securities issued by PNC Capital Trust E.

 

 

FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS

In addition to the following, see Note 9 Fair Value in the Notes To Consolidated Financial Statements in this Report for further information regarding fair value.

The following table summarizes the assets and liabilities measured at fair value and the portion of such assets and liabilities that are classified within Level 3 of the valuation hierarchy.

Table 18: Fair Value Measurements – Summary

 

     June 30, 2012      December 31, 2011  
In millions    Total Fair
Value
    Level 3      Total Fair
Value
     Level 3  

Total assets

   $ 69,521      $ 10,391       $ 66,658       $ 10,051   

Total assets at fair value as a percentage of consolidated assets

     23          25     

Level 3 assets as a percentage of total assets at fair value

       15         15

Level 3 assets as a percentage of consolidated assets

             3               4

Total liabilities

   $ 8,363      $ 289         8,625         308   

Total liabilities at fair value as a percentage of consolidated liabilities

     3          4     

Level 3 liabilities as a percentage of total liabilities at fair value

       3         4

Level 3 liabilities as a percentage of consolidated liabilities

             <1               <1

The majority of assets recorded at fair value are included in the securities available for sale portfolio. The majority of Level 3 assets represent non-agency residential mortgage-backed and asset-backed securities in the securities available for sale portfolio for which there was limited market activity.

An instrument’s categorization within the hierarchy is based on the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement. PNC reviews and updates fair value hierarchy classifications quarterly. Changes from one quarter to the next related to the observability of inputs to a fair value measurement may result in a reclassification (transfer) of assets or liabilities between hierarchy levels. During the first six months of 2012 there were transfers of assets and liabilities from Level 2 to Level 3 of $460 million consisting primarily of mortgage-backed securities as a result of a ratings downgrade which reduced the observability of valuation inputs. During the first six months of 2012 and 2011 there were no other material transfers of assets or liabilities between the hierarchy levels.

 

The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – Form 10-Q    25


Table of Contents

EUROPEAN EXPOSURE

Table 19: Summary of European Exposure

 

In millions    Direct      Indirect      Total  

June 30, 2012

          

Greece, Ireland, Italy, Portugal, and Spain (“GIIPS”)

   $ 121       $ 28       $ 149   

Belgium, France, and Turkey

     174         912         1,086   

Subtotal

     295         940         1,235   

United Kingdom

     978         466         1,444   

Others (a)

     872         859         1,731   

Total

   $ 2,145       $ 2,265       $ 4,410   

December 31, 2011

          

Greece, Ireland, Italy, Portugal, and Spain (“GIIPS”)

   $ 118       $ 63       $ 181   

Belgium, France, and Turkey

     154         770         924   

Subtotal

     272         833         1,105   

United Kingdom

     847         396         1,243   

Others (a)

     968         803         1,771   

Total

   $ 2,087       $ 2,032       $ 4,119   
(a) Others consist of Denmark, Germany, the Netherlands, Sweden, and Switzerland.

European entities are defined as supranational, sovereign, financial institutions and non-financial entities within the countries that comprise the European Union, European Union candidate countries and other European countries. Foreign exposure underwriting and approvals are centralized. PNC currently underwrites new foreign activities if the credit is generally associated with activities of its US commercial customers, and in the case of PNC Business Credit’s UK operations, transactions that are predominantly well collateralized by self liquidating assets such as receivables, inventories or in limited situations, the borrower’s appraised value of certain fixed assets, such that PNC is at minimal risk of loss. Formerly PNC had underwritten foreign infrastructure leases supported by highly rated bank letters of credit, US Treasury securities and the underlying assets of the lease. Country exposures are monitored and reported on a regular basis. We actively monitor sovereign risk, banking system health, and market conditions and adjust limits as appropriate. We rely on information from internal and external sources, including international financial institutions, economists and analysts, industry trade organizations, rating agencies, econometric data analytical service providers, and geopolitical news analysis services.

Direct exposure primarily consists of loans, leases, securities, derivatives, letters of credit and unfunded contractual commitments with European entities, and totaled $2.1 billion at June 30, 2012. Direct exposure outstanding was $1.6 billion and other direct exposure was $498 million primarily for unfunded contractual commitments. The $1.6 billion outstanding balance (.55% of PNC total assets) primarily represents $635 million for cross-border leases in support of

national infrastructure, which are supported by letters of credit and other collateral having trigger mechanisms that require replacement or collateral in the form of cash or United States Treasury or government securities, $555 million for United Kingdom foreign office loans and $224 million of securities issued by AAA-rated sovereigns. The remaining $498 million of our direct exposure is largely comprised of $436 million for unfunded contractual commitments primarily for United Kingdom local office commitments to PNC Business Credit corporate customers on a secured basis or activities supporting our domestic customers export activities through the confirmation of trade letters of credit.

The comparable level of direct exposure at December 31, 2011 was $2.1 billion, including $1.6 billion outstanding and $485 million primarily for unfunded contractual commitments. The $1.6 billion outstanding balance (.59% of PNC total assets) primarily included $625 million for cross-border leases in support of national infrastructure, $382 million for United Kingdom foreign office loans and $357 million of securities issued by AAA-rated sovereigns. The remaining $485 million of our direct exposure is largely comprised of $440 million for unfunded contractual commitments primarily for United Kingdom local office commitments to PNC Business Credit corporate customers on a secured basis.

We also track European financial exposures where PNC is appointed as a fronting bank by our clients and we elect to assume the joint probability of default risk. As of June 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011, PNC had $2.3 billion and $2.0 billion, respectively, of indirect exposure. For PNC to incur a loss in these indirect exposures, both the obligor and the financial counterparty participating bank would need to default. PNC assesses both the corporate customer and the participating banks for counterparty risk and where PNC has found that a participating bank exposes PNC to unacceptable risk, PNC will reject the participating bank as an acceptable counterparty and will ask the corporate customer to find an acceptable participating bank.

Among the regions and nations that PNC monitors, we have identified eight countries for which we are more closely monitoring their economic and financial situation. The basis for the increased monitoring includes, but is not limited to, sovereign debt burden, near term financing risk, political instability, GDP trends, balance of payments, market confidence, banking system distress and/or holdings of stressed sovereign debt. The countries identified are: Greece, Ireland, Italy, Portugal, Spain (collectively “GIIPS”), Belgium, France and Turkey.

Direct and indirect exposure to entities in the GIIPS countries totaled $149 million as of June 30, 2012, of which $120

 

 

26    The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – Form 10-Q


Table of Contents

million is direct exposure for cross-border leases within Portugal and indirect exposure of $28 million for letters of credit with strong underlying obligors within Ireland, Italy and Spain. The comparable amounts as of December 31, 2011 were total direct and indirect exposure of $181 million, consisting of $118 million of direct exposure for cross-border leases within Portugal, indirect exposure of $48 million for letters of credit with strong underlying obligors within Ireland, Italy and Spain and $15 million for unfunded contractual commitments to Spain.

Direct and indirect exposure to entities in Belgium, France, and Turkey totaled $1.1 billion as of June 30, 2012. Direct exposure of $174 million primarily consists of $70 million for cross-border leases within Belgium, and $62 million for unfunded contractual commitments in France and $29 million of covered bonds issued by a financial institution in France. Indirect exposure is $912 million for letters of credit with strong underlying obligors in France and Belgium. The comparable amounts as of December 31, 2011 were total direct and indirect exposure of $924 million as of December 31, 2011 of which there was $154 million of direct exposure primarily consisting of $75 million for cross-border leases within Belgium, $62 million for unfunded contractual commitments in France and $11 million for 90% Overseas Private Investment Corporation (“OPIC”) guaranteed Turkish loans. Indirect exposure was $770 million for letters of credit with strong underlying obligors in France and Belgium.

BUSINESS SEGMENTS REVIEW

We have six reportable business segments:

   

Retail Banking

   

Corporate & Institutional Banking

   

Asset Management Group

   

Residential Mortgage Banking

   

BlackRock

   

Non-Strategic Assets Portfolio

Business segment results, including inter-segment revenues, and a description of each business are included in Note 19 Segment Reporting included in the Notes To Consolidated Financial Statements of this Report. Certain amounts included in this Financial Review differ from those amounts shown in Note 19 primarily due to the presentation in this Financial Review of business net interest revenue on a taxable-equivalent basis.

Results of individual businesses are presented based on our internal management reporting practices. There is no comprehensive, authoritative body of guidance for management accounting equivalent to GAAP; therefore, the financial results of our individual businesses are not necessarily comparable with similar information for any other company. We periodically refine our internal methodologies

as management reporting practices are enhanced. Retrospective application of new methodologies is made to prior period reportable business segment results and disclosures to create comparability to the current period presentation to reflect any such refinements. Financial results are presented, to the extent practicable, as if each business operated on a stand-alone basis. We have aggregated the business results for certain similar operating segments for financial reporting purposes.

Assets receive a funding charge and liabilities and capital receive a funding credit based on a transfer pricing methodology that incorporates product maturities, duration and other factors. During the second quarter of 2012, enhancements were made to the funds transfer pricing methodology. Retrospective application of our new funds transfer pricing methodology has been made to the prior period reportable business segment results and disclosures to create comparability to the current period presentation, which we believe is more meaningful to readers of our financial statements.

A portion of capital is intended to cover unexpected losses and is assigned to our business segments using our risk-based economic capital model, including consideration of the goodwill and other intangible assets at those business segments, as well as the diversification of risk among the business segments.

We have allocated the allowances for loan and lease losses and for unfunded loan commitments and letters of credit based on our assessment of risk in the business segment loan portfolios. Our allocation of the costs incurred by operations and other shared support areas not directly aligned with the businesses is primarily based on the use of services.

Total business segment financial results differ from total consolidated net income. The impact of these differences is reflected in the “Other” category. “Other” for purposes of this Business Segments Review and the Business Segment Highlights in the Executive Summary includes residual activities that do not meet the criteria for disclosure as a separate reportable business, such as gains or losses related to BlackRock transactions, integration costs, asset and liability management activities including net securities gains or losses, other-than-temporary impairment of investment securities and certain trading activities, exited businesses, alternative investments, including private equity, intercompany eliminations, most corporate overhead, tax adjustments that are not allocated to business segments, and differences between business segment performance reporting and financial statement reporting (GAAP), including the presentation of net income attributable to noncontrolling interests.

 

 

The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – Form 10-Q    27


Table of Contents

Table 20: Results Of Businesses – Summary (a)

(Unaudited)

 

     Income      Revenue      Average Assets (b)  
Six months ended June 30 – in millions    2012     2011      2012      2011      2012      2011  

Retail Banking

   $ 283      $ 188       $ 2,987       $ 2,773       $ 71,420       $ 66,211   

Corporate & Institutional Banking

     1,072        906         2,705         2,320         97,866         78,002   

Asset Management Group

     74        103         483         467         6,613         6,786   

Residential Mortgage Banking

     (152     127         184         478         11,745         11,218   

BlackRock

     178        179         227         229         5,597         5,596   

Non-Strategic Assets Portfolio

     138        109         421         515         12,407         13,743   

Total business segments

     1,593        1,612         7,007         6,782         205,648         181,556   

Other (c) (d)

     (236     132         348         451         83,199         80,270   

Net income

   $ 1,357      $ 1,744       $ 7,355       $ 7,233       $ 288,847       $ 261,826   
(a) During the second quarter of 2012, enhancements were made to the funds transfer pricing methodology. Retrospective application of our new funds transfer pricing methodology has been made to the prior period reportable business segment results and disclosures to create comparability to the current period presentation, which we believe is more meaningful to readers of our financial statements.
(b) Period-end balances for BlackRock.
(c) For our segment reporting presentation in this Financial Review, “Other” for the first six months of 2012 included $197 million of pretax integration costs related to acquisitions.
(d) “Other” average assets include securities available for sale associated with asset and liability management activities.

 

28    The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – Form 10-Q


Table of Contents

Retail Banking

(Unaudited)

Table 21: Retail Banking Table

 

Six months ended June 30

Dollars in millions, except as noted

   2012      2011  

Income Statement

       

Net interest income

   $ 2,159       $ 1,878   

Noninterest income

       

Service charges on deposits

     258         242   

Brokerage

     94         105   

Consumer services

     404         481   

Other

     72         67   

Total noninterest income

     828         895   

Total revenue

     2,987         2,773   

Provision for credit losses

     300         456   

Noninterest expense

     2,240         2,021   

Pretax earnings

     447         296   

Income taxes

     164         108   

Earnings

   $ 283       $ 188   

Average Balance Sheet

       

Loans

       

Consumer

       

Home equity

   $ 27,499       $ 25,984   

Indirect auto

     4,735         2,579   

Indirect other

     1,242         1,565   

Education

     9,270         8,991   

Credit cards

     4,001         3,705   

Other

     2,222         1,816   

Total consumer

     48,969         44,640   

Commercial and commercial real estate

     11,083         10,711   

Floor plan

     1,733         1,523   

Residential mortgage

     1,002         1,241   

Total loans

     62,787         58,115   

Goodwill and other intangible assets

     6,058         5,759   

Other assets

     2,575         2,337   

Total assets

   $ 71,420       $ 66,211   

Deposits

       

Noninterest-bearing demand

   $ 19,572       $ 18,274   

Interest-bearing demand

     26,986         21,397   

Money market

     45,436         40,583   

Total transaction deposits

     91,994         80,254   

Savings

     9,489         7,858   

Certificates of deposit

     27,309         34,709   

Total deposits

     128,792         122,821   

Other liabilities

     410         955   

Capital

     8,391         8,148   

Total liabilities and equity

   $ 137,593       $ 131,924   

 

The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – Form 10-Q    29


Table of Contents

Six months ended June 30

Dollars in millions, except as noted

   2012      2011  

Performance Ratios

       

Return on average capital

     7      5

Return on average assets

     .80         .57   

Noninterest income to total revenue

     28         32   

Efficiency

     75         73   

Other Information (a)

       

Credit-related statistics:

       

Commercial nonperforming assets

   $ 275       $ 301   

Consumer nonperforming assets

     685         403   

Total nonperforming assets (b)

   $ 960       $ 704   

Purchased impaired loans (c)

   $ 886       $ 826   

Commercial lending net charge-offs

   $ 66       $ 132   

Credit card lending net charge-offs

     99         122   

Consumer lending (excluding credit card) net charge-offs

     213         226   

Total net charge-offs

   $ 378       $ 480   

Commercial lending annualized net charge-off ratio

     1.04      2.18

Credit card lending annualized net charge-off ratio

     4.98      6.64

Consumer lending (excluding credit card) annualized net charge-off ratio

     .93      1.08

Total annualized net charge-off ratio

     1.21      1.67

Home equity portfolio credit statistics: (d)

       

% of first lien positions at origination

     39      37

Weighted-average loan-to-value ratios (LTVs) (e)

     78      73

Weighted-average updated FICO scores (f)

     742         743   

Annualized net charge-off ratio

     1.01      1.16

Loans 30 – 59 days past due

     .54      .48

Loans 60 – 89 days past due

     .33      .30

Loans 90 days past due (g)

     1.24      1.02

Other statistics:

       

ATMs

     7,206         6,734   

Branches (h)

     2,888         2,459   

Customer-related statistics: (in thousands)

       

Retail Banking checking relationships

     6,349         5,627   

Retail online banking active customers

     3,953         3,354   

Retail online bill payment active customers

     1,189         1,045   

Brokerage statistics:

       

Financial consultants (i)

     684         712   

Full service brokerage offices

     40         37   

Brokerage account assets (billions)

   $ 36       $ 35   
(a) Presented as of June 30, except for net charge-offs and annualized net charge-off ratios, which are for the six months ended.
(b) Includes nonperforming loans of $924 million at June 30, 2012 and $679 million at June 30, 2011. In the first quarter of 2012, we adopted a policy stating that Home equity loans past due 90 days or more would be placed on nonaccrual status. The prior policy required that these loans be past due 180 days before being placed on nonaccrual status.
(c) Recorded investment of purchased impaired loans related to acquisitions.
(d) Lien position, LTV, FICO and delinquency statistics are based upon balances and other data that exclude the impact of accounting for acquired loans.
(e) Updated LTV is reported for June 30, 2012. For June 30, 2011, LTV is based upon data from loan origination. Original LTV excludes certain acquired portfolio loans where this data is not available.
(f) Represents FICO scores that are updated monthly for home equity lines and quarterly for the home equity installment loans.
(g) Includes non-accrual loans.
(h) Excludes satellite offices (e.g., drive-ups, electronic branches, and retirement centers) that provide limited products and/or services.
(i) Financial consultants provide services in full service brokerage offices and traditional bank branches.

 

30    The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – Form 10-Q


Table of Contents

Retail Banking earned $283 million for the first six months of 2012 compared with earnings of $188 million for the same period a year ago. The increase in earnings resulted from a lower provision for credit losses, organic growth in loan and transaction deposit balances, lower rates paid on deposits, higher levels of customer-initiated transactions, and the impact of the RBC Bank (USA) acquisition, partially offset by the regulatory impact of lower interchange fees on debit card transactions and additions to legal reserves.

The results for the first six months of 2012 include the impact of the retail business associated with the acquisition of RBC Bank (USA) and the credit card portfolio purchase from RBC Bank (Georgia), National Association in March 2012. Retail Banking added approximately $12.1 billion in deposits, $4.9 billion in loans, 460,000 checking relationships, over 400 branches, and over 400 ATMs through this acquisition. Retail Banking’s footprint extends across 17 states and Washington, D.C. covering nearly half the US population and serving 5,612,000 consumers and 737,000 small businesses with 2,888 branches and 7,206 ATM’s.

Retail Banking’s core strategy is to grow consumer and small business checking households by providing an experience that builds customer loyalty and creates opportunities to sell other products and services including loans, savings, investment products and money management services. Net new checking relationships grew 588,000 in the first six months of 2012, including 460,000 from the RBC Bank (USA) acquisition. The growth reflects strong results and gains in all of our markets as well as strong customer retention in the overall network. The business is also focused on expanding the use of technology, using services such as online banking and mobile deposit taking to improve customer service convenience and lower our service delivery costs. Active online banking customers and active online bill payment customers increased by 18% and 14%, respectively, from June 30 of the prior year.

Total revenue for the first six months of 2012 was $3.0 billion compared with $2.8 billion for the same period of 2011. Net interest income of $2.2 billion increased $281 million compared with the first six months of 2011. The increase resulted from higher organic loan and transaction deposit balances, lower rates paid on deposits, and the impact of the RBC (USA) acquisition.

Noninterest income declined $67 million compared to the first half of 2011. The decline was driven by the regulatory impact of lower interchange fees on debit card transactions, and lower brokerage annuity fees as a result of the low rate environment, partially offset by higher volumes of customer-initiated transactions, including debit and credit cards, and the impact of RBC Bank (USA). The Dodd-Frank limits related to interchange rates on debit card transactions were effective October 1, 2011. In the first six months of 2012, the negative impact on Retail Banking revenue from these limits was approximately $150 million.

The provision for credit losses was $300 million in the first six months of 2012 compared with $456 million in prior year. Net charge-offs were $378 million for the first half of 2012 compared with $480 million for the same period in 2011. Improvements in credit quality over the prior year were evident in the small business, home equity and credit card portfolios. The level of provisioning going forward will be dependent on general economic conditions, loan growth, utilization of credit commitments and asset quality.

Noninterest expense increased $219 million in the first six months of 2012 compared to the same period of 2011. The increase was primarily attributable to the operating expenses associated with RBC Bank (USA) and additions to legal reserves.

Growing core checking deposits is key to Retail Banking’s growth and to providing a source of low-cost funding to PNC. The deposit product strategy of Retail Banking is to remain disciplined on pricing, target specific products and markets for growth, and focus on the retention and growth of balances for relationship customers. In the first six months of 2012, average total deposits of $128.8 billion increased $6.0 billion, or 5%, compared with the same period in 2011.

   

Average transaction deposits grew $11.7 billion, or 15% and average savings deposit balances grew $1.6 billion or 21% year over year as a result of organic deposit growth along with the continued customer preference for liquidity and the RBC Bank (USA) acquisition. In the first half of 2012, compared with the same period a year ago, average demand deposits increased $6.9 billion, or 17% to $46.6 billion; average money market deposits increased $4.9 billion, or 12% to $45.4 billion.

   

Total average certificates of deposit decreased $7.4 billion or 21% compared to the same period in 2011. The decline in average certificates of deposit was due to the run-off of high rate certificates of deposit partially offset by the impact of the RBC Bank (USA) acquisition.

Retail Banking continues to focus on a relationship-based lending strategy that targets specific customer sectors, including mass and mass affluent consumers, small businesses and auto dealerships. In the first six months of 2012, average total loans were $62.8 billion, an increase of $4.7 billion, or 8%, over the same period in 2011, of which $3.1 billion was attributable to the RBC Bank (USA) acquisition, primarily in the home equity portfolio.

   

Average indirect auto loans increased $2.2 billion, or 84%, over the first six months of 2011. The increase was due to the expansion of our indirect sales force and product introduction to acquired markets, as well as overall increases in auto sales.

   

Average home equity loans increased $1.5 billion, or 6%, compared with the same period in 2011. The increase was due to the RBC Bank (USA)

 

 

The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – Form 10-Q    31


Table of Contents
 

acquisition. The remainder of the portfolio showed a decline as loan demand was outpaced by paydowns, refinancings, and charge-offs. Retail Banking’s home equity loan portfolio is relationship based, with 97% of the portfolio attributable to borrowers in our primary geographic footprint.

   

Average commercial and commercial real estate loans increased $372 million, or 3%, compared with the same period in 2011. The increase was due to the acquisition of RBC Bank (USA). The remainder of the portfolio showed a decline as loan demand was outpaced by paydowns, refinancings, and charge-offs.

   

Average credit card balances increased $296 million, or 8%, compared with the first six months of 2011 as a result of an increase in active accounts and the portfolio purchase from RBC Bank (Georgia), National Association in March 2012.

   

Average education loans were $279 million, or 3%, higher in the first half of 2012 compared with the same period in 2011, primarily due to portfolio purchases in July 2011 and November 2011 of approximately $445 million and $560 million, respectively.

   

Average auto dealer floor plan loans grew $210 million, or 14%, compared with the first six months of 2011, primarily resulting from dealer line utilization and additional dealer relationships.

   

Average indirect other and residential mortgages in this segment are primarily run-off portfolios and declined $323 million and $239 million, respectively, compared with the same period in 2011. The indirect other portfolio is comprised of marine, RV, and other indirect loan products.

 

 

32    The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – Form 10-Q


Table of Contents

Corporate & Institutional Banking

(Unaudited)

Table 22: Corporate & Institutional Banking Table

 

Six months ended June 30

Dollars in millions, except as noted

   2012     2011  

Income Statement

      

Net interest income

   $ 2,023      $ 1,697   

Noninterest income

      

Corporate service fees

     448        376   

Other

     234        247   

Noninterest income

     682        623   

Total revenue

     2,705        2,320   

Provision for credit losses

     52        1   

Noninterest expense

     959        889   

Pretax earnings

     1,694        1,430   

Income taxes

     622        524   

Earnings

   $ 1,072      $ 906   

Average Balance Sheet

      

Loans

      

Commercial

   $ 46,004      $ 33,939   

Commercial real estate

     15,158        14,091   

Commercial – real estate related

     5,258        3,478   

Asset-based lending

     9,510        7,667   

Equipment lease financing

     5,808        5,511   

Total loans

     81,738        64,686   

Goodwill and other intangible assets

     3,595        3,470   

Loans held for sale

     1,217        1,285   

Other assets

     11,316        8,561   

Total assets

   $ 97,866      $ 78,002   

Deposits

      

Noninterest-bearing demand

   $ 37,519      $ 28,678   

Money market

     14,803        12,388   

Other

     5,653        5,601   

Total deposits

     57,975        46,667   

Other liabilities

     16,769        12,540   

Capital

     8,676        7,893   

Total liabilities and equity

   $ 83,420      $ 67,100   

Performance Ratios

      

Return on average capital

     25     23

Return on average assets

     2.20        2.34   

Noninterest income to total revenue

     25        27   

Efficiency

     35        38   

Commercial Mortgage Servicing Portfolio (in billions)

      

Beginning of period

   $ 267      $ 266   

Acquisitions/additions

     17        23   

Repayments/transfers

     (20     (21

End of period

   $ 264      $ 268   

Other Information

      

Consolidated revenue from: (a)

      

Treasury Management

   $ 697      $ 624   

Capital Markets

   $ 307      $ 304   

Commercial mortgage loans held for sale (b)

   $ 47      $ 52   

Commercial mortgage loan servicing income, net of amortization (c)

     107        87   

Commercial mortgage servicing rights (impairment)/recovery, net of hedge

     (25     (75

Total commercial mortgage banking activities

   $ 129      $ 64   

Total loans (d)

   $ 88,810      $ 66,142   

Credit-related statistics:

      

Nonperforming assets (d) (e)

   $ 1,686      $ 2,260   

Purchased impaired loans (d) (f)

   $ 1,088      $ 603   

Net charge-offs

   $ 73      $ 238   

Net carrying amount of commercial mortgage servicing rights (d)

   $ 398      $ 592   
(a) Represents consolidated PNC amounts. See the additional revenue discussion regarding treasury management, capital markets-related products and services, and commercial mortgage banking activities in the Product Revenue section of the Consolidated Income Statement Review.
(b) Includes valuations on commercial mortgage loans held for sale and related commitments, derivative valuations, origination fees, gains on sale of loans held for sale and net interest income on loans held for sale.
(c) Includes net interest income and noninterest income from loan servicing and ancillary services, net of commercial mortgage servicing rights amortization. Commercial mortgage servicing rights (impairment)/recovery, net of hedge is shown separately.
(d) As of June 30.
(e) Includes nonperforming loans of $1.5 billion at June 30, 2012 and $2.1 billion at June 30, 2011.
(f) Recorded investment of purchased impaired loans related to acquisitions.

 

The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – Form 10-Q    33


Table of Contents

Corporate & Institutional Banking earned $1.1 billion in the first six months of 2012 compared with $.9 billion in the first six months of 2011. The increase in earnings was primarily due to higher net interest income. We continued to focus on adding new clients, increasing cross sales, and remaining committed to strong expense discipline.

Results in 2012 include the impact of the RBC Bank (USA) acquisition in March 2012 which added approximately $7.5 billion of loans and $4.8 billion of deposits at acquisition date.

Highlights of Corporate & Institutional Banking’s performance during the first six months of 2012 include the following:

   

Overall results benefited from successful sales efforts to new clients and product penetration of the existing customer base.

   

New primary client acquisitions in Corporate Banking were nearly 500 in the first half of 2012.

   

Loan commitments increased 23% to $169 billion at June 30, 2012 compared to June 30, 2011, primarily due to the RBC Bank (USA) acquisition and growth in our Financial Services Advisory and Banking (FSAB), Corporate Finance, Public Finance, Healthcare, Real Estate and Business Credit businesses.

   

Period-end loan balances have increased for seven consecutive quarters, including an increase of 5% at June 30, 2012 compared with March 31, 2012 and 34% compared with June 30, 2011.

   

Our Treasury Management business, which ranks among the top providers in the country, continued to invest in markets, products and infrastructure as well as major initiatives such as healthcare.

   

Cross sales of treasury management and capital markets-related products and services to customers in PNC’s markets continued to be successful and were ahead of 2011.

   

Midland Loan Services was the number one servicer of FNMA and FHLMC multifamily and healthcare loans and was the second leading servicer of commercial and multifamily loans by volume as of March 31, 2012 according to Mortgage Bankers Association and has also received the highest U.S. servicer and special servicer ratings from Fitch Ratings and Standard & Poor’s for the 11th consecutive year.

Net interest income for the first six months of 2012 was $2.0 billion, a 19% increase from the first six months of 2011, reflecting higher average loans and deposits including the impact of the RBC Bank (USA) acquisition.

Corporate service fees were $448 million in the first half of 2012, a increase of $72 million from the first half of 2011, primarily due to higher commercial mortgage banking revenue

and merger and acquisition advisory fees. The major components of corporate service fees are treasury management, corporate finance fees and commercial mortgage servicing revenue.

Other noninterest income was $234 million in the first six months of 2012 compared with $247 million in the first six months of 2011. The decrease of $13 million was primarily due to increased impact of counterparty credit risk on the valuations of customer derivatives positions.

The provision for credit losses was $52 million in the first six months of 2012 compared with $1 million in the first six months of 2011. The increase reflected the impact of higher loan and commitment levels. Net charge-offs were $73 million in the first six months of 2012, which decreased $165 million, or 69%, compared with the first six months of 2011. The decline was attributable primarily to the commercial real estate portfolio. Nonperforming assets declined for the ninth consecutive quarter, and at $1.7 billion represented a 25% decrease from June 30, 2011.

Noninterest expense was $959 million in the first half of 2012, an increase of $70 million from the first half of 2011. Higher compensation-related costs were driven by higher staffing, including the impact of the RBC Bank (USA) acquisition.

Average loans were $81.7 billion in the first six months of 2012 compared with $64.7 billion in the first six months of 2011, an increase of 26%.

   

The Corporate Banking business provides lending, treasury management, and capital markets-related products and services to mid-sized corporations, government and not-for-profit entities, and selectively to large corporations. Average loans for this business increased $10.1 billion or 31% in the first half of 2012 compared with the first half of 2011, primarily due to an increase in loan commitments from new customers.

   

PNC Real Estate provides commercial real estate and real-estate related lending and is one of the industry’s top providers of both conventional and affordable multifamily financing. Average loans for this business increased $2.1 billion or 14% in the first half of 2012 compared to the first half of 2011 due to improved originations.

   

PNC Business Credit is one of the top five asset-based lenders in the country with increasing market share according to the Commercial Finance Association. The loan portfolio is relatively high yielding, with moderate risk, as the loans are mainly secured by short-term assets. Average loans increased $1.8 billion or 24% in the first six months of 2012 compared with the first six months of 2011 due to customers seeking stable lending sources, loan usage rates, and market share expansion.

 

 

34    The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – Form 10-Q


Table of Contents
   

PNC Equipment Finance is the 4th largest bank-affiliated leasing company with over $10 billion in equipment finance assets.

Average deposits were $58.0 billion in the first six months of 2012, an increase of $11.3 billion, or 24%, compared with the first six months of 2011.

   

Deposit growth has been very strong, consistent with the industry-wide trend, as clients hold record levels of cash.

   

Deposit inflows into noninterest-bearing demand deposits continued as FDIC insurance has been an attraction for customers maintaining liquidity during this prolonged period of low interest rates.

   

The repeal of Regulation Q limitations on interest-bearing commercial demand deposit accounts became effective in the third quarter of 2011. Interest in this product has been muted due to the current rate environment.

The commercial mortgage servicing portfolio was $264 billion at June 30, 2012 compared with $268 billion at June 30, 2011. Servicing additions were more than offset by portfolio run-off.

See the additional revenue discussion regarding treasury management, capital markets-related products and services, and commercial mortgage banking activities in the Product Revenue section of the Consolidated Income Statement Review.

 

 

The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – Form 10-Q    35


Table of Contents

Asset Management Group

(Unaudited)

Table 23: Asset Management Group Table

 

Six months ended June 30

Dollars in millions, except as noted

   2012     2011  

Income Statement

      

Net interest income

   $ 150     $ 138  

Noninterest income

     333       329  

Total revenue

     483       467  

Provision for credit losses (benefit)

     9       (24

Noninterest expense

     357       328  

Pretax earnings

     117       163  

Income taxes

     43       60  

Earnings

   $ 74     $ 103  

Average Balance Sheet

      

Loans

      

Consumer

   $ 4,252     $ 4,062  

Commercial and commercial real estate

     1,112       1,395  

Residential mortgage

     692       713  

Total loans

     6,056       6,170  

Goodwill and other intangible assets

     339       370  

Other assets

     218       246  

Total assets

   $ 6,613     $ 6,786  

Deposits

      

Noninterest-bearing demand

   $ 1,468     $ 1,112  

Interest-bearing demand

     2,656       2,301  

Money market

     3,593       3,577  

Total transaction deposits

     7,717       6,990  

CDs/IRAs/savings deposits

     519       664  

Total deposits

     8,236       7,654  

Other liabilities

     70       70  

Capital

     405       349  

Total liabilities and equity

   $ 8,711     $ 8,073  

Performance Ratios

      

Return on average capital

     37     60

Return on average assets

     2.25       3.06  

Noninterest income to total revenue

     69       70  

Efficiency

     74       70  

Other Information

      

Total nonperforming assets (a) (b)

   $ 67     $ 69  

Purchased impaired loans (a) (c)

   $ 122     $ 135  

Total net charge-offs (recoveries)

   $ 5     $ (11

Assets Under Administration (in billions) (a) (d)

      

Personal

   $ 102     $ 102  

Institutional

     112       117  

Total

   $ 214     $ 219  

 

36    The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – Form 10-Q


Table of Contents

Six months ended June 30

Dollars in millions, except as noted

   2012      2011  

Asset Type

       

Equity

   $ 116      $ 121  

Fixed Income

     66        65  

Liquidity/Other

     32        33  

Total

   $ 214      $ 219  

Discretionary assets under management

       

Personal

   $ 71      $ 70  

Institutional

     38        39  

Total

   $ 109      $ 109  

Asset Type

       

Equity

   $ 56      $ 56  

Fixed Income

     38        37  

Liquidity/Other

     15        16  

Total

   $ 109      $ 109  

Nondiscretionary assets under administration

       

Personal

   $ 31      $ 32  

Institutional

     74        78  

Total

   $ 105      $ 110  

Asset Type

       

Equity

   $ 60      $ 65  

Fixed Income

     28        28  

Liquidity/Other

     17        17  

Total

   $ 105      $ 110  
(a) As of June 30.
(b) Includes nonperforming loans of $63 million at June 30, 2012 and $64 million at June 30, 2011.
(c) Recorded investment of purchased impaired loans related to acquisitions.
(d) Excludes brokerage account assets.

 

Asset Management Group earned $74 million through the first six-months of 2012 compared with $103 million through the same period in 2011. Assets under administration were $214 billion as of June 30, 2012 compared to $219 billion as of June 30, 2011 driven by the exit of pension related assets. Revenue increased $16 million or 3% in the year-over-year comparison as higher average deposit balances increased net interest income by 9% and stronger average equity markets and strong sales drove a 1% increase in noninterest income. This revenue increase was offset by higher noninterest expense from strategic business investments and higher provision for credit losses. Net charge-offs were $5 million compared with net recoveries of $11 million through the first six months of 2011.

The core growth strategies for the business continue to include: investing in higher growth geographies, increasing internal referral sales and adding new front line sales staff. Through the second quarter of 2012, the business delivered strong sales production and benefited from significant referrals from other PNC lines of business. Over time and with stabilized market conditions, the successful execution of these strategies and the accumulation of our strong sales performance are expected to create meaningful growth in assets under management and noninterest income.

Highlights of Asset Management Group’s performance during the first six months of 2012 include the following:

   

Net flows of approximately $0.2 billion in discretionary assets under management after adjustments to total net flows for cyclical client activities;

   

New primary client acquisition has increased nearly 25% over 2011;

   

Strong sales as production has increased for five consecutive quarters, including an increase of nearly 40% over the first six months of 2011;

   

Significant referrals from other PNC lines of business, an increase of 45% over 2011; and

   

Continuing levels of new business investment and focused hiring to drive growth with nearly 170 external new hires.

Assets under administration were $214 billion at June 30, 2012, compared to $219 billion at June 30, 2011. Discretionary assets under management were $109 billion at both June 30, 2012 and June 30, 2011. Nondiscretionary assets under administration of $105 billion decreased by $5 billion from June 30, 2011.

 

 

The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – Form 10-Q    37


Table of Contents

Total revenue for the first half of 2012 was $483 million compared with $467 million for the same period in 2011. Net interest income was $150 million for the first six months of 2012 compared with $138 million in the same period in 2011. The increase was primarily attributable to higher average deposit balances. Noninterest income was $333 million for the first six months of 2012, an increase of $4 million from the prior year due to stronger average equity markets and strong sales.

Provision for credit losses was $9 million for the first six months of 2012 compared to a benefit of $24 million for the same period of 2011.

Noninterest expense was $357 million in the first half of 2012, an increase of $29 million or 9% from the prior year. The increase was attributable to investments in the business to

drive growth including front-line sales staff, client-facing technology and aggressive marketing. Over the last 12 months, total full-time headcount has increased by approximately 166 positions or 5%. Asset Management Group remains focused on disciplined expense management as it invests in these strategic growth opportunities.

Average deposits for the first half of 2012 increased $582 million, or 8%, over the prior year period. Average transaction deposits grew 10% compared with the 2011 period and were partially offset by the strategic run-off of higher rate certificates of deposit in the comparison. Average loan balances of $6.1 billion for the first half of 2012 decreased $114 million, or 2%, from the prior year period as portfolio repositioning and loan pay downs exceeded new loan production.

 

 

38    The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – Form 10-Q


Table of Contents

Residential Mortgage Banking

(Unaudited)

Table 24: Residential Mortgage Banking Table

 

Six months ended June 30

Dollars in millions, except as noted

   2012     2011  

Income Statement

      

Net interest income

   $ 104     $ 103  

Noninterest income

      

Loan servicing revenue

      

Servicing fees

     108       113  

Net MSR hedging gains

     110       116  

Loan sales revenue

      

Provision for residential mortgage repurchase obligations

     (470     (35

Loan sales revenue

     318       171  

Other

     14       10  

Total noninterest income

     80       375  

Total revenue

     184       478  

Provision for credit losses (benefit)

     (9       

Noninterest expense

     433       277  

Pretax earnings (loss)

     (240     201  

Income taxes (benefit)

     (88     74  

Earnings (loss)

   $ (152   $ 127  

Average Balance Sheet

      

Portfolio loans

   $ 2,836     $ 2,718  

Loans held for sale

     1,753       1,632  

Mortgage servicing rights (MSR)

     655       1,037  

Other assets

     6,501       5,831  

Total assets

   $ 11,745     $ 11,218  

Deposits

   $ 1,723     $ 1,578  

Borrowings and other liabilities

     4,209       3,696  

Capital

     995       698  

Total liabilities and equity

   $ 6,927     $ 5,972  

Performance Ratios

      

Return on average capital

     (31 )%      37

Return on average assets

     (2.60     2.28  

Noninterest income to total revenue

     43       78  

Efficiency

     235       58  

Residential Mortgage Servicing Portfolio – Third-Party

      

(in billions)

      

Beginning of period

   $ 118     $ 125  

Acquisitions

     7       5  

Additions

     6       7  

Repayments/transfers

     (15     (12

End of period

   $ 116     $ 125  

Servicing portfolio – third-party statistics: (a)

      

Fixed rate

     91     90

Adjustable rate/balloon

     9     10

Weighted-average interest rate

     5.21     5.49

MSR capitalized value (in billions)

   $ .6     $ 1.0  

MSR capitalization value (in basis points)

     50       80  

Weighted-average servicing fee (in basis points)

     29       29  

Other Information

      

Loan origination volume (in billions)

   $ 7.0     $ 5.8  

Percentage of originations represented by:

      

Agency and government programs

     100     100

Refinance volume

     77     77

Total nonperforming assets (a) (b)

   $ 78     $ 65  

Purchased impaired loans (a) (c)

   $ 84     $ 141  
(a) As of June 30.
(b) Includes nonperforming loans of $37 million at June 30, 2012 and $10 million at June 30, 2011.
(c) Recorded investment of purchased impaired loans related to acquisitions.

 

 

The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – Form 10-Q    39


Table of Contents

Residential Mortgage Banking reported a loss of $152 million in the first six months of 2012 compared with earnings of $127 million in the first six months of 2011. Earnings declined from the prior year six month period primarily as a result of lower noninterest income reflecting higher provision for residential mortgage repurchase obligations and higher noninterest expense, partially offset by increased loan sales revenue driven by higher loan origination volume.

The strategic focus of the business is the acquisition of new customers through a retail loan officer sales force with an emphasis on home purchase transactions. Two key aspects of this strategy are: (1) Competing on the basis of superior service to new and existing customers in serving their home purchase and refinancing needs; and (2) pursuing strategic partnerships with reputable residential real estate franchises to acquire new customers. A key consideration in pursuing this approach is the cross-sell opportunity, especially in the bank footprint markets.

Residential Mortgage Banking overview:

   

Total loan originations were $7.0 billion for the first six months of 2012 compared with $5.8 billion in the comparable period of 2011. Loans continue to be originated primarily through direct channels under FNMA, FHLMC and FHA/VA agency guidelines. Refinancings were 77% of originations in both periods. During the first six months of 2012, 30% of loan originations were under the original or revised Home Affordable Refinance Program (HARP or HARP 2).

   

Investors having purchased mortgage loans may request PNC to indemnify them against losses on certain loans or to repurchase loans that they believe do not comply with applicable contractual loan origination covenants and representations and warranties we have made. At June 30, 2012, the liability for estimated losses on repurchase and indemnification claims for the Residential Mortgage Banking business segment was $462 million compared with $95 million at June 30, 2011. See the Recourse And Repurchase Obligations section of this Financial Review and Note 18 Commitments and Guarantees in the Notes To Consolidated Financial Statements of this Report for additional information.

   

PNC has and expects to experience elevated levels of residential mortgage loan repurchase demands reflecting a change in behavior and demand patterns of two government-sponsored enterprises, FNMA and FHLMC, primarily related to loans sold in 2006 through 2008 in agency securitizations.

   

Residential mortgage loans serviced for others totaled $116 billion at June 30, 2012 compared with $125 billion at June 30, 2011 as payoffs continued to outpace new direct loan origination volume and acquisitions.

   

Noninterest income was $80 million in the first six months of 2012 compared with $375 million in the first six months of 2011. The decrease resulted from additions to reserves of $470 million for residential mortgage loan repurchase obligations, partially offset by increased loan sales revenue driven by higher loan origination volume.

   

Net interest income was $104 million in the first six months of 2012 compared with $103 million in the first six months of 2011.

   

Noninterest expense was $433 million in the first six months of 2012 compared with $277 million in the first six months of 2011. The increase from the prior year period was primarily driven by additions to legal reserves and higher residential mortgage foreclosure-related expenses.

   

The fair value of mortgage servicing rights was $0.6 billion at June 30, 2012 compared with $1.0 billion at June 30, 2011. The decline was due to lower mortgage rates at June 30, 2012 and a smaller mortgage servicing portfolio.

BlackRock

(Unaudited)

Table 25: BlackRock Table

Information related to our equity investment in BlackRock follows:

 

Six months ended June 30

Dollars in millions

   2012      2011  

Business segment earnings (a)

   $ 178      $ 179  

PNC’s economic interest in BlackRock (b)

     22      22
(a) Includes PNC’s share of BlackRock’s reported GAAP earnings and additional income taxes on those earnings incurred by PNC.
(b) At June 30.

 

In billions    June 30
2012
     Dec. 31
2011
 

Carrying value of PNC’s investment in BlackRock (c)

   $ 5.4      $ 5.3  

Market value of PNC’s investment in BlackRock (d)

     6.1        6.4  
(c) PNC accounts for its investment in BlackRock under the equity method of accounting, exclusive of a related deferred tax liability of $1.8 billion at June 30, 2012 and $1.7 billion at December 31, 2011.
     In May 2012, we exchanged 2 million shares of BlackRock Series B Preferred Stock for an equal number of shares of BlackRock common stock. The exchange transaction had no impact on the carrying value of our investment in BlackRock nor our use of the equity method of accounting.
(d) Does not include liquidity discount.

PNC accounts for its BlackRock Series C Preferred Stock at fair value, which offsets the impact of marking-to-market the obligation to deliver these shares to BlackRock to partially fund BlackRock LTIP programs. The fair value amount of the BlackRock Series C Preferred Stock is included on our Consolidated Balance Sheet in the caption Other assets. Additional information regarding the valuation of the BlackRock Series C Preferred Stock is included in Note 9 Fair Value in the Notes To Consolidated Financial Statements of this Report.

 

 

40    The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – Form 10-Q


Table of Contents

At June 30, 2012, approximately 1.5 million shares of BlackRock Series C Preferred Stock were available to fund a portion of awards under future BlackRock LTIP programs.

PNC accounts for its remaining investment in BlackRock under the equity method of accounting. Our voting interest in BlackRock common stock was approximately 21% at June 30, 2012.

Our 2011 Form 10-K includes additional information about our investment in BlackRock, including the September 2011 transfer of 1.3 million shares of BlackRock Series C Preferred Stock from PNC to BlackRock to satisfy a portion of our LTIP obligation.

 

 

The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – Form 10-Q    41


Table of Contents

Non-Strategic Assets Portfolio

(Unaudited)

Table 26: Non-Strategic Assets Portfolio Table

 

Six months ended June 30

Dollars in millions

   2012     2011  

Income Statement

      

Net interest income

   $ 438     $ 493  

Noninterest income

     (17     22  

Total revenue

     421       515  

Provision for credit losses

     68       233  

Noninterest expense

     135       109  

Pretax earnings

     218       173  

Income taxes

     80       64  

Earnings

   $ 138     $ 109  

Average Balance Sheet

      

Commercial Lending:

      

Commercial/Commercial real estate

   $ 1,006     $ 1,477  

Lease financing

     672       727  

Total commercial lending

     1,678       2,204  

Consumer Lending:

      

Consumer

     4,758       5,429  

Residential real estate

     6,291       6,293  

Total consumer lending

     11,049       11,722  

Total portfolio loans

     12,727       13,926  

Other assets (a)

     (320     (183

Total assets

   $ 12,407     $ 13,743  

Deposits and other liabilities

   $ 179     $ 148  

Capital

     1,244       1,397  

Total liabilities and equity

   $ 1,423     $ 1,545  

Performance Ratios

      

Return on average capital

     22     16

Return on average assets

     2.24       1.60  

Other Information

      

Nonperforming assets (b) (c)

   $ 1,120     $ 1,087  

Purchased impaired loans (b) (d)

   $ 5,889     $ 5,543  

Net charge-offs (e)

   $ 174     $ 219  

Annualized net charge-off ratio (e)

     2.75     3.17

Loans (b)

      

Commercial Lending

      

Commercial/Commercial real estate

   $ 945     $ 1,222  

Lease financing

     677       701  

Total commercial lending

     1,622       1,923  

Consumer Lending

      

Consumer

     4,575       5,240  

Residential real estate

     6,475       6,250  

Total consumer lending

     11,050       11,490  

Total loans

   $ 12,672     $ 13,413  
(a) Other assets includes deferred taxes, ALLL and OREO. Other assets were negative in both periods due to the ALLL.
(b) As of June 30.
(c) Includes nonperforming loans of $.7 billion at June 30, 2012 and $.8 billion at June 30, 2011.
(d) Recorded investment of purchased impaired loans related to acquisitions. At June 30, 2012, this segment contained 73% of PNC’s purchased impaired loans.
(e) For the six months ended June 30.

 

42    The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – Form 10-Q


Table of Contents

This business segment consists primarily of acquired non-strategic assets. Non-Strategic Assets Portfolio had earnings of $138 million in the first six months of 2012 compared with $109 million in the first six months of 2011. The increase was primarily attributable to a lower provision for credit losses partially offset by a decline in revenue.

The first six months of 2012 included the impact of the RBC Bank (USA) acquisition which added approximately $1.0 billion of residential real estate loans, $.2 billion of commercial/commercial real estate loans and $.2 billion of OREO assets. Of these assets, $1.0 billion were deemed purchased impaired loans.

Non-Strategic Assets Portfolio overview:

   

Average portfolio loans declined to $12.7 billion in the first six months of 2012 compared with $13.9 billion in the first six months of 2011. The overall decline was driven by customer payment activity and portfolio management activities to reduce under-performing assets partially offset by the addition of loans from the RBC Bank (USA) acquisition.

   

Net interest income was $438 million in the first six months of 2012 compared with $493 million in the first six months of 2011. The decrease was driven by lower loan yields and loan balances.

   

Noninterest income was a loss of $17 million in the first six months of 2012 compared with earnings of $22 million in the first six months of 2011. The decline was driven mainly by larger valuation adjustments to liabilities for estimated repurchase losses on home equity loans sold.

   

The provision for credit losses was $68 million in the first six months of 2012 compared with $233 million in the first six months of 2011. The decrease in the provision for credit losses reflected overall improvement in credit quality.

   

Noninterest expense in the first six months of 2012 was $135 million compared with $109 million in the first six months of 2011. The increase was primarily due to higher other real estate owned expenses.

   

Nonperforming loans decreased to $0.7 billion as of June 30, 2012 compared with $0.8 billion at June 30, 2011. The consumer lending portfolio comprised 71% of the nonperforming loans at June 30, 2012. Nonperforming consumer loans increased $81 million, from June 30, 2011.

   

Net charge-offs were $174 million in the first six months of 2012 and $219 million in the first six months of 2011. The decrease was due to lower net charge-offs on residential real estate and commercial real estate loans.

The majority of assets within this portfolio were obtained through acquisitions. Consequently, the business activity of this segment is to manage the wind-down of the portfolio assigned to it while maximizing the value and mitigating risk.

The fair value marks taken upon acquisition of the assets, the team we have in place, and targeted asset resolution strategies help us to manage these assets.

 

   

The $12.7 billion of loans held in this portfolio at June 30, 2012 are stated inclusive of a fair value adjustment on purchased impaired loans at acquisition. Taking the adjustment and the ALLL into account, the net carrying basis of this loan portfolio is 80% of customer outstandings.

   

The Commercial Lending portfolio declined 16% since June 30, 2011. Loans to residential developers declined 23% to $0.9 billion while the lease financing portfolio remained relatively flat at $0.7 billion. The leases are long-term with relatively low credit risk.

   

Consumer Lending portfolio declined $0.4 billion or 4% when compared to the same period last year. The decline was 12% before including $1.0 billion of recently acquired RBC Bank (USA) residential mortgages and lot loans. The portfolio’s credit quality performance has stabilized through actions taken by management. Management has implemented various refinance programs, line management programs, and loss mitigation programs to mitigate risks within these portfolios while assisting borrowers to maintain homeownership when possible.

   

When loans are sold, we may assume certain loan repurchase obligations associated with those loans primarily relating to situations where investors may request PNC to indemnify them against losses or to repurchase loans that they believe do not comply with applicable contractual loan origination covenants and representations and warranties we have made. From 2005 to 2007, home equity loans were sold with such contractual provisions. At June 30, 2012, the liability for estimated losses on repurchase and indemnification claims for the Non-Strategic Assets Portfolio business segment was $61 million compared to $55 million at June 30, 2011. See the Recourse And Repurchase Obligations section of this Financial Review and Note 18 Commitments and Guarantees in the Notes To Consolidated Financial Statements included in this Report for additional information.

CRITICAL ACCOUNTING ESTIMATES AND JUDGMENTS

Note 1 Accounting Policies in Part II, Item 8 of our 2011 Form 10-K and in the Notes To Consolidated Financial Statements included in Part I, Item 1 of this Report describe the most significant accounting policies that we use. Certain of these policies require us to make estimates or economic assumptions that may prove inaccurate or be subject to variations that may significantly affect our reported results and financial position for the period or in future periods.

 

 

The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – Form 10-Q    43


Table of Contents

We must use estimates, assumptions, and judgments when assets and liabilities are required to be recorded at, or adjusted to reflect, fair value.

Assets and liabilities carried at fair value inherently result in a higher degree of financial statement volatility. Fair values and the information used to record valuation adjustments for certain assets and liabilities are based on either quoted market prices or are provided by independent third-party sources, including appraisers and valuation specialists, when available. When such third-party information is not available, we estimate fair value primarily by using cash flow and other financial modeling techniques. Changes in underlying factors, assumptions, or estimates could materially impact our future financial condition and results of operations.

We discuss the following critical accounting policies and judgments under this same heading in Item 7 of our 2011 Form 10-K:

   

Fair Value Measurements

   

Allowances For Loan And Lease Losses And Unfunded Loan Commitments And Letters of Credit

   

Estimated Cash Flows on Purchased Impaired Loans

   

Goodwill

   

Lease Residuals

   

Revenue Recognition

   

Residential and Commercial Mortgage Servicing Rights

   

Income Taxes

   

Proposed Accounting Standards

We provide additional information about many of these items in the Notes To Consolidated Financial Statements included in Part l, Item l of this Report.

The following critical accounting estimate and judgment has been updated during the first six months of 2012:

Goodwill

Goodwill arising from business acquisitions represents the value attributable to unidentifiable intangible elements in the business acquired. Most of our goodwill relates to value inherent in the Retail Banking and Corporate & Institutional Banking businesses. The value of this goodwill is dependent upon our ability to provide quality, cost effective services in the face of competition from other market participants on a national and, with respect to some products and services, an international basis. We also rely upon continuing investments in processing systems, the development of value-added service features, and the ease of access by customers to our services.

As such, the value of goodwill is supported by earnings, which is driven by transaction volume and, for certain businesses, the market value of assets under administration or for which processing services are provided. Lower earnings resulting from a lack of growth or our inability to deliver cost-effective

services over sustained periods can lead to impairment of goodwill, which could result in a current period charge to earnings. At least annually, in the fourth quarter, or more frequently if events occur or circumstances have changed significantly from the annual test date, management reviews the current operating environment and strategic direction of each reporting unit taking into consideration any events or changes in circumstances that may have an effect on the unit. For this review, inputs are generated and used in calculating the fair value of the reporting unit, which is compared to its carrying amount (the “step 1” goodwill impairment test) as further discussed below. A reporting unit is defined as an operating segment or one level below an operating segment. If the fair value of the reporting unit exceeds its carrying amount, the reporting unit is not considered impaired. However, if the fair value of the reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, the reporting unit’s goodwill would be evaluated for impairment. In this circumstance, the implied fair value of reporting unit goodwill would be compared to the carrying amount of that goodwill. If the carrying amount of goodwill exceeds the implied fair value of goodwill, the difference is recognized as an impairment loss. The implied fair value of reporting unit goodwill is determined by assigning the fair value of a reporting unit to its assets and liabilities (including any unrecognized intangible assets) with the residual amount equal to the implied fair value of goodwill as if the reporting unit had been acquired in a business combination.

A reporting unit’s carrying amount is based upon assigned economic capital as determined by PNC’s internal management methodologies. In performing step 1 of our goodwill impairment testing, we utilize three equity metrics:

 

   

Assigned reporting unit economic capital as determined by our internal management methodologies, inclusive of goodwill.

   

A 6%, “well capitalized”, Tier 1 common ratio for the reporting unit.

   

The capital levels for comparable companies (as reported in comparable company public financial statements), adjusted for differences in risk characteristics between the comparable companies and the reporting unit.

In determining a reporting unit’s fair value and comparing it to its carrying value, we utilize the highest of these three amounts (the “targeted equity”) in our discounted cash flow methodology. Under this methodology, we will infuse capital to achieve the targeted equity amount.

As of October 1, 2011 (annual goodwill impairment testing date), unallocated excess capital (difference between shareholders’ equity, minus total economic capital, and increased by the incremental targeted equity capital infusion) was mainly attributable to our pending acquisitions.

 

 

44    The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – Form 10-Q


Table of Contents

Based on the results of our analysis, there have been no impairment charges related to goodwill in 2011, 2010 or 2009. Despite the impact of challenging market conditions and Dodd-Frank regulations on earnings, we believe our Retail Banking reporting unit is well positioned given expected long-term growth in deposits (including the impact of continued run off of higher rate CDs), its demonstrated ability to acquire new customers while retaining existing ones, based in part upon a suite of best-in-class products that are continually enhanced (e.g., Virtual Wallet®, PNC Cash Flow Options, and credit cards), expansion into new markets with above average demographic growth attributes, cross-sell opportunities for existing and new customers, a focus on retirement and investment services for the mass and mass affluent customer sectors, a scale that helps lower per unit cost for increased regulatory costs, and disciplined expense management.

During the second quarter of 2012, PNC recorded additional provision for residential mortgage repurchase obligations of approximately $438 million. Due to the amount of repurchase provision recorded during the second quarter, we performed an interim period goodwill impairment test for the Residential Mortgage Banking reporting unit, which had $45 million of goodwill at June 30, 2012. Based on the results of this analysis, the fair value of the Residential Mortgage Banking reporting unit exceeded its carrying amount and no impairment was recorded.

See Note 10 Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets in the Notes To Consolidated Financial Statements in Part 1, Item 1 of this Report for additional information.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

For information on Recent Accounting Pronouncements, see Note 1 Accounting Policies in the Notes To Consolidated Financial Statements included in Part I, Item I of our First Quarter 2012 Form 10-Q regarding the impact of the adoption of new accounting guidance issued by the Financial Accounting Standards Board.

STATUS OF QUALIFIED DEFINED BENEFIT PENSION PLAN

We have a noncontributory, qualified defined benefit pension plan (plan or pension plan) covering eligible employees. Benefits are determined using a cash balance formula where earnings credits are a percentage of eligible compensation. We calculate the expense associated with the pension plan and the assumptions and methods that we use reflect trust assets at their fair market value. On an annual basis, we review the actuarial assumptions related to the pension plan.

We currently estimate a pretax pension expense of $89 million in 2012 compared with pretax expense of $3 million in 2011. This year-over-year expected increase is primarily due to the amortization impact of the unfavorable 2011 investment returns as compared with the expected long-term return

assumption and the increase in obligations due to the drop in the discount rate. In addition, the estimate for 2012 includes approximately $1 million for employees expected to join the plan from the RBC Bank (USA) acquisition upon attainment of certain eligibility criteria.

The table below reflects the estimated effects on pension expense of certain changes in annual assumptions, using 2012 estimated expense as a baseline.

Table 27: Pension Expense – Sensitivity Analysis

 

Change in Assumption (a)   

Estimated

Increase to
2012

Pension

Expense

(In millions)

 

.5% decrease in discount rate

   $ 23  

.5% decrease in expected long-term return on assets

   $ 18  

.5% increase in compensation rate

   $ 2  
(a) The impact is the effect of changing the specified assumption while holding all other assumptions constant.

We provide additional information on our pension plan in Item 7 of our 2011 Form 10-K Status of Qualified Defined Benefit Pension Plan section.

RECOURSE AND REPURCHASE OBLIGATIONS

As discussed in Note 3 Loan Sale and Servicing Activities and Variable Interest Entities in our 2011 Form 10-K, PNC has sold commercial mortgage, residential mortgage and home equity loans directly or indirectly through securitization and loan sale transactions in which we have continuing involvement. One form of continuing involvement includes certain recourse and loan repurchase obligations associated with the transferred assets.

Commercial Mortgage Loan Recourse Obligations

We originate, close, and service certain multi-family commercial mortgage loans which are sold to FNMA under FNMA’s Delegated Underwriting and Servicing (DUS) program. We participated in a similar program with the FHLMC.

Under these programs, we generally assume up to a one-third pari passu risk of loss on unpaid principal balances through a loss share arrangement. At June 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011, the unpaid principal balance outstanding of loans sold as a participant in these programs was $12.9 billion and $13.0 billion, respectively. The potential maximum exposure under the loss share arrangements was $3.9 billion at June 30, 2012 and $4.0 billion at December 31, 2011. We maintain a reserve for estimated losses based on our exposure. The reserve for losses under these programs totaled $48 million and $47 million as of June 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011, respectively, and is included in Other liabilities on our Consolidated Balance Sheet. If payment is required under

 

 

The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – Form 10-Q    45


Table of Contents

these programs, we would not have a contractual interest in the collateral underlying the mortgage loans on which losses occurred, although the value of the collateral is taken into account in determining our share of such losses. Our exposure and activity associated with these recourse obligations are reported in the Corporate & Institutional Banking segment.

Residential Mortgage Repurchase Obligations

While residential mortgage loans are sold on a non-recourse basis, we assume certain loan repurchase obligations associated with mortgage loans we have sold to investors. These loan repurchase obligations primarily relate to situations where PNC is alleged to have breached certain origination covenants and representations and warranties made to purchasers of the loans in the respective purchase and sale agreements. Residential mortgage loans covered by these loan repurchase obligations include first and second-lien mortgage loans we have sold through Agency securitizations, Non-Agency securitizations, and loan sale transactions. As discussed in Note 3 in our 2011 Form 10-K, Agency securitizations consist of mortgage loan sale transactions with FNMA, FHLMC, and the GNMA program, while Non-Agency securitizations consist of mortgage loan sale transactions with private investors. Mortgage loan sale transactions that are not part of a securitization may involve FNMA, FHLMC or private investors. Our historical exposure and activity associated with Agency securitization repurchase obligations has primarily been related to transactions with FNMA and FHLMC, as indemnification and repurchase losses associated with Federal Housing Agency (FHA) and Department of Veterans Affairs (VA)-insured and uninsured loans pooled in GNMA securitizations historically have been minimal. Repurchase obligation activity associated with residential mortgages is reported in the Residential Mortgage Banking segment.

Loan covenants and representations and warranties are established through loan sale agreements with various investors to provide assurance that PNC has sold loans that are of sufficient investment quality. Key aspects of such covenants and representations and warranties include the loan’s compliance with any applicable loan criteria established for the transaction, including underwriting standards, delivery of all required loan documents to the investor or its designated party, sufficient collateral valuation, and the validity of the lien securing the loan. As a result of alleged breaches of these contractual obligations, investors may request PNC to indemnify them against losses on certain loans or to repurchase loans.

We investigate every investor claim on a loan by loan basis to determine the existence of a legitimate claim, and that all other conditions for indemnification or repurchase have been met prior to the settlement with that investor. Indemnifications for loss or loan repurchases typically occur when, after review of the claim, we agree insufficient evidence exists to dispute the investor’s claim that a breach of a loan covenant and

representation and warranty has occurred, such breach has not been cured, and the effect of such breach is deemed to have had a material and adverse effect on the value of the transferred loan. Depending on the sale agreement and upon proper notice from the investor, we typically respond to such indemnification and repurchase requests within 90 days, although final resolution of the claim may take a longer period of time. With the exception of the sales agreements associated with the Agency securitizations, most sale agreements do not provide for penalties or other remedies if we do not respond timely to investor indemnification or repurchase requests.

Indemnification and repurchase claims are typically settled on an individual loan basis through make-whole payments or loan repurchases; however, on occasion we may negotiate pooled settlements with investors. In connection with pooled settlements, we typically do not repurchase loans and the consummation of such transactions generally results in us no longer having indemnification and repurchase exposure with the investor in the transaction.

For the first and second-lien mortgage balances of unresolved and settled claims contained in the tables below, a significant amount of these claims were associated with sold loans originated through correspondent lender and broker origination channels. In certain instances when indemnification or repurchase claims are settled for these types of sold loans, we have recourse back to the correspondent lenders, brokers and other third-parties (e.g., contract underwriting companies, closing agents, appraisers, etc.). Depending on the underlying reason for the investor claim, we determine our ability to pursue recourse with these parties and file claims with them accordingly. Our historical recourse recovery rate has been insignificant as our efforts have been impacted by the inability of such parties to reimburse us for their recourse obligations (e.g., their capital availability or whether they remain in business) or factors that limit our ability to pursue recourse from these parties (e.g., contractual loss caps, statutes of limitations).

Origination and sale of residential mortgages is an ongoing business activity and, accordingly, management continually assesses the need to recognize indemnification and repurchase liabilities pursuant to the associated investor sale agreements. We establish indemnification and repurchase liabilities for estimated losses on sold first and second-lien mortgages for which indemnification is expected to be provided or for loans that are expected to be repurchased. For the first and second-lien mortgage sold portfolio, we have established an indemnification and repurchase liability pursuant to investor sale agreements based on claims made and our estimate of future claims on a loan by loan basis. To estimate the mortgage repurchase liability arising from breaches of representations and warranties, we consider the following factors: 1) borrower performance in our historically sold portfolio (both actual and estimated future defaults), 2) the level of outstanding unresolved repurchase claims,

 

 

46    The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – Form 10-Q


Table of Contents

3) estimated probable future repurchase claims, considering information about file requests, delinquent and liquidated loans, resolved and unresolved mortgage insurance rescission notices and our historical experience with claim rescissions, 4) the potential ability to cure the defects identified in the repurchase claims (“rescission rate”), and 5) the estimated severity of loss upon repurchase of the loan or collateral, make-whole settlement, or indemnification.

See Note 18 Commitments and Guarantees in the Notes To Consolidated Financial Statements in Part I, Item 1 of this Report for additional information.

The following tables present repurchase claims by vintage and total unresolved repurchase claims for the past five quarters.

 

 

Table 28: Analysis of Quarterly Residential Mortgage Repurchase Claims by Vintage

 

Dollars in millions    June 30
2012
    March 31
2012
    December 31
2011
    September 30
2011
    June 30
2011
 

2004 & Prior

   $ 31     $ 10     $ 11     $ 14     $ 18  

2005

     19       12       13       14       15  

2006

     56       41       28       22       36  

2007

     182       100       90       78       107  

2008

     49       17       18       9       18  

2008 & Prior

     337       180       160       137       194  

2009 - 2012

     42       33       29       26       22  

Total

   $ 379     $ 213     $ 189     $ 163     $ 216  

FNMA, FHLMC, and GNMA %

     86     88     91     84     78

Table 29: Analysis of Quarterly Residential Mortgage Unresolved Asserted Indemnification and Repurchase Claims

 

Dollars in millions    June 30
2012
    March 31
2012
    December 31
2011
    September 30
2011
    June 30
2011
 

FNMA, FHLMC, and GNMA Securitizations

   $ 419     $ 337     $ 302     $ 242     $ 204  

Private Investors (a)

     83       69       73       72       65  

Total unresolved claims

   $ 502     $ 406     $ 375     $ 314     $ 269  

FNMA, FHLMC, and GNMA %

     83     83     81     77     76
(a) Activity relates to loans sold through Non-Agency securitization and loan sale transactions.

The table below details our indemnification and repurchase claim settlement activity during the first six months and the second quarter of 2012 and 2011.

Table 30: Analysis of Residential Mortgage Indemnification and Repurchase Claim Settlement Activity

 

     2012      2011  
Six months ended June 30 - In millions    Unpaid
Principal
Balance (a)
     Losses
Incurred (b)
     Fair Value of
Repurchased
Loans (c)
     Unpaid
Principal
Balance (a)
     Losses
Incurred (b)
     Fair Value of
Repurchased
Loans (c)
 

Residential mortgages (d):

                   

FNMA, FHLMC, and GNMA securitizations

   $ 153      $ 89      $ 38      $ 110      $ 54      $ 42  

Private investors (e)

     46        28        4        56        30        12  

Total indemnification and repurchase settlements

   $ 199      $ 117      $ 42      $ 166      $ 84      $ 54  

 

     2012      2011  
Three months ended June 30 - In millions    Unpaid
Principal
Balance (a)
     Losses
Incurred (b)
     Fair Value of
Repurchased
Loans (c)
     Unpaid
Principal
Balance (a)
     Losses
Incurred (b)
     Fair Value of
Repurchased
Loans (c)
 

Residential mortgages (d):

                   

FNMA, FHLMC, and GNMA securitizations

   $ 103      $ 60      $ 25      $ 51      $ 25      $ 18  

Private investors (e)

     25        17        1        35        25        6  

Total indemnification and repurchase settlements

   $ 128      $ 77      $ 26      $ 86      $ 50      $ 24  
(a) Represents unpaid principal balance of loans at the indemnification or repurchase date. Excluded from these balances are amounts associated with pooled settlement payments as loans are typically not repurchased in these transactions.
(b) Represents both i) amounts paid for indemnification/settlement payments and ii) the difference between loan repurchase price and fair value of the loan at the repurchase date. These losses are charged to the indemnification and repurchase liability.
(c) Represents fair value of loans repurchased only as we have no exposure to changes in the fair value of loans or underlying collateral when indemnification/settlement payments are made to investors.
(d) Repurchase activity associated with insured loans, government-guaranteed loans, and loans repurchased through the exercise of our removal of account provision (ROAP) option are excluded from this table. Refer to Note 3 in the Notes To Consolidated Financial Statements in this Report for further discussion of ROAPs.
(e) Activity relates to loans sold through Non-Agency securitizations and loan sale transactions.

 

The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – Form 10-Q    47


Table of Contents

During 2011 and the first six months of 2012, unresolved and settled investor indemnification and repurchase claims were primarily related to one of the following alleged breaches in representations and warranties: 1) misrepresentation of income, assets or employment; 2) property evaluation or status issues (e.g., appraisal, title, etc.); 3) underwriting guideline violations; or 4) mortgage insurance rescissions. In the second quarter of 2012, FNMA and FHLMC enhanced efforts to reduce their exposure to losses on purchased loans resulted in a dramatic increase in repurchase claims, primarily on the 2006-2008 vintages, but also on other vintages, while loss severity and claim rescission rates remained relatively unchanged from prior quarters. Included in this higher volume were repurchase claims made on loans in later stages of default than had previously been observed. For example, in the second quarter of 2012, we experienced repurchase claims on loans which had defaulted more than two years prior to the claim date, which was inconsistent with historical activity. In response to these changes in behavior, we held discussions with both FNMA and FHLMC to clarify their intentions and to confirm our expectations of future claim activity. We anticipate that both entities will continue to aggressively pursue loss mitigation strategies.

This increase in repurchase claim activity has contributed to the higher balances of unresolved claims for residential mortgages at June 30, 2012, as well as the increase in residential mortgage indemnification and repurchase settlement activity in 2012. In response to the significant increase in claims and change in FNMA’s and FHLMC’s behavior, management revised its estimates of future claims resulting in an increase to the indemnification and repurchase liability in the second quarter of 2012.

At June 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011, the liability for estimated losses on indemnification and repurchase claims for residential mortgages totaled $462 million and $83 million, respectively. We believe our indemnification and repurchase liability appropriately reflects the estimated probable losses on indemnification and repurchase claims for all residential mortgage loans sold and outstanding as of June 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011. In making these estimates, we consider the losses that we expect to incur over the life of the sold loans. See Note 18 Commitments and Guarantees in the Notes To Consolidated Financial Statements in Part I, Item 1 of this Report for additional information.

Indemnification and repurchase liabilities, which are included in Other liabilities on the Consolidated Balance Sheet, are initially recognized when loans are sold to investors and are subsequently evaluated by management. Initial recognition and subsequent adjustments to the indemnification and repurchase liability for the sold residential mortgage portfolio are recognized in residential mortgage revenue on the Consolidated Income Statement.

Home Equity Repurchase Obligations

PNC’s repurchase obligations include obligations with respect to certain brokered home equity loans/lines that were sold to a limited number of private investors in the financial services industry by National City prior to our acquisition of National City. PNC is no longer engaged in the brokered home equity lending business, and our exposure under these loan repurchase obligations is limited to repurchases of the loans sold in these transactions. Repurchase activity associated with brokered home equity lines/loans is reported in the Non-Strategic Assets Portfolio segment.

Loan covenants and representations and warranties were established through loan sale agreements with various investors to provide assurance that PNC sold loans to the investors of sufficient investment quality. Key aspects of such covenants and representations and warranties include the loan’s compliance with any applicable loan criteria established for the transaction, including underwriting standards, delivery of all required loan documents to the investor or its designated party, sufficient collateral valuation, and the validity of the lien securing the loan. As a result of alleged breaches of these contractual obligations, investors may request PNC to indemnify them against losses on certain loans or to repurchase loans.

We investigate every investor claim on a loan by loan basis to determine the existence of a legitimate claim, and that all other conditions for indemnification or repurchase have been met prior to settlement with that investor. Indemnifications for loss or loan repurchases typically occur when, after review of the claim, we agree insufficient evidence exists to dispute the investor’s claim that a breach of a loan covenant and representation and warranty has occurred, such breach has not been cured, and the effect of such breach is deemed to have had a material and adverse effect on the value of the transferred loan. Depending on the sale agreement and upon proper notice from the investor, we typically respond to home equity indemnification and repurchase requests within 60 days, although final resolution of the claim may take a longer period of time. Most home equity sale agreements do not provide for penalties or other remedies if we do not respond timely to investor indemnification or repurchase requests.

Investor indemnification or repurchase claims are typically settled on an individual loan basis through make-whole payments or loan repurchases; however, on occasion we may negotiate pooled settlements with investors. In connection with pooled settlements, we typically do not repurchase loans and the consummation of such transactions generally results in us no longer having indemnification and repurchase exposure with the investor in the transaction.

The following table details the unpaid principal balance of our unresolved home equity indemnification and repurchase claims at June 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011.

 

 

48    The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – Form 10-Q


Table of Contents

Table 31: Analysis of Home Equity Unresolved Asserted Indemnification and Repurchase Claims

 

In millions    June 30
2012
     Dec. 31
2011
 

Home equity loans/lines:

       

Private investors (a)

   $ 72      $ 110  
(a) Activity relates to brokered home equity loans/lines sold through loan sale transactions which occurred during 2005-2007.

To mitigate losses associated with indemnification and repurchase claims, we investigate every investor claim on a loan by loan basis to determine the existence of a legitimate claim, and that all other conditions for indemnification or repurchase have been met prior to the settlement with an investor.

The table below details our home equity indemnification and repurchase claim settlement activity during the first six months and the second quarter of 2012 and 2011.

 

 

Table 32: Analysis of Home Equity Indemnification and Repurchase Claim Settlement Activity

 

    2012     2011  
Six months ended June 30 - In millions   Unpaid
Principal
Balance (a)
    Losses
Incurred (b)
    Fair Value of
Repurchased
Loans (c)
    Unpaid
Principal
Balance (a)
    Losses
Incurred (b)
    Fair Value of
Repurchased
Loans (c)
 

Home equity loans/lines:

             

Private investors – Repurchases (d)

  $ 16     $ 13     $ 3     $ 30     $ 98     $ 1  
           
    2012     2011  
Three months ended June 30 - In millions   Unpaid
Principal
Balance (a)
    Losses
Incurred (b)
    Fair Value of
Repurchased
Loans (c)
    Unpaid
Principal
Balance (a)
    Losses
Incurred (b)
    Fair Value of
Repurchased
Loans (c)
 

Home equity loans/lines:

             

Private investors – Repurchases (d)

  $ 6     $ 5     $ 1     $ 8     $ 76     $ 1  
(a) Represents unpaid principal balance of loans at the indemnification or repurchase date. Excluded from these balances are amounts associated with pooled settlement payments as loans are typically not repurchased in these transactions.
(b) Represents the difference between loan repurchase price and fair value of the loan at the repurchase date. These losses are charged to the indemnification and repurchase liability. 2011 also includes amounts for settlement payments.
(c) Represents fair value of loans repurchased only as we have no exposure to changes in the fair value of loans or underlying collateral when indemnification/settlement payments are made to investors.
(d) Activity relates to brokered home equity loans/lines sold through loan sale transactions which occurred during 2005-2007.

 

During 2011 and the first six months of 2012, unresolved and settled investor indemnification and repurchase claims were primarily related to one of the following alleged breaches in representations and warranties: 1) misrepresentation of income, assets or employment; 2) property evaluation or status issues (e.g., appraisal, title, etc.); or 3) underwriting guideline violations. The lower balance of unresolved indemnification and repurchase claims at June 30, 2012 is attributed to lower claims submissions and lower inventories of claims undergoing review due to elevated settlement activity in 2011. The lower first half 2012 indemnification and repurchase settlement activity was also affected by the lower claim activity and the lower inventory of claims mentioned above as well as a higher rate of claim rescissions.

An indemnification and repurchase liability for estimated losses for which indemnification is expected to be provided or for loans that are expected to be repurchased was established at the acquisition of National City. Management’s evaluation of these indemnification and repurchase liabilities is based upon trends in indemnification and repurchase claims, actual loss experience, risks in the underlying serviced loan portfolios, current economic conditions and the periodic negotiations that management may enter into with investors to settle existing and potential future claims.

At June 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011, the liability for estimated losses on indemnification and repurchase claims for home equity loans/lines was $61 million and $47 million, respectively. We believe our indemnification and repurchase liability appropriately reflects the estimated probable losses on indemnification and repurchase claims for all home equity loans/lines sold and outstanding as of June 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011. In making these estimates, we consider the losses that we expect to incur over the life of the sold loans. See Note 18 Commitments and Guarantees in the Notes To Consolidated Financial Statements in Part I, Item 1 of this Report for additional information.

Indemnification and repurchase liabilities, which are included in Other liabilities on the Consolidated Balance Sheet, are evaluated by management on a quarterly basis. Initial recognition and subsequent adjustments to the indemnification and repurchase liability for home equity loans/lines are recognized in Other noninterest income on the Consolidated Income Statement.

RISK MANAGEMENT

We encounter risk as part of the normal course of operating our business and we design risk management processes to help manage these risks.

 

 

The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – Form 10-Q    49


Table of Contents

The Risk Management section included in Item 7 of our 2011 Form 10-K describes our risk management philosophy, principles, governance and various aspects of our corporate-level risk management program. Additionally, our 2011 Form 10-K provides an analysis of our primary areas of risk: credit, operational, model, liquidity, and market, as well as a discussion of our use of financial derivatives as part of our overall asset and liability risk management process, and addresses historical performance in appropriate places within the Risk Management section of that report.

The following information updates our 2011 Form 10-K risk management disclosures.

CREDIT RISK MANAGEMENT

Credit risk represents the possibility that a customer, counterparty or issuer may not perform in accordance with contractual terms. Credit risk is inherent in the financial services business and results from extending credit to customers, purchasing securities, and entering into financial derivative transactions and certain guarantee contracts. Credit risk is one of our most significant risks. Our processes for managing credit risk are embedded in PNC’s risk culture and in our decision-making processes using a systematic approach whereby credit risks and related exposures are: identified and assessed; managed through specific policies and processes; measured and evaluated against our risk tolerance limits; and reported, along with specific mitigation activities, to management and the board through our governance structure.

ASSET QUALITY OVERVIEW

Overall asset quality trends for the first six months of 2012 improved from both December 31, and June 30, 2011 and included the following:

   

Overall loan delinquencies have decreased $628 million, or 14%, from year-end 2011 levels. The reduction was mainly due to a change in policy for home equity loans past due 90 days being placed on nonaccrual status, compared to prior policy of past due 180 days in addition to a decline in residential real estate and government insured other consumer. These decreases were partially offset by an increase in commercial real estate related to RBC Bank (USA).

   

Nonperforming loans decreased $102 million, or 3%, to $3.5 billion as of June 30, 2012 compared with $3.6 billion as of December 31, 2011 mainly attributable to decreases in commercial real estate and commercial which were partially offset by the change in home equity policy as discussed above.

   

Nonperforming assets increased $20 million, or less than 1%, to $4,176 million as of June 30, 2012 compared with December 31, 2011 primarily driven by OREO assets due to the acquisition of RBC Bank (USA) offset by the decrease in nonperforming loans.

   

Second quarter 2012 net charge-offs were $315 million, down 24% from second quarter 2011 net charge-offs of $414 million. Six months ending June 30, 2012 net charge-offs were $648 million, down 32% from six months ending June 30, 2011 net charge-offs of $947 million.

   

The provision for credit losses declined to $256 million in the second quarter of 2012 compared with $280 million for the second quarter of 2011 as overall credit quality improved, partially offset by credit provisions related to the RBC Bank (USA) acquisition. The provision for credit losses declined to $441 million for the six months ending June 30, 2012 compared with $701 million for the six months ending June 30, 2011.

   

The level of ALLL has decreased to $4.2 billion at June 30, 2012 from $4.3 billion at December 31, 2011 and $4.6 billion at June 30, 2011.

NONPERFORMING ASSETS AND LOAN DELINQUENCIES

Nonperforming Assets, including OREO and Foreclosed Assets

Nonperforming assets include nonaccrual loans and leases for which ultimate collectability of the full amount of contractual principal and interest is not probable and include TDRs, OREO and foreclosed assets. Loans held for sale, certain government insured or guaranteed loans, purchased impaired loans and loans accounted for under the fair value option are excluded from nonperforming loans. Additional information regarding our nonaccrual policies is included in Note 1 Accounting Policies in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in this Report. The major categories of nonperforming assets are presented in the following table.

Nonperforming assets increased $20 million from December 31, 2011, to $4,176 million at June 30, 2012. The increase in nonperforming assets at June 30, 2012 compared with year end was primarily attributable to OREO added in the acquisition of RBC Bank (USA) and higher nonperforming home equity loans from a change in policy which places home equity loans on nonaccrual status when past due 90 days or more compared with 180 days under the prior policy. This increase was partially offset by a decline in nonperforming commercial real estate and commercial loans. Nonperforming loans decreased $102 million to $3.5 billion while OREO and foreclosed assets increased $122 million to $718 million. The ratio of nonperforming assets to total loans, OREO and foreclosed assets decreased to 2.31% at June 30, 2012 from 2.60% at December 31, 2011. The ratio of nonperforming loans to total loans declined to 1.92% at June 30, 2012, compared to 2.24% at December 31, 2011. Total nonperforming assets have declined $2.2 billion, or 34%, from their peak of $6.4 billion at March 31, 2010.

Management continues to evaluate nonaccrual and charge off policies for second-lien consumer loans (residential mortgages

 

 

50    The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – Form 10-Q


Table of Contents

and home equity loans and lines) pursuant to interagency supervisory guidance on practices for loans and lines of credit secured by junior liens on 1-4 family residential properties. This may result in future classification of performing second-lien consumer loans as nonperforming, including where the first-lien loan is 90 days or more past due. The credit loss policies for these loans are considered in our reserving process.

At June 30, 2012, TDRs included in nonperforming loans was $1.2 billion or 34% of total nonperforming loans compared to $1.1 billion or 32% of nonperforming loans as of December 31, 2011. Within consumer nonperforming loans, residential real estate TDRs comprise 49% of total residential real estate nonperforming loans at June 30, 2012, down from 51% at December 31, 2011. Home equity TDRs comprise

56% of home equity nonperforming loans at June 30, 2012, down from 77% at December 31, 2011. The level of TDRs in these portfolios is expected to result in elevated nonperforming loan levels for longer periods because TDRs remain in nonperforming status until a borrower has made at least six consecutive months of payments under the modified terms or ultimate resolution occurs.

At June 30, 2012, our largest nonperforming asset was $45 million in the Real Estate Rental and Leasing Industry and our average nonperforming loans associated with commercial lending was under $1 million. Our ten largest outstanding nonperforming assets are all from the commercial lending portfolio and represent 32% and 6% of total commercial lending nonperforming loans and total nonperforming assets, respectively, as of June 30, 2012.

 

 

The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – Form 10-Q    51


Table of Contents

Table 33: Nonperforming Assets By Type

 

In millions    June 30
2012
    Dec. 31
2011
 

Nonperforming loans

      

Commercial lending

      

Commercial

      

Retail/wholesale trade

   $ 110     $ 109  

Manufacturing

     141       117  

Service providers

     145       147  

Real estate related (a)

     214       252  

Financial services

     15       36  

Health care

     22       29  

Other industries

     144       209  

Total commercial

     791       899  

Commercial real estate

      

Real estate projects

     924       1,051  

Commercial mortgage

     218       294  

Total commercial real estate

     1,142       1,345  

Equipment lease financing

     19       22  

Total commercial lending

     1,952       2,266  

Consumer lending (b)

      

Home equity (c)

     722       529  

Residential real estate

      

Residential mortgage (d)

     707       685  

Residential construction

     32       41  

Credit card

     6       8  

Other consumer

     39       31  

Total consumer lending

     1,506       1,294  

Total nonperforming loans (e)

     3,458       3,560  

OREO and foreclosed assets

      

Other real estate owned (OREO) (f)

     670       561  

Foreclosed and other assets

     48       35  

Total OREO and foreclosed assets

     718       596  

Total nonperforming assets

   $ 4,176     $ 4,156  

Amount of commercial lending nonperforming loans contractually current as to remaining principal and interest

   $ 642     $ 632  

Percentage of total commercial lending nonperforming loans

     33     28

Amount of TDRs included in nonperforming loans

   $ 1,189     $ 1,141  

Percentage of total nonperforming loans

     34     32

Nonperforming loans to total loans

     1.92     2.24

Nonperforming assets to total loans, OREO and foreclosed assets

     2.31       2.60  

Nonperforming assets to total assets

     1.39       1.53  

Allowance for loan and lease losses to total nonperforming loans (e) (g)

     120       122  
(a) Includes loans related to customers in the real estate and construction industries.
(b) Excludes most consumer loans and lines of credit, not secured by residential real estate, which are charged off after 120 to 180 days past due and are not placed on nonperforming status.
(c) In the first quarter of 2012, we adopted a policy stating that Home equity loans past due 90 days or more would be placed on nonaccrual status. Prior policy required that these loans be past due 180 days before being placed on nonaccrual status.
(d) Nonperforming residential mortgage excludes loans of $55 million and $61 million accounted for under the fair value option as of June 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011, respectively.
(e) Nonperforming loans exclude certain government insured or guaranteed loans, loans held for sale, loans accounted for under the fair value option and purchased impaired loans.
(f) OREO excludes $262 million and $280 million at June 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011, respectively, related to residential real estate that was acquired by us upon foreclosure of serviced loans because they are insured by the Federal Housing Administration (FHA) or guaranteed by the Department of Veterans Affairs (VA).
(g) The allowance for loan and lease losses includes impairment reserves attributable to purchased impaired loans. See Note 7 Allowances for Loan and Lease Losses and Unfunded Loan Commitments and Letters of Credit in the Notes To Consolidated Financial Statements in this Report for additional information.

 

52    The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – Form 10-Q


Table of Contents

Table 34: OREO and Foreclosed Assets

 

In millions    June 30
2012
     Dec. 31
2011
 

Other real estate owned (OREO):

       

Residential properties

   $ 188      $ 191  

Residential development properties

     201        183  

Commercial properties

     281        187  

Total OREO

     670        561  

Foreclosed and other assets

     48        35  

Total OREO and foreclosed assets

   $ 718      $ 596  

Total OREO and foreclosed assets increased $122 million during the first six months of 2012 from $596 million at December 31, 2011, to $718 million at June 30, 2012, which represents 17% of total nonperforming assets. As of June 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011, 26% and 32%, respectively, of our OREO and foreclosed assets were comprised of single family residential properties. The higher level of OREO and foreclosed assets was driven mainly by the acquisition of RBC Bank (USA). This was partially offset by higher valuation losses and higher sales related to commercial OREO. Excluded from OREO at June 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011, respectively, was $262 million and $280 million of residential real estate that was acquired by us upon foreclosure of serviced loans because they are insured by the Federal Housing Administration (FHA) or guaranteed by the Department of Veterans Affairs (VA).

Table 35: Change in No nperforming Assets

 

In millions    2012     2011  

January 1

   $ 4,156     $ 5,123  

New nonperforming assets

     1,983       1,846  

Charge-offs and valuation adjustments

     (529     (713

Principal activity, including paydowns and payoffs

     (842     (983

Asset sales and transfers to loans held for sale

     (314     (306

Returned to performing status

     (278     (486

June 30

   $ 4,176     $ 4,481  

The table above presents nonperforming asset activity for the six months ended June 30, 2012 and 2011. For the six months ended June 30, 2012, nonperforming assets increased $20 million from $4,156 million at December 31, 2011, to $4,176 million at June 30, 2012, driven primarily by other real estate owned added in the acquisition of RBC Bank (USA) and higher nonperforming home equity loans arising from a change in policy which places home equity loans on nonaccrual status when past due 90 days or more compared with 180 days under the prior policy. These increases were partially offset by a decline in nonperforming commercial real estate and commercial loans. Approximately 82% of total nonperforming loans are secured by collateral which would be expected to reduce credit losses and require less reserves in

the event of default, and 33% of commercial lending nonperforming loans are contractually current as to principal and interest. As of June 30, 2012, commercial nonperforming loans are carried at approximately 59% of their unpaid principal balance, due to charge-offs recorded to date, before consideration of the allowance for loan and lease losses.

Purchased impaired loans are considered performing, even if contractually past due (or if we do not expect to receive payment in full based on the original contractual terms), as we are currently accreting interest income over the expected life of the loans. The accretable yield represents the excess of the expected cash flows on the loans at the measurement date over the carrying value. Generally decreases, other than interest rate decreases for variable rate notes, in the net present value of expected cash flows of individual commercial or pooled purchased impaired loans would result in an impairment charge to the provision for loan losses in the period in which the change is deemed probable. Generally increases in the net present value of expected cash flows of purchased impaired loans would first result in a recovery of previously recorded allowance for loan losses, to the extent applicable, and then an increase to accretable yield for the remaining life of the purchased impaired loans. Total nonperforming loans and assets in the tables above are significantly lower than they would have been due to this accounting treatment for purchased impaired loans. This treatment also results in a lower ratio of nonperforming loans to total loans and a higher ratio of ALLL to nonperforming loans. See Note 6 Purchased Loans in the Notes To Consolidated Financial Statements in this Report for additional information on these loans.

Loan Delinquencies

We regularly monitor the level of loan delinquencies and believe these levels may be a key indicator of loan portfolio asset quality. Measurement of delinquency status is based on the contractual terms of each loan. Loans that are 30 days or more past due in terms of payment are considered delinquent. Loan delinquencies exclude loans held for sale and purchased impaired loans, but include government insured or guaranteed loans.

Total early stage loan delinquencies (accruing loans past due 30 to 89 days) decreased from December 31, 2011, to $1.4 billion at June 30, 2012. Consumer lending early stage delinquencies decreased by $241 million. This reduction included government insured other consumer amounts. This reduction was offset by an increase in commercial lending early stage delinquencies of $103 million mainly due to commercial real estate related to RBC Bank (USA).

Accruing loans past due 90 days or more are referred to as late stage delinquencies. These loans are not included in nonperforming loans and continue to accrue interest because they are well secured by collateral, are in the process of collection and are reasonably expected to result in repayment and/or restoration to current status, or are managed in

 

 

The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – Form 10-Q    53


Table of Contents

homogenous portfolios with specified charge-off timeframes adhering to regulatory guidelines. These loans decreased $490 million, or 16%, from $3.0 billion at December 31, 2011, to $2.5 billion at June 30, 2012, mainly due to the change in policy for home equity loans and improvements in government insured delinquent residential real estate loans.

The following tables display the delinquency status of our loans at June 30, and March 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011. Additional information regarding accruing loans past due is included in Note 5 Asset Quality in the Notes To Consolidated Financial Statements in this Report.

 

 

Table 36: Accruing Loans Past Due 30 To 59 Days

 

     Amount      Percent of Total Outstandings  
Dollars in millions    June 30
2012
     Mar. 31
2012
     Dec. 31
2011
     June 30
2012
    Mar. 31
2012
    Dec. 31
2011
 

Commercial

   $ 130      $ 195      $ 122        .16     .26     .19

Commercial real estate

     123        144        96        .67       .78       .59  

Equipment lease financing

     5        25        22        .07       .38       .34  

Home equity (a)

     124        127        173        .35       .36       .52  

Residential real estate

                 

Non government insured (b)

     148        198        180        .94       1.22       1.24  

Government insured

     123        122        122        .78       .75       .84  

Credit card

     33        34        38        .80       .83       .96  

Other consumer

                 

Non government insured

     43        50        58        .21       .26       .30  

Government insured

     164        171        207        .80       .88       1.08  

Total

   $ 893      $ 1,066      $ 1,018        .49       .60       .64  

Table 37: Accruing Loans Past Due 60 To 89 Days

 

     Amount      Percent of Total Outstandings  
Dollars in millions    June 30
2012
     Mar. 31
2012
     Dec. 31
2011
     June 30
2012
    Mar. 31
2012
    Dec. 31
2011
 

Commercial

   $ 65      $ 53      $ 47        .08     .07     .07

Commercial real estate

     105        44        35        .57       .24       .22  

Equipment lease financing

     2        2        5        .03       .03       .08  

Home equity (a)

     68        79        114        .19       .22       .34  

Residential real estate

                 

Non government insured (b)

     52        56        72        .33       .35       .50  

Government insured

     91        100        104        .58       .62       .72  

Credit card

     22        24        25        .53       .59       .63  

Other consumer

                 

Non government insured

     16        20        21        .08       .10       .11  

Government insured

     113        98        124        .55       .50       .65  

Total

   $ 534      $ 476      $ 547        .30       .27       .34  

 

54    The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – Form 10-Q


Table of Contents

Table 38: Accruing Loans Past Due 90 Days Or More

 

     Amount          
Dollars in millions    June 30
2012
     Mar. 31
2012
     Dec. 31
2011
     June 30
2012
    Mar. 31
2012
    Dec. 31
2011
 

Commercial

   $ 34      $ 28      $ 49        .04 %     .04 %     .07

Commercial real estate

     16        5        6        .09       .03       .04  

Equipment lease financing

     1        5           .01       .08      

Home equity (c)

           221            .67  

Residential real estate

                 

Non government insured (b)

     104        116        152        .66       .72       1.05  

Government insured

     1,925        2,012        2,129        12.17       12.41       14.71  

Credit card

     38        47        48        .92       1.15       1.21  

Other consumer

                 

Non government insured

     17        21        23        .08       .11       .12  

Government insured

     348        351        345        1.70       1.80       1.80  

Total

   $ 2,483      $ 2,585      $ 2,973        1.38       1.47       1.87  
(a) In the second quarter of 2012, the Home equity amounts as of March 31, 2012 were reduced by $47 million and $24 million for the Accruing Loans Past Due 30 to 59 Days and 60 to 89 Days, respectively, to correct for immaterial amounts. Prior periods have not been adjusted.
(b) In the second quarter of 2012, the Residential real estate amounts as of March 31, 2012 were reduced by $24 million, $17 million and $24 million for the Accruing Loans Past Due 30 to 59 Days, 60 to 89 Days and 90 Days or More, respectively, to correct for immaterial amounts. Prior periods have not been adjusted.
(c) In the first quarter of 2012, we adopted a policy stating that Home equity loans past due 90 days or more would be placed on nonaccrual status. Prior policy required that these loans be past due 180 days before being placed on nonaccrual status.

 

On a regular basis our Special Asset Committee closely monitors loans, primarily commercial loans, that are not included in the nonperforming or accruing past due categories and for which we are uncertain about the borrower’s ability to comply with existing repayment terms over the next six months. These loans totaled $268 million at June 30, 2012 and $438 million at December 31, 2011.

Home Equity Loan Portfolio

Our home equity loan portfolio totaled $35.8 billion as of June 30, 2012, or 20% of the total loan portfolio. Of that total, $24.3 billion, or 68%, was outstanding under primarily variable-rate home equity lines of credit and $11.5 billion, or 32%, consisted of closed-end home equity installment loans. Approximately 2% of the home equity portfolio was on nonperforming status as of June 30, 2012.

As of June 30, 2012, we are in an originated first lien position for approximately 34% of the total portfolio and, where originated as a second lien, we currently hold or service the first lien position for approximately an additional 2% of the portfolio. Historically, we have originated and sold first mortgages which has resulted in a low percentage of home equity loans where we hold the first lien mortgage position. The remaining 64% of the portfolio was secured by second liens where we do not hold the first lien position. For the majority of the home equity portfolio where we are in, hold or service the first lien position, the credit performance of this portion of the portfolio is superior to the portion of the portfolio where we hold the second lien position but do not hold the first lien.

Subsequent to origination, PNC is not typically notified when a senior lien position that is not held by PNC is satisfied. Therefore, information about the current lien status of the loans is limited, for loans that were originated in subordinated lien positions where PNC does not also hold the senior lien, to what can be obtained from external sources. PNC contracted with a third-party service provider to provide updated loan, lien and collateral data that is aggregated from public and private sources.

We track borrower performance monthly, including obtaining updated FICO scores at least quarterly, original LTVs, updated LTVs semi-annually, and other credit metrics at least quarterly, including the historical performance of any mortgage loans regardless of lien position that we may or may not hold. This information is used for internal reporting and risk management purposes. For internal reporting and risk management purposes we also segment the population into pools based on product type (e.g., home equity loans, brokered home equity loans, home equity lines of credit, brokered home equity lines of credit). As part of our overall risk analytics monitoring, we segment the home equity portfolio based upon the delinquency, modification status, and bankruptcy status of these loans, as well as based upon the delinquency, modification status, and bankruptcy status of any mortgage loan with the same borrower (regardless of whether it is a first lien senior to our second lien).

In establishing our ALLL, we utilize a delinquency roll-rate methodology for pools of loans. In accordance with accounting principles, under this methodology, we establish our allowance based upon incurred losses and not lifetime expected losses. The roll-rate methodology estimates

 

 

The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – Form 10-Q    55


Table of Contents

transition/roll of loan balances from one delinquency state (e.g., 30-59 days past due) to another delinquency state (e.g., 60-89 days past due) and ultimately charge-off. The roll through to charge-off is based on PNC’s actual loss experience for each type of pool. Since a pool may consist of first and second liens, the charge-off amounts for the pool are proportionate to the composition of first and second liens in the pool. Our experience has been that the ratio of first to second lien loans has been consistent over time and is appropriately represented in our pools used for roll-rate calculations.

Generally, our variable-rate home equity lines of credit have either a seven or ten year draw period, followed by a 20 year amortization term. During the draw period, we have home equity lines of credit where borrowers pay interest only and home equity lines of credit where borrowers pay principal and interest. Based upon outstanding balances at June 30, 2012, the following table presents the periods when home equity lines of credit draw periods are scheduled to end.

Table 39: Home Equity Lines of Credit—Draw Period End Dates

 

In millions    Interest Only
Product
     Principal and
Interest Product
 

Remainder of 2012

   $ 684      $ 111  

2013

     1,334        308  

2014

     2,047        607  

2015

     2,090        741  

2016

     1,625        584  

2017 and thereafter

     6,228        7,401  

Total (a)

   $ 14,008      $ 9,752  
(a) Includes approximately $106 million, $157 million, $186 million, $189 million, $23 million and $343 million of home equity lines of credit with balloon payments with draw periods scheduled to end in the remainder of 2012, 2013, 2014, 2015, 2016, and 2017 and thereafter, respectively.

We view home equity lines of credit where borrowers are paying principal and interest under the draw period as less risky than those where the borrowers are paying interest only, as these borrowers have a demonstrated ability to make some level of principal and interest payments.

Based upon outstanding balances, and excluding purchased impaired loans, at June 30, 2012, for home equity lines of credit for which the borrower can no longer draw (e.g., draw period has ended or borrowing privileges have been terminated), approximately 4.29% were 30-89 days past due and approximately 6.13% were greater than or equal to 90 days past due. Generally, when a borrower becomes 60 days past due, we terminate borrowing privileges, and those privileges are not subsequently reinstated. At that point, we continue our collection/recovery processes, which may include a loss mitigation loan modification resulting in a loan that is classified as a TDR.

See Note 5 Asset Quality in the Notes To Consolidated Financial Statements in this Report for additional information.

LOAN MODIFICATIONS AND TROUBLED DEBT RESTRUCTURINGS

Consumer Loan Modifications

We modify loans under government and PNC-developed programs based upon our commitment to help eligible homeowners and borrowers avoid foreclosure, where appropriate. Initially, a borrower is evaluated for a modification under a government program. If a borrower does not qualify under a government program, the borrower is then evaluated under a PNC program. Our programs utilize both temporary and permanent modifications and typically reduce the interest rate, extend the term and/or defer principal. Temporary and permanent modifications under programs involving a change to loan terms are generally classified as TDRs. Further, certain payment plans and trial payment arrangements which do not include a contractual change to loan terms may be classified as TDRs. Additional detail on TDRs is discussed below as well as in Note 5 Asset Quality in the Notes To Consolidated Financial Statements in this Report.

A temporary modification, with a term between three and 60 months, involves a change in original loan terms for a period of time and reverts to the original loan terms as of a specific date or the occurrence of an event, such as a failure to pay in accordance with the terms of the modification. Typically, these modifications are for a period of up to 24 months after which the interest rate reverts to the original loan rate. A permanent modification, with a term greater than 60 months, is a modification in which the terms of the original loan are changed. Permanent modifications primarily include the government-created Home Affordable Modification Program (HAMP) or PNC-developed HAMP-like modification programs.

For consumer loan programs, such as residential mortgages and home equity loans and lines, we will enter into a temporary modification when the borrower has indicated a temporary hardship and a willingness to bring current the delinquent loan balance. Examples of this situation often include delinquency due to illness or death in the family, or a loss of employment. Permanent modifications are entered into when it is confirmed that the borrower does not possess the income necessary to continue making loan payments at the current amount, but our expectation is that payments at lower amounts can be made. Residential mortgage and home equity loans and lines have been modified with changes in terms for up to 60 months, although the majority involve periods of three to 24 months.

We also monitor the success rates and delinquency status of our loan modification programs to assess their effectiveness in

 

 

56    The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – Form 10-Q


Table of Contents

serving our customers’ needs while mitigating credit losses. The following tables provide the number of accounts and unpaid principal balance of modified consumer real estate related loans as well as the number of accounts and unpaid principal balance of modified loans that were 60 days or more past due as of six months, nine months, twelve months and fifteen months after the modification date.

Table 40: Bank-Owned Consumer Real Estate Related Loan Modifications

 

    June 30, 2012     December 31, 2011  
Dollars in millions   Number of
Accounts
    Unpaid
Principal
Balance
    Number of
Accounts
    Unpaid
Principal
Balance
 

Home equity

         

Temporary Modifications

    11,249     $ 1,002       13,352     $ 1,215  

Permanent Modifications

    4,759       318       1,533       92  

Total home equity

    16,008       1,320       14,885       1,307  

Residential Mortgages

         

Permanent Modifications

    8,379       1,450       7,473       1,342  

Non-Prime Mortgages

         

Permanent Modifications

    4,458       627       4,355       610  

Residential Construction

         

Permanent Modifications

    1,462       596       1,282       578  

Total Bank-Owned Consumer Real Estate Related Loan Modifications

    30,307     $ 3,993       27,995     $ 3,837  
 

 

The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – Form 10-Q    57


Table of Contents

Table 41: Bank-Owned Consumer Real Estate Related Loan Modifications Re-Default by Vintage (a) (b)

 

    Six Months     Nine Months     Twelve Months     Fifteen Months         

June 30, 2012

Dollars in millions, except as noted

 

Number of

Accounts

Re-defaulted

   

% of

Vintage

Re-defaulted

   

Number of

Accounts

Re-defaulted

   

% of

Vintage

Re-defaulted

   

Number of

Accounts

Re-defaulted

   

% of

Vintage

Re-defaulted

   

Number of

Accounts

Re-defaulted

   

% of

Vintage

Re-defaulted

    Unpaid
Principal
Balance (c)
 

Permanent Modifications

                   

Home Equity

                   

Fourth Quarter 2011

    9       1.9 %               $ 1,097  

Third Quarter 2011

    24       4.2       33       5.7 %             2,494  

Second Quarter 2011

    20       5.3       29       7.8       39       10.4 %         2,615  

First Quarter 2011

    9       9.5       9       9.5       12       12.6       12       12.6 %     1,179  

Fourth Quarter 2010

    6       17.1       9       25.7       8       22.9       9       25.7       481  

Residential Mortgages

                   

Fourth Quarter 2011

    212       22.2                    36,202  

Third Quarter 2011

    281       22.8       375       30.4                61,995  

Second Quarter 2011

    367       26.8       459       33.6       508       37.1            84,358  

First Quarter 2011

    322       20.1       465       29.1       529       33.1       557       34.8        90,984  

Fourth Quarter 2010

    300       17.0       467       26.5       610       34.7       639       36.3       112,240  

Non-Prime Mortgages

                   

Fourth Quarter 2011

    38       14.7                   5,890  

Third Quarter 2011

    86       23.2       104       28.0               14,974  

Second Quarter 2011

    114       18.9       153       25.4       174       28.9           29,673  

First Quarter 2011

    76       18.1       101       24.1       116       27.7       137       32.7       15,541  

Fourth Quarter 2010

    13       14.3       20       22.0       24       26.4       26       28.6       3,840  

Residential Construction

                   

Fourth Quarter 2011 (d)

    5       5.6                  

Third Quarter 2011

    2       1.8       2       1.8               635  

Second Quarter 2011

    4       3.9       4       3.9       3       2.9           651  

First Quarter 2011

    7       4.2       10       6.0       17       10.2       18       10.8       9,443  

Fourth Quarter 2010

    10       4.3       16       6.9       23       9.9       25       10.7       5,768  

Temporary Modifications

                   

Home Equity

                   

Fourth Quarter 2011 (d)

    29       5.6                

Third Quarter 2011

    43       9.8       53       12.1           $ 6,663  

Second Quarter 2011

    64       10.3       94       15.1       117       18.8         13,187  

First Quarter 2011

    89       6.5       156       11.4       197       14.4       224       17.8     22,571  

Fourth Quarter 2010

    127       6.6       255       13.3       328       17.2       383       20.0       42,166  
(a) An account is considered in re-default if it is 60 days or more delinquent after modification. The data in this table represents loan modifications completed during the quarter ending December 31, 2010 through December 31, 2011 and represents a vintage look at all quarterly accounts and the number of those modified accounts (for each quarterly vintage) 60 days or more delinquent at six, nine, twelve, and fifteen months after modification. Account totals include active and inactive accounts that were delinquent when they achieved inactive status.
(b) Vintage refers to the quarter in which the modification occurred.
(c) Reflects June 30, 2012 unpaid principal balances of the re-defaulted accounts for the Fourth Quarter 2011 Vintage at Six Months, for the Third Quarter 2011 Vintage at Nine Months, for the Second Quarter 2011 Vintage at Twelve Months, and for the First Quarter 2011 and prior Vintages at Fifteen Months.
(d) The unpaid principal balance for this vintage totals less than $1 million.

 

In addition to temporary loan modifications, we may make available to a borrower a payment plan or a HAMP trial payment period. Under a payment plan or a HAMP trial payment period, there is no change to the loan’s contractual terms so the borrower remains legally responsible for payment of the loan under its original terms. A payment plan involves the borrower paying the past due amounts over a short period of time, generally three months, in addition to the contractual payment amounts over that period upon which a borrower is brought current. Due to the short term nature of the payment plan there is a minimal impact to the ALLL.

 

Under a HAMP trial payment period, we establish an alternate payment, generally at an amount less than the contractual payment amount, for the borrower during this short time period. This allows a borrower to demonstrate successful payment performance before permanently restructuring the loan into a HAMP modification. Subsequent to successful borrower performance under the trial payment period, we will capitalize the original contractual amount past due and restructure the loan’s contractual terms, along with bringing the restructured account to current. As the borrower is often already delinquent at the time of participation in the HAMP

 

 

58    The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – Form 10-Q


Table of Contents

trial payment period, there is not a significant increase in the ALLL. If the trial payment period is unsuccessful, the loan will be evaluated for further action based upon our existing policies.

Residential conforming and certain residential construction loans have been permanently modified under HAMP or, if they do not qualify for a HAMP modification, under PNC-developed programs, which in some cases may operate similarly to HAMP. These programs first require a reduction of the interest rate followed by an extension of term and, if appropriate, deferral of principal payments. As of June 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011, 3,646 accounts with a balance of $565 million and 2,701 accounts with a balance of $478 million, respectively, of residential real estate loans have been modified under HAMP and were still outstanding on our balance sheet.

We do not re-modify a defaulted modified loan except for subsequent significant life events, as defined by the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (OCC). A re-modified loan continues to be classified as a TDR for the remainder of its term regardless of subsequent payment performance.

Commercial Loan Modifications and Payment Plans

Modifications of terms for large commercial loans are based on individual facts and circumstances. Commercial loan modifications may involve reduction of the interest rate, extension of the term of the loan and/or forgiveness of principal. Modified large commercial loans are usually already nonperforming prior to modification. We evaluate these modifications for TDR classification based upon whether we granted a concession to a borrower experiencing financial difficulties. Additional detail on TDRs is discussed below as well as in Note 5 Asset Quality in the Notes To Consolidated Financial Statements in this Report.

Beginning in 2010, we established certain commercial loan modification and payment programs for small business loans, Small Business Administration loans, and investment real estate loans. As of June 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011, $76 million and $81 million, respectively, in loan balances were covered under these modification and payment plan programs. Of these loan balances, $27 million and $24 million have been determined to be TDRs as of June 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011.

Troubled Debt Restructurings

A TDR is a loan whose terms have been restructured in a manner that grants a concession to a borrower experiencing financial difficulties. TDRs typically result from our loss mitigation activities and include rate reductions, principal forgiveness, postponement/reduction of scheduled amortization, and extensions, which are intended to minimize economic loss and to avoid foreclosure or repossession of collateral. For the six months ended June 30, 2012, $1.6 billion of loans held for sale, loans accounted for under

the fair value option, pooled purchased impaired loans, as well as certain consumer government insured or guaranteed loans which were evaluated for TDR consideration, are not classified as TDRs. The comparable amount for the six months ended June 30, 2011 was $1.1 billion.

Table 42: Summary of Troubled Debt Restructurings

 

In millions   

June 30

2012

    

Dec. 31

2011

 

Consumer lending:

       

Real estate-related

   $ 1,560      $ 1,492  

Credit card (a)

     252        291  

Other consumer

     24        15  

Total consumer lending

     1,836        1,798  

Total commercial lending

     483        405  

Total TDRs

   $ 2,319      $ 2,203  

Nonperforming

   $ 1,189      $ 1,141  

Accruing (b)

     878        771  

Credit card (a)

     252        291  

Total TDRs

   $ 2,319      $ 2,203  
(a) Includes credit cards and certain small business and consumer credit agreements whose terms have been restructured and are TDRs. However, since our policy is to exempt these loans from being placed on nonaccrual status as permitted by regulatory guidance as generally these loans are directly charged off in the period that they become 180 days past due, these loans are excluded from nonperforming loans.
(b) Accruing loans have demonstrated a period of at least six months of performance under the restructured terms and are excluded from nonperforming loans.

Total TDRs increased $116 million or 5% during the first six months of 2012 to $2.3 billion as of June 30, 2012. Of this total, nonperforming TDRs totaled $1.2 billion, which represents approximately 34% of total nonperforming loans.

TDRs that have returned to performing (accruing) status are excluded from nonperforming loans. These loans have demonstrated a period of at least six months of consecutive performance under the restructured terms. These TDRs increased $107 million or 14% during the first six months of 2012 to $878 million as of June 30, 2012. This increase reflects the further seasoning and performance of the TDRs. See Note 5 Asset Quality in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in this Report for additional information.

ALLOWANCES FOR LOAN AND LEASE LOSSES AND UNFUNDED LOAN COMMITMENTS AND LETTERS OF CREDIT

We recorded $648 million in net charge-offs for the first six months of 2012, compared to $947 million in the first six months of 2011. Commercial lending net charge-offs fell from $429 million in the first six months of 2011 to $189 million in the first six months of 2012. Consumer lending net charge-offs declined from $518 million in the first six months of 2011 to $459 million in the first six months of 2012.

 

 

The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – Form 10-Q    59


Table of Contents

Table 43: Loan Charge-Offs And Recoveries

 

Six months ended

June 30

Dollars in millions

   Charge-offs      Recoveries      Net Charge-offs     

Percent of

Average Loans

(annualized)

 

2012

             

Commercial

   $ 234      $ 147      $ 87        .24

Commercial real estate

     159        52        107        1.22  

Equipment lease financing

     10        15        (5      (.16

Home equity

     252        30        222        1.28  

Residential real estate

     67           67        .87  

Credit card

     110        11        99        4.95  

Other consumer

     97        26        71        .73  

Total

   $ 929      $ 281      $ 648        .76  

2011

             

Commercial

   $ 364      $ 178      $ 186        .66

Commercial real estate

     282        40        242        2.84  

Equipment lease financing

     25        24        1        .03  

Home equity

     252        21        231        1.38  

Residential real estate

     101        2        99        1.31  

Credit card

     134        12        122        6.58  

Other consumer

     100        34        66        .79  

Total

   $ 1,258      $ 311      $ 947        1.27  

 

Total net charge-offs are lower than they would have been otherwise due to the accounting treatment for purchased impaired loans. This treatment also results in a lower ratio of net charge-offs to average loans. See Note 6 Purchased Loans in the Notes To Consolidated Financial Statements in this Report for additional information on net charge-offs related to these loans.

We maintain an ALLL to absorb losses from the loan portfolio and determine this allowance based on quarterly assessments of the estimated probable credit losses incurred in the loan portfolio. We maintain the ALLL at a level that we believe to be appropriate to absorb estimated probable credit losses incurred in the loan portfolio as of the balance sheet date. While we make allocations to specific loans and pools of loans, the total reserve is available for all loan and lease losses. Although quantitative modeling factors as discussed below are constantly changing as the financial strength of the borrower and overall economic conditions change, there were no significant changes during the first six months of 2012 to the methodology we follow to determine our ALLL.

We establish specific allowances for loans considered impaired using methods prescribed by GAAP. All impaired loans are subject to individual analysis, except leases and large groups of smaller-balance homogeneous loans which may include, but are not limited to, credit card, residential mortgage, and consumer installment loans. Specific allowances for individual loans (including commercial and consumer TDRs) are determined based on an analysis of the present value of expected future cash flows from the loans discounted at their effective interest rate, observable market

price, or the fair value of the underlying collateral.

Reserves allocated to non-impaired commercial loan classes are based on probability of default (PD) and loss given default (LGD) credit risk ratings.

Our pool reserve methodology is sensitive to changes in key risk parameters such as PD, LGD and exposure at date of default (EAD). In general, a given change in any of the major risk parameters will have a corresponding change in the pool reserve allocations for non-impaired commercial loans. Our commercial loans are the largest category of credits and are most sensitive to changes in the key risk parameters and pool reserve loss rates.

The majority of the commercial portfolio is secured by collateral, including loans to asset-based lending customers that continue to show demonstrably lower LGD. Further, the large investment grade or equivalent portion of the loan portfolio has performed well and has not been subject to significant deterioration.

Allocations to non-impaired consumer loan classes are based upon a roll-rate model which uses statistical relationships, calculated from historical data that estimate the movement of loan outstandings through the various stages of delinquency and ultimately charge-off.

A portion of the ALLL related to qualitative and measurement factors has been assigned to loan categories. These factors include, but are not limited to, the following:

   

Industry concentrations and conditions,

 

 

60    The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – Form 10-Q


Table of Contents
   

Recent credit quality trends,

   

Recent loss experience in particular portfolios,

   

Recent macro economic factors,

   

Changes in risk selection and underwriting standards, and

   

Timing of available information, including the performance of first lien positions.

In addition to the ALLL, we maintain an allowance for unfunded loan commitments and letters of credit. We report this allowance as a liability on our Consolidated Balance Sheet. We maintain the allowance for unfunded loan commitments and letters of credit at a level we believe is appropriate to absorb estimated probable losses on these unfunded credit facilities. We determine this amount using estimates of the probability of the ultimate funding and losses related to those credit exposures. Other than the estimation of the probability of funding, this methodology is very similar to the one we use for determining our ALLL.

We refer you to Note 5 Asset Quality and Note 7 Allowances for Loan and Lease Losses and Unfunded Loan Commitments and Letters of Credit in the Notes To Consolidated Financial Statements in this Report for further information on key asset quality indicators that we use to evaluate our portfolio and establish the allowances.

Table 44: Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses

 

Dollars in millions    2012     2011  

January 1

   $ 4,347     $ 4,887  

Total net charge-offs

     (648     (947

Provision for credit losses

     441       701  

Net change in allowance for unfunded loan commitments and letters of credit

     16       (14

June 30

   $ 4,156     $ 4,627  

Net charge-offs to average loans (for the six months ended) (annualized)

     .76     1.27

Allowance for loan and lease losses to total loans

     2.30       3.08  

Commercial lending net charge-offs

   $ (189   $ (429

Consumer lending net charge-offs

     (459     (518

Total net charge-offs

   $ (648   $ (947

Net charge-offs to average loans (for the six months ended) (annualized)

      

Commercial lending

     .39     1.07

Consumer lending

     1.25       1.50  

As further described in the Consolidated Income Statement Review section of this Report, the provision for credit losses totaled $441 million for the first six months of 2012 compared to $701 million for the first six months of 2011. For the first six months of 2012, the provision for commercial lending credit losses declined by $154 million or 64% from the first

six months of 2011. Similarly, the provision for consumer lending credit losses decreased $106 million or 23% from the first six months of 2011.

Purchased impaired loans are recorded at fair value and applicable accounting guidance prohibits the carry over or creation of valuation allowances at acquisition. Because the initial fair values of these loans already reflect a credit component, additional reserves are established when performance is expected to be worse than our expectations as of the acquisition date. At June 30, 2012, we had established reserves of $1.0 billion for purchased impaired loans. In addition, all loans (purchased impaired and non-impaired) acquired in the RBC Bank (USA) acquisition were recorded at fair value. No allowance for loan losses was carried over and no allowance was created at acquisition. See Note 6 Purchased Loans for additional information.

At June 30, 2012, total ALLL to total nonperforming loans was 120%. The comparable amount for December 31, 2011 was 122%. These ratios are 81% and 84%, respectively, when excluding the $1.4 billion of allowance at June 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011 allocated to consumer loans and lines of credit not secured by residential real estate and purchased impaired loans. We have excluded consumer loans and lines of credit not secured by real estate as they are charged off after 120 to 180 days past due and not placed on nonperforming status. Additionally, we have excluded purchased impaired loans as they are considered performing regardless of their delinquency status as interest is accreted based on our estimate of expected cash flows and additional allowance is recorded when these cash flows are below recorded investment. See the Nonperforming Assets By Type table within this Credit Risk Management section for additional information.

See Note 7 Allowances for Loan and Lease Losses and Unfunded Loan Commitments and Letters of Credit and Note 6 Purchased Loans in the Notes To Consolidated Financial Statements of this Report regarding changes in the ALLL and in the allowance for unfunded loan commitments and letters of credit.

CREDIT DEFAULT SWAPS

From a credit risk management perspective, we use credit default swaps (CDS) as a tool to manage risk concentrations in the credit portfolio. That risk management could come from protection purchased or sold in the form of single name or index products. When we buy loss protection by purchasing a CDS, we pay a fee to the seller, or CDS counterparty, in return for the right to receive a payment if a specified credit event occurs for a particular obligor or reference entity.

When we sell protection, we receive a CDS premium from the buyer in return for PNC’s obligation to pay the buyer if a specified credit event occurs for a particular obligor or reference entity.

 

 

The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – Form 10-Q    61


Table of Contents

We evaluate the counterparty credit worthiness for all our CDS activities. Counterparty credit lines are approved based on a review of credit quality in accordance with our traditional credit quality standards and credit policies. The credit risk of our counterparties is monitored in the normal course of business. In addition, all counterparty credit lines are subject to collateral thresholds and exposures above these thresholds are secured.

CDSs are included in the “Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments under GAAP” table in the Financial Derivatives section of this Risk Management discussion.

LIQUIDITY RISK MANAGEMENT

Liquidity risk has two fundamental components. The first is potential loss assuming we were unable to meet our funding requirements at a reasonable cost. The second is the potential inability to operate our businesses because adequate contingent liquidity is not available in a stressed environment. We manage liquidity risk at the consolidated company level (bank, parent company, and nonbank subsidiaries combined) to help ensure that we can obtain cost-effective funding to meet current and future obligations under both normal “business as usual” and stressful circumstances, and to help ensure that we maintain an appropriate level of contingent liquidity.

Spot and forward funding gap analyses are used to measure and monitor consolidated liquidity risk. Funding gaps represent the difference in projected sources of liquidity available to offset projected uses. We calculate funding gaps for the overnight, thirty-day, ninety-day, one hundred eighty-day and one-year time intervals. Management also monitors liquidity through a series of early warning indicators that may indicate a potential market, or PNC-specific, liquidity stress event. Finally, management performs a set of liquidity stress tests and maintains a contingency funding plan to address a potential liquidity crisis. In the most severe liquidity stress simulation, we assume that PNC’s liquidity position is under pressure, while the market in general is under systemic pressure. The simulation considers, among other things, the impact of restricted access to both secured and unsecured external sources of funding, accelerated run-off of customer deposits, valuation pressure on assets, and heavy demand to fund contingent obligations. Risk limits are established within our Liquidity Risk Policy. Management’s Asset and Liability Committee regularly reviews compliance with the established limits.

Parent company liquidity guidelines are designed to help ensure that sufficient liquidity is available to meet our parent company obligations over the succeeding 24-month period. Risk limits for parent company liquidity are established within our Enterprise Capital and Liquidity Management Policy. The

Board of Directors’ Risk Committee regularly reviews compliance with the established limits.

Bank Level Liquidity – Uses

Obligations requiring the use of liquidity can generally be characterized as either contractual or discretionary. At the bank level, primary contractual obligations include funding loan commitments, satisfying deposit withdrawal requests and maturities and debt service related to bank borrowings. As of June 30, 2012, there were approximately $19.7 billion of bank borrowings with maturities of less than one year. We also maintain adequate bank liquidity to meet future potential loan demand and provide for other business needs, as necessary. See the Bank Level Liquidity – Sources section below.

Bank Level Liquidity – Sources

Our largest source of bank liquidity on a consolidated basis is the deposit base that comes from our retail and commercial businesses. Total deposits increased to $206.9 billion at June 30, 2012 from $188.0 billion at December 31, 2011, primarily due to the RBC Bank (USA) acquisition. Liquid assets and unused borrowing capacity from a number of sources are also available to maintain our liquidity position. Borrowed funds come from a diverse mix of short and long-term funding sources.

At June 30, 2012, our liquid assets consisted of short-term investments (Federal funds sold, resale agreements, trading securities, and interest-earning deposits with banks) totaling $7.8 billion and securities available for sale totaling $51.3 billion. Of our total liquid assets of $59.1 billion, we had $22.3 billion pledged as collateral for borrowings, trust, and other commitments. The level of liquid assets fluctuates over time based on many factors, including market conditions, loan and deposit growth and active balance sheet management.

In addition to the customer deposit base, which has historically provided the single largest source of relatively stable and low-cost funding and liquid assets, the bank also obtains liquidity through the issuance of traditional forms of funding including long-term debt (senior notes and subordinated debt and FHLB advances) and short-term borrowings (Federal funds purchased, securities sold under repurchase agreements, commercial paper issuances, and other short-term borrowings).

PNC Bank, N.A. has the ability to offer up to $20 billion in senior and subordinated unsecured debt obligations with maturities of more than nine months. Through June 30, 2012, PNC Bank, N.A. had issued $9.4 billion of debt under this program including the following during 2012:

   

$100 million of senior bank notes issued March 5, 2012 and due April 8, 2015. Interest is paid semi-annually at a fixed rate of 1.07%,

 

 

62    The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – Form 10-Q


Table of Contents
   

$1.0 billion of senior extendible floating rate bank notes issued June 20, 2012 with an initial maturity date of July 20, 2013, subject to the holder’s monthly option to extend, and a final maturity date of June 20, 2014. Interest is paid at the 3-month LIBOR rate, reset quarterly, plus a spread of 22.5 basis points, which spread is subject to four potential one basis point increases in the event of certain extensions of maturity by the holder,

   

$900 million of senior extendible floating rate bank notes issued to an affiliate on June 27, 2012 with an initial maturity date of July 27, 2013, subject to the holder’s monthly option to extend, and a final maturity date of April 27, 2014. Interest is paid at the 3-month LIBOR rate, reset quarterly, plus a spread of 22.5 basis points, and

   

$500 million of senior extendible floating rate bank notes issued to an affiliate on June 27, 2012 with an initial maturity date of July 27, 2013, subject to the holder’s monthly option to extend, and a final maturity date of January 27, 2014. Interest is paid at the 3-month LIBOR rate, reset quarterly, plus a spread of 22.5 basis points.

Total senior and subordinated debt increased to $6.6 billion at June 30, 2012 from $4.1 billion at December 31, 2011 due to issuances.

PNC Bank, N.A. is a member of the FHLB-Pittsburgh and as such has access to advances from FHLB-Pittsburgh secured generally by residential mortgage and other mortgage-related loans. At June 30, 2012, our unused secured borrowing capacity was $11.2 billion with FHLB-Pittsburgh. Total FHLB borrowings increased to $10.4 billion at June 30, 2012 from $7.0 billion at December 31, 2011 due to $4.0 billion in new borrowings partially offset by maturities.

PNC Bank, N.A. has the ability to offer up to $10.0 billion of its commercial paper to provide additional liquidity. As of June 30, 2012, there was $3.1 billion outstanding under this program. Other borrowed funds on our Consolidated Balance Sheet also includes $6.3 billion of commercial paper issued by Market Street Funding LLC, a consolidated VIE.

PNC Bank, N.A. can also borrow from the Federal Reserve Bank of Cleveland’s (Federal Reserve Bank) discount window to meet short-term liquidity requirements. The Federal Reserve Bank, however, is not viewed as the primary means of funding our routine business activities, but rather as a potential source of liquidity in a stressed environment or during a market disruption. These potential borrowings are secured by securities and commercial loans. At June 30, 2012, our unused secured borrowing capacity was $28.2 billion with the Federal Reserve Bank.

Parent Company Liquidity – Uses

Obligations requiring the use of liquidity can generally be characterized as either contractual or discretionary. The parent company’s contractual obligations consist primarily of debt service related to parent company borrowings and funding non-bank affiliates. As of June 30, 2012, there were approximately $550 million of parent company borrowings with maturities of less than one year.

Additionally, the parent company maintains adequate liquidity to fund discretionary activities such as paying dividends to PNC shareholders, share repurchases, and acquisitions. See the Parent Company Liquidity – Sources section below. In March 2012, we used approximately $3.6 billion of parent company cash to acquire both RBC Bank (USA) and a credit card portfolio from RBC Bank (Georgia), National Association. Additionally, in June 2012, we used $1.4 billion of parent company cash to purchase senior extendible floating rate bank notes issued by PNC Bank, N.A.

See 2012 Capital and Liquidity Actions in the Executive Summary section of this Financial Review for information regarding the Federal Reserve’s 2012 CCAR process, including their acceptance of the capital plan filed by PNC on January 9, 2012 and their not objecting to our capital actions proposed as part of that plan, as well as additional information regarding our April 2012 increase to PNC’s quarterly common stock dividend, our plans to purchase shares under PNC’s existing common stock repurchase program during the remainder of 2012, our March 2012 issuance of $1 billion of senior notes, our April 2012 issuance of $1.5 billion of preferred stock, our April 2012 redemption of $306 million of trust preferred securities, our May 2012 redemption of $500 million of trust preferred securities, and our June 2012 announcement of the July 2012 redemption of $450 million of trust preferred securities and $518 million of enhanced trust preferred securities. We repurchased approximately $50 million of common stock under PNC’s existing common stock repurchase program during the second quarter of 2012.

Parent Company Liquidity – Sources

The principal source of parent company liquidity is the dividends it receives from its subsidiary bank, which may be impacted by the following:

   

Bank-level capital needs,

   

Laws and regulations,

   

Corporate policies,

   

Contractual restrictions, and

   

Other factors.

The amount available for dividend payments by PNC Bank, N.A. to the parent company without prior regulatory approval was approximately $1.3 billion at June 30, 2012. There are statutory and regulatory limitations on the ability of national banks to pay dividends or make other capital distributions or to extend credit to the parent company or its non-bank subsidiaries. See Note 21 Regulatory Matters in the Notes To

 

 

The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – Form 10-Q    63


Table of Contents

Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8 of our 2011 Form 10-K for a further discussion of these limitations. Dividends may also be impacted by the bank’s capital needs and by contractual restrictions. We provide additional information on certain contractual restrictions under the “Trust Preferred Securities” section of the Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements And Variable Interest Entities section of this Financial Review and in Note 13 Capital Securities of Subsidiary Trusts and Perpetual Trust Securities in the Notes To Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8 of our 2011 Form 10-K.

In addition to dividends from PNC Bank, N.A., other sources of parent company liquidity include cash and investments, as well as dividends and loan repayments from other subsidiaries and dividends or distributions from equity investments. As of June 30, 2012, the parent company had approximately $3.2 billion in funds available from its cash and investments.

We can also generate liquidity for the parent company and PNC’s non-bank subsidiaries through the issuance of debt securities and equity securities, including certain capital securities, in public or private markets and commercial paper. We have effective shelf registration statements pursuant to which we can issue additional debt and equity securities, including certain hybrid capital instruments. Total senior and subordinated debt and hybrid capital instruments decreased to $12.6 billion at June 30, 2012 from $16.0 billion at December 31, 2011 due to $3.0 billion in maturities and $816 million in redemptions partially offset by $1.0 billion in new borrowings.

During 2012 we issued the following securities under our shelf registration statement:

   

$1.0 billion of senior notes issued March 8, 2012 and due March 2022. Interest is paid semi-annually at a fixed rate of 3.30%. The offering resulted in gross proceeds to us, before offering related expenses, of $990 million,

   

Sixty million depositary shares, each representing a 1/4,000th interest in a share of our Fixed-to-Floating Rate Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series P, issued April 24, 2012, resulting in gross proceeds to us, before commissions and expenses, of $1.5 billion.

The parent company, through its subsidiary PNC Funding Corp, has the ability to offer up to $3.0 billion of commercial paper to provide additional liquidity. As of June 30, 2012, there were no issuances outstanding under this program.

Note 18 Equity in Item 8 of our 2011 Form 10-K describes the 16,885,192 warrants we have outstanding, each to purchase one share of PNC common stock at an exercise price of $67.33 per share. These warrants were sold by the US Treasury in a secondary public offering in May 2010 after the US Treasury exchanged its TARP Warrant. These warrants will expire December 31, 2018.

Status of Credit Ratings

The cost and availability of short-term and long-term funding, as well as collateral requirements for certain derivative instruments, is influenced by PNC’s debt ratings.

In general, rating agencies base their ratings on many quantitative and qualitative factors, including capital adequacy, liquidity, asset quality, business mix, level and quality of earnings, and the current legislative and regulatory environment, including implied government support. In addition, rating agencies themselves have been subject to scrutiny arising from the financial crisis and could make or be required to make substantial changes to their ratings policies and practices, particularly in response to legislative and regulatory changes, including as a result of provisions in Dodd-Frank. Potential changes in the legislative and regulatory environment and the timing of those changes could impact our ratings, which as noted above, could impact our liquidity and financial condition. A decrease, or potential decrease, in credit ratings could impact access to the capital markets and/or increase the cost of debt, and thereby adversely affect liquidity and financial condition.

 

Table 45: Credit ratings as of June 30, 2012 for PNC and PNC Bank, N.A.

 

     Moody’s     Standard &
Poor’s
    Fitch  

The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc.

       

Senior debt

    A3        A-        A+   

Subordinated debt

    Baa1        BBB+        A   

Preferred stock

    Baa3        BBB        BBB-   
 

PNC Bank, N.A.

       

Subordinated debt

    A3        A-        A   

Long-term deposits

    A2        A        AA-   

Short-term deposits

    P-1        A-1        F1+   
 

 

64    The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – Form 10-Q


Table of Contents

Commitments

The following tables set forth contractual obligations and various other commitments as of June 30, 2012 representing required and potential cash outflows.

Table 46: Contractual Obligations

 

            Payment Due By Period  
June 30, 2012 – in millions    Total     Less than one
year
     One to three
years
     Four to five
years
     After five
years
 

Remaining contractual maturities of time deposits (a)

   $ 30,816     $ 21,981      $ 5,045      $ 1,948      $ 1,842  

Borrowed funds (a) (b)

     43,689       24,772        5,199        5,339        8,379  

Minimum annual rentals on noncancellable leases

     2,762       382        653        472        1,255  

Nonqualified pension and postretirement benefits

     558       64        122        116        256  

Purchase obligations (c)

     604       385        147        43        29  

Total contractual cash obligations

   $ 78,429     $ 47,584      $ 11,166      $ 7,918      $ 11,761  
(a) Includes purchase accounting adjustments.
(b) Includes basis adjustment relating to accounting hedges.
(c) Includes purchase obligations for goods and services covered by noncancellable contracts and contracts including cancellation fees.

At June 30, 2012, unrecognized tax benefits totaled $231 million. This liability for unrecognized tax benefits represents an estimate of tax positions that we have taken in our tax returns which ultimately may not be sustained upon examination by taxing authorities. Since the ultimate amount and timing of any future cash settlements cannot be predicted with reasonable certainty, this estimated liability has been excluded from the contractual obligations table. See Note 16 Income Taxes in the Notes To Consolidated Financial Statements of this Report for additional information.

Our contractual obligations totaled $72.0 billion at December 31, 2011. The increase in the comparison is primarily attributable to the increase in borrowed funds. See the Funding and Capital Sources section in the Consolidated Balance Sheet Review section of this Financial Review for additional information.

Table 47: Other Commitments (a)

 

            Amount Of Commitment Expiration By Period  
June 30, 2012 – in millions    Total
Amounts
Committed
    Less than one
year
     One to three
years
     Four to five
years
     After five
years
 

Net unfunded credit commitments

   $ 113,636     $ 49,958      $ 35,422      $ 27,805      $ 451  

Standby letters of credit (b)

     11,311       5,074        4,705        1,458        74  

Reinsurance agreements (c)

     6,004       2,771        92        46        3,095  

Other commitments (d)

     713       459        177        73        4  

Total commitments

   $ 131,664     $ 58,262      $ 40,396      $ 29,382      $ 3,624  
(a) Other commitments are funding commitments that could potentially require performance in the event of demands by third parties or contingent events. Loan commitments are reported net of syndications, assignments and participations.
(b) Includes $7.3 billion of standby letters of credit that support remarketing programs for customers’ variable rate demand notes.
(c) Reinsurance agreements are with third-party insurers related to insurance sold to our customers. Balances represent estimates based on availability of financial information.
(d) Includes unfunded commitments related to private equity investments of $215 million and other investments of $3 million that are not on our Consolidated Balance Sheet. Also includes commitments related to tax credit investments of $447 million and other direct equity investments of $48 million that are included in Other liabilities on our Consolidated Balance Sheet.

 

The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – Form 10-Q    65


Table of Contents

MARKET RISK MANAGEMENT

Market risk is the risk of a loss in earnings or economic value due to adverse movements in market factors such as interest rates, credit spreads, foreign exchange rates, and equity prices. We are exposed to market risk primarily by our involvement in the following activities, among others:

   

Traditional banking activities of taking deposits and extending loans,

   

Equity and other investments and activities whose economic values are directly impacted by market factors, and

   

Fixed income, equities, derivatives, and foreign exchange activities, as a result of customer activities and underwriting.

We have established enterprise-wide policies and methodologies to identify, measure, monitor, and report market risk. Market Risk Management provides independent oversight by monitoring compliance with these limits and guidelines, and reporting significant risks in the business to the Risk Committee of the Board.

Market Risk Management – Interest Rate Risk

Interest rate risk results primarily from our traditional banking activities of gathering deposits and extending loans. Many factors, including economic and financial conditions, movements in interest rates, and consumer preferences, affect the difference between the interest that we earn on assets and the interest that we pay on liabilities and the level of our noninterest-bearing funding sources. Due to the repricing term mismatches and embedded options inherent in certain of these products, changes in market interest rates not only affect expected near-term earnings, but also the economic values of these assets and liabilities.

Asset and Liability Management centrally manages interest rate risk as set forth in our risk management policies approved by management’s Asset and Liability Committee and the Risk Committee of the Board.

Sensitivity results and market interest rate benchmarks for the second quarters of 2012 and 2011 follow:

Table 48: Interest Sensitivity Analysis

 

      Second
Quarter
2012
    Second
Quarter
2011
 

Net Interest Income Sensitivity Simulation

      

Effect on net interest income in first year from gradual interest rate change over following 12 months of:

      

100 basis point increase

     2.5     1.4

100 basis point decrease (a)

     (1.9 )%      (1.1 )% 

Effect on net interest income in second year from gradual interest rate change over the preceding 12 months of:

      

100 basis point increase

     7.9     4.5

100 basis point decrease (a)

     (5.1 )%      (3.8 )% 

Duration of Equity Model (a)

      

Base case duration of equity (in years):

     (8.2     (1.0

Key Period-End Interest Rates

      

One-month LIBOR

     .25     .19

Three-year swap

     .62     1.15
(a) Given the inherent limitations in certain of these measurement tools and techniques, results become less meaningful as interest rates approach zero.

In addition to measuring the effect on net interest income assuming parallel changes in current interest rates, we routinely simulate the effects of a number of nonparallel interest rate environments. The following Net Interest Income Sensitivity to Alternative Rate Scenarios table reflects the percentage change in net interest income over the next two 12-month periods assuming (i) the PNC Economist’s most likely rate forecast, (ii) implied market forward rates, and (iii) Yield Curve Slope Flattening (a 100 basis point yield curve slope flattening between 1-month and ten-year rates superimposed on current base rates) scenario.

Table 49: Net Interest Income Sensitivity to Alternative Rate Scenarios (Second Quarter 2012)

 

      PNC
Economist
     Market
Forward
     Slope
Flattening
 

First year sensitivity

     —        .7      (1.0 )% 

Second year sensitivity

     2.2      2.1      (3.9 )% 

All changes in forecasted net interest income are relative to results in a base rate scenario where current market rates are assumed to remain unchanged over the forecast horizon.

When forecasting net interest income, we make assumptions about interest rates and the shape of the yield curve, the volume and characteristics of new business, and the behavior of existing on- and off-balance sheet positions. These assumptions determine the future level of simulated net interest income in the base interest rate scenario and the other

 

 

66    The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – Form 10-Q


Table of Contents

interest rate scenarios presented in the above table. These simulations assume that as assets and liabilities mature, they are replaced or repriced at then current market rates. We also consider forward projections of purchase accounting accretion when forecasting net interest income.

The following graph presents the yield curves for the base rate scenario and each of the alternate scenarios one year forward.

Table 50: Alternate Interest Rate Scenarios: One Year Forward

 

LOGO

The second quarter 2012 interest sensitivity analyses indicate that our Consolidated Balance Sheet is positioned to benefit from an increase in interest rates and an upward sloping interest rate yield curve. We believe that we have the deposit funding base and balance sheet flexibility to adjust, where appropriate and permissible, to changing interest rates and market conditions.

Market Risk Management – Trading Risk

Our trading activities are primarily customer-driven trading in fixed income securities, derivatives and foreign exchange contracts, as well as the daily mark-to-market impact from the credit valuation adjustment (CVA) on the customer derivatives portfolio. They also include the underwriting of fixed income and equity securities.

We use value-at-risk (VaR) as the primary means to measure and monitor market risk in trading activities. We calculate a diversified VaR at a 95% confidence interval. VaR is used to estimate the probability of portfolio losses based on the statistical analysis of historical market risk factors.

We believe a diversified VaR is a better representation of risk than a non-diversified VaR as it reflects empirical correlations across different asset classes. PNC began to include the daily

mark-to-market impact from the CVA in determining the diversified VaR measure during the first quarter of 2012 and comparative periods are stated on a comparable basis.

During the first six months of 2012, our 95% VaR ranged between $2.5 million and $5.3 million, averaging $3.9 million. During the first six months of 2011, our 95% VaR ranged between $2.1 million and $4.8 million, averaging $3.6 million.

To help ensure the integrity of the models used to calculate VaR for each portfolio and enterprise-wide, we use a process known as backtesting. The backtesting process consists of comparing actual observations of trading-related gains or losses against the VaR levels that were calculated at the close of the prior day. Over a normal business cycle, we would expect an average of twelve to thirteen instances a year in which actual losses exceeded the prior day VaR measure at the enterprise-wide level at a 95% confidence interval. This assumes that market exposures remain constant throughout the day and that recent historical market variability is a good predictor of future variability. Also, including customer revenue and intraday hedging helps to reduce trading losses and may reduce the number of instances of actual losses exceeding the prior day VaR measure. There were two such instances during the first six months of 2012 under our diversified VaR measure. In comparison, there were no such instances during the first six months of 2011. We use a 500 day look back period for backtesting and include customer related revenue.

The following graph shows a comparison of enterprise-wide trading-related gains and losses against prior day diversified VaR for the period.

Table 51: Enterprise-Wide Trading-Related Gains/Losses Versus Value at Risk

 

LOGO

 

 

The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – Form 10-Q    67


Table of Contents

Total trading revenue was as follows:

Table 52: Trading Revenue

 

Six months ended June 30

In millions

   2012      2011  

Net interest income

   $ 20      $ 22  

Noninterest income

     105        108  

Total trading revenue

   $ 125      $ 130  

Securities underwriting and trading (a)

   $ 43      $ 45  

Foreign exchange

     47        36  

Financial derivatives and other

     35        49  

Total trading revenue

   $ 125      $ 130  
     

Three months ended June 30

In millions

   2012      2011  

Net interest income

   $ 11      $ 11  

Noninterest income

     33        58  

Total trading revenue

   $ 44      $ 69  

Securities underwriting and trading (a)

   $ 18      $ 29  

Foreign exchange

     27        19  

Financial derivatives and other

     (1      21  

Total trading revenue

   $ 44      $ 69  
(a) Includes changes in fair value for certain loans accounted for at fair value.

The trading revenue disclosed above includes results from providing investing and risk management services to our customers as well as results from hedges of customer activity. Trading revenue excludes the impact of economic hedging activities which we transact to manage risk primarily related to residential and commercial mortgage servicing rights, residential and commercial mortgage loans held-for-sale, and certain residential mortgage-backed agency securities with embedded derivatives. Derivatives used for economic hedges are not designated as accounting hedges because the contracts they are hedging are typically also carried at fair value on the balance sheet, resulting in symmetrical accounting treatment for both the hedging instrument and the hedged item. Economic hedge results, along with the associated hedged items, are reported in the respective income statement line items, as appropriate.

Trading revenue for the first six months of 2012 decreased $5 million compared with the first six months of 2011 primarily due to the increased impact of counterparty credit risk on valuations of customer derivative positions and to a lesser extent, lower underwriting activity. These decreases were partially offset by higher derivative, foreign exchange, and securities client sales revenue and improved client related trading results.

Trading revenue for the second quarter of 2012 decreased $25 million compared with the second quarter of 2011 primarily due to the increased impact of counterparty credit risk on valuations of customer derivative positions and to a lesser extent, lower underwriting activity. These decreases

were partially offset by higher derivative and foreign exchange client sales revenues and improved client related trading results.

Market Risk Management – Equity And Other Investment Risk

Equity investment risk is the risk of potential losses associated with investing in both private and public equity markets. PNC invests primarily in private equity markets. In addition to extending credit, taking deposits, and underwriting and trading financial instruments, we make and manage direct investments in a variety of transactions, including management buyouts, recapitalizations, and growth financings in a variety of industries. We also have investments in affiliated and non-affiliated funds that make similar investments in private equity and in debt and equity-oriented hedge funds. The economic and/or book value of these investments and other assets such as loan servicing rights are directly affected by changes in market factors.

The primary risk measurement for equity and other investments is economic capital. Economic capital is a common measure of risk for credit, market and operational risk. It is an estimate of the potential value depreciation over a one year horizon commensurate with solvency expectations of an institution rated single-A by the credit rating agencies. Given the illiquid nature of many of these types of investments, it can be a challenge to determine their fair values. See Note 9 Fair Value in the Notes To Consolidated Financial Statements in this Report for additional information.

Various PNC business units manage our equity and other investment activities. Our businesses are responsible for making investment decisions within the approved policy limits and associated guidelines.

A summary of our equity investments follows:

Table 53: Equity Investments Summary

 

In millions    June 30
2012
     Dec. 31
2011
 

BlackRock

   $ 5,397      $ 5,291  

Tax credit investments

     2,905        2,646  

Private equity

     1,621        1,491  

Visa

     459        456  

Other

     235        250  

Total

   $ 10,617      $ 10,134  

BlackRock

PNC owned approximately 36 million common stock equivalent shares of BlackRock equity at June 30, 2012, accounted for under the equity method. The primary risk measurement, similar to other equity investments, is economic capital. The Business Segments Review section of this Financial Review includes additional information about BlackRock.

 

 

68    The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – Form 10-Q


Table of Contents

Tax Credit Investments

Included in our equity investments are tax credit investments which are accounted for under the equity method. These investments, as well as equity investments held by consolidated partnerships, totaled $2.9 billion at June 30, 2012 and $2.6 billion at December 31, 2011.

Private Equity

The private equity portfolio is an illiquid portfolio comprised of mezzanine and equity investments that vary by industry, stage and type of investment.

Private equity investments carried at estimated fair value totaled $1.6 billion at June 30, 2012 and $1.5 billion at December 31, 2011. As of June 30, 2012, $957 million was invested directly in a variety of companies and $664 million was invested indirectly through various private equity funds. Included in direct investments are investment activities of two private equity funds that are consolidated for financial reporting purposes. The noncontrolling interests of these funds totaled $250 million as of June 30, 2012. The indirect private equity funds are not redeemable, but PNC receives distributions over the life of the partnership from liquidation of the underlying investments by the investee. See Item 1 Business – Supervision and Regulation and Item 1A Risk Factors included in our 2011 Form 10-K for discussion of potential impacts of the Volcker Rule provisions of Dodd-Frank on our holding interests in and sponsorship of private equity or hedge funds.

Our unfunded commitments related to private equity totaled $215 million at June 30, 2012 compared with $247 million at December 31, 2011.

Visa

At June 30, 2012, our investment in Visa Class B common shares totaled approximately 23 million shares and was recorded at $459 million. Based on the June 30, 2012 closing price of $123.63 for the Visa Class A shares, the market value of our total investment was approximately $1.2 billion at the current conversion ratio which considers all litigation funding by Visa to date. The Visa Class B common shares we own generally will not be transferable, except under limited circumstances, until they can be converted into shares of the publicly traded class of stock, which cannot happen until the settlement of all of the specified litigation. It is expected that Visa will continue to adjust the conversion ratio of Visa Class B to Class A shares in connection with any settlements in excess of any amounts then in escrow for that purpose and will also reduce the conversion ratio to the extent that it adds any funds to the escrow in the future.

Our 2011 Form 10-K has additional information regarding the October 2007 Visa restructuring, our involvement with judgment and loss sharing agreements with Visa and certain other banks, and the status of pending interchange litigation.

See Note 17 Legal Proceedings and Note 18 Commitments and Guarantees in our Notes To Consolidated Financial Statements of this Report for additional information.

Other Investments

We also make investments in affiliated and non-affiliated funds with both traditional and alternative investment strategies. The economic values could be driven by either the fixed-income market or the equity markets, or both. At June 30, 2012, other investments totaled $235 million compared with $250 million at December 31, 2011. We recognized net gains related to these investments of $13 million during both the first six months of 2012 and 2011, including net losses of $2 million during both the second quarter of 2012 and 2011.

Given the nature of these investments, if market conditions affecting their valuation were to worsen, we could incur future losses.

Our unfunded commitments related to other investments totaled $3 million at both June 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011.

Financial Derivatives

We use a variety of financial derivatives as part of the overall asset and liability risk management process to help manage exposure to interest rate, market and credit risk inherent in our business activities. Substantially all such instruments are used to manage risk related to changes in interest rates. Interest rate and total return swaps, interest rate caps and floors, swaptions, options, forwards and futures contracts are the primary instruments we use for interest rate risk management. We also enter into derivatives with customers to facilitate their risk management activities.

Financial derivatives involve, to varying degrees, interest rate, market and credit risk. For interest rate swaps and total return swaps, options and futures contracts, only periodic cash payments and, with respect to options, premiums are exchanged. Therefore, cash requirements and exposure to credit risk are significantly less than the notional amount on these instruments.

Further information on our financial derivatives is presented in Note 1 Accounting Policies in our Notes To Consolidated Financial Statements under Item 8 of our 2011 Form 10-K and in Note 13 Financial Derivatives in the Notes To Consolidated Financial Statements in this Report, which is incorporated here by reference.

Not all elements of interest rate, market and credit risk are addressed through the use of financial or other derivatives, and such instruments may be ineffective for their intended purposes due to unanticipated market changes, among other reasons.

 

 

The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – Form 10-Q    69


Table of Contents

The following table provides the notional or contractual amounts and estimated net fair value of financial derivatives at June 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011.

Table 54: Financial Derivatives

 

     June 30, 2012      December 31, 2011  
In millions   

Notional/

Contractual

Amount

    

Estimated

Net Fair

Value

    

Notional/

Contractual

Amount

    

Estimated

Net Fair

Value

 

Derivatives designated as hedging instruments under GAAP

             

Interest rate contracts (a)

             

Asset rate conversion

             

Receive fixed swaps

   $ 13,707      $ 551      $ 13,902      $ 529  

Pay fixed swaps (c) (d)

     2,073        (140      1,797        (116

Liability rate conversion

             

Receive fixed swaps

     11,000        1,402        10,476        1,316  

Forward purchase commitments

     1,480        29        2,733        43  

Total interest rate risk management

     28,260        1,842        28,908        1,772  

Foreign exchange contracts

             

FX forward

     590                 326           

Total derivatives designated as hedging instruments (b)

   $ 28,850      $ 1,842      $ 29,234      $ 1,772  

Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments under GAAP

             

Derivatives used for residential mortgage banking activities:

             

Interest rate contracts

             

Swaps

   $ 82,612      $ 416      $ 98,406      $ 454  

Futures

     54,103           64,250       

Future options

     46,000        12        8,000       

Bond options

     950        1        1,250        3  

Swaptions

     8,286        61        10,312        49  

Commitments related to residential mortgage assets

     18,996        72        14,773        59  

Total residential mortgage banking activities

   $ 210,947      $ 562      $ 196,991      $ 565  

Derivatives used for commercial mortgage banking activities:

             

Interest rate contracts

             

Swaps

   $ 1,416      $ (29    $ 1,180      $ (34

Swaptions

           450        3  

Future options (d)

     600        (1        

Commitments related to commercial mortgage assets

     980        13        995        5  

Credit contracts

             

Credit default swaps

     95        4        95        5  

Total commercial mortgage banking activities

   $ 3,091      $ (13    $ 2,720      $ (21

Derivatives used for customer-related activities:

             

Interest rate contracts

             

Swaps

   $ 121,424      $ (125    $ 122,088      $ (214

Caps/floors

             

Sold

     4,370        (4      5,861        (6

Purchased

     4,929        20        5,601        19  

Swaptions

     2,386        77        1,713        63  

Futures

     8,163           6,982       

Commitments related to residential mortgage assets

     1,729           487        (1

Foreign exchange contracts

     11,174        7        11,920        9  

Equity contracts (d)

     185        (4      184        (3

Credit contracts

             

Risk participation agreements

     3,305        1        3,259        1  

Total customer-related

   $ 157,665      $ (28    $ 158,095      $ (132

Derivatives used for other risk management activities:

             

Interest rate contracts

             

Swaps

   $ 787      $ (3    $ 1,704      $ (34

Swaptions

           225        1  

Futures

     632           1,740       

Foreign exchange contracts

     28        (3      25        (4

Equity contracts

     12             

Credit contracts

             

Credit default swaps

     15           209        6  

Other contracts (e)

     354        (275      386        (296

Total other risk management

   $ 1,828      $ (281    $ 4,289      $ (327

Total derivatives not designated as hedging instruments

   $ 373,531      $ 240      $ 362,095      $ 85  

Total Gross Derivatives

   $ 402,381      $ 2,082      $ 391,329      $ 1,857  
(a) The floating rate portion of interest rate contracts is based on money-market indices. As a percent of notional amount, 54% were based on 1-month LIBOR and 46% on 3-month LIBOR at June 30, 2012 compared with 57% and 43%, respectively, at December 31, 2011.
(b) Fair value amount includes net accrued interest receivable of $139 million at June 30, 2012 and $140 million at December 31, 2011.
(c) Includes zero-coupon swaps.
(d) The increases in the negative fair values from December 31, 2011 to June 30, 2012 for pay-fixed swaps, future options and equity contracts were due to the changes in fair values of the existing contracts along with new contracts entered into during the 2012 period and contracts terminated during that period.
(e) Includes PNC’s obligation to fund a portion of certain BlackRock LTIP programs and includes a forward purchase commitment for certain loans upon conversion from a variable rate to a fixed rate.

 

70    The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – Form 10-Q


Table of Contents

INTERNAL CONTROLS AND DISCLOSURE CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

As of June 30, 2012, we performed an evaluation under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including the Chairman and Chief Executive Officer and the Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer, of the effectiveness of the design and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures and of changes in our internal control over financial reporting.

Based on that evaluation, our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer and our Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rule 13a-15(e) under the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, as amended) were effective as of June 30, 2012, and that there has been no change in PNC’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the second quarter of 2012 that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

GLOSSARY OF TERMS

Accretable net interest (Accretable yield) – The excess of cash flows expected to be collected on a purchased impaired loan over the carrying value of the loan. The accretable net interest is recognized into interest income over the remaining life of the loan using the constant effective yield method.

Adjusted average total assets – Primarily comprised of total average quarterly (or annual) assets plus (less) unrealized losses (gains) on investment securities, less goodwill and certain other intangible assets (net of eligible deferred taxes).

Annualized – Adjusted to reflect a full year of activity.

Assets under management – Assets over which we have sole or shared investment authority for our customers/clients. We do not include these assets on our Consolidated Balance Sheet.

Basis point – One hundredth of a percentage point.

Carrying value of purchased impaired loans – The net value on the balance sheet which represents the recorded investment less any valuation allowance.

Cash recoveries – Cash recoveries used in the context of purchased impaired loans represent cash payments from customers that exceeded the recorded investment of the designated impaired loan.

Charge-off – Process of removing a loan or portion of a loan from our balance sheet because it is considered uncollectible. We also record a charge-off when a loan is transferred from portfolio holdings to held for sale by reducing the loan carrying amount to the fair value of the loan, if fair value is less than carrying amount.

Combined loan-to-value ratio (CLTV) – This is the aggregate principal balance(s) of the mortgages on a property divided by its appraised value or purchase price.

Commercial mortgage banking activities – Includes commercial mortgage servicing, originating commercial mortgages for sale and related hedging activities. Commercial mortgage banking activities revenue includes commercial mortgage servicing (including net interest income and noninterest income from loan servicing and ancillary services, net of commercial mortgage servicing rights amortization, and commercial mortgage servicing rights valuations), and revenue derived from commercial mortgage loans intended for sale and related hedges (including loan origination fees, net interest income, valuation adjustments and gains or losses on sales).

Common shareholders’ equity to total assets – Common shareholders’ equity divided by total assets. Common shareholders’ equity equals total shareholders’ equity less the liquidation value of preferred stock.

Core net interest income – Total net interest income less purchase accounting accretion.

Credit derivatives – Contractual agreements, primarily credit default swaps, that provide protection against a credit event of one or more referenced credits. The nature of a credit event is established by the protection buyer and protection seller at the inception of a transaction, and such events include bankruptcy, insolvency and failure to meet payment obligations when due. The buyer of the credit derivative pays a periodic fee in return for a payment by the protection seller upon the occurrence, if any, of a credit event.

Credit spread – The difference in yield between debt issues of similar maturity. The excess of yield attributable to credit spread is often used as a measure of relative creditworthiness, with a reduction in the credit spread reflecting an improvement in the borrower’s perceived creditworthiness.

Derivatives – Financial contracts whose value is derived from changes in publicly traded securities, interest rates, currency exchange rates or market indices. Derivatives cover a wide assortment of financial contracts, including but not limited to forward contracts, futures, options and swaps.

Duration of equity – An estimate of the rate sensitivity of our economic value of equity. A negative duration of equity is associated with asset sensitivity (i.e., positioned for rising interest rates), while a positive value implies liability sensitivity (i.e., positioned for declining interest rates). For example, if the duration of equity is +1.5 years, the economic value of equity declines by 1.5% for each 100 basis point increase in interest rates.

Earning assets – Assets that generate income, which include: Federal funds sold; resale agreements; trading securities;

 

 

The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – Form 10-Q    71


Table of Contents

interest-earning deposits with banks; loans held for sale; loans; investment securities; and certain other assets.

Economic capital – Represents the amount of resources that a business or business segment should hold to guard against potentially large losses that could cause insolvency and is based on a measurement of economic risk. The economic capital measurement process involves converting a risk distribution to the capital that is required to support the risk, consistent with our target credit rating. As such, economic risk serves as a “common currency” of risk that allows us to compare different risks on a similar basis.

Effective duration – A measurement, expressed in years, that, when multiplied by a change in interest rates, would approximate the percentage change in value of on- and off- balance sheet positions.

Efficiency – Noninterest expense divided by total revenue.

Fair value – The price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date.

FICO score – A credit bureau-based industry standard score created by Fair Isaac Co. which predicts the likelihood of borrower default. We use FICO scores both in underwriting and assessing credit risk in our consumer lending portfolio. Lower FICO scores indicate likely higher risk of default, while higher FICO scores indicate likely lower risk of default. FICO scores are updated on a periodic basis.

Foreign exchange contracts – Contracts that provide for the future receipt and delivery of foreign currency at previously agreed-upon terms.

Funds transfer pricing – A management accounting methodology designed to recognize the net interest income effects of sources and uses of funds provided by the assets and liabilities of a business segment. We assign these balances LIBOR-based funding rates at origination that represent the interest cost for us to raise/invest funds with similar maturity and repricing structures.

Futures and forward contracts – Contracts in which the buyer agrees to purchase and the seller agrees to deliver a specific financial instrument at a predetermined price or yield. May be settled either in cash or by delivery of the underlying financial instrument.

GAAP – Accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

Home price index (HPI) – A broad measure of the movement of single-family house prices in the U.S.

Interest rate floors and caps – Interest rate protection instruments that involve payment from the protection seller to the protection buyer of an interest differential, which

represents the difference between a short-term rate (e.g., three-month LIBOR) and an agreed-upon rate (the strike rate) applied to a notional principal amount.

Interest rate swap contracts – Contracts that are entered into primarily as an asset/liability management strategy to reduce interest rate risk. Interest rate swap contracts are exchanges of interest rate payments, such as fixed-rate payments for floating-rate payments, based on notional principal amounts.

Intrinsic value – The difference between the price, if any, required to be paid for stock issued pursuant to an equity compensation arrangement and the fair market value of the underlying stock.

Investment securities – Collectively, securities available for sale and securities held to maturity.

Leverage ratio – Tier 1 risk-based capital divided by adjusted average total assets.

LIBOR – Acronym for London InterBank Offered Rate. LIBOR is the average interest rate charged when banks in the London wholesale money market (or interbank market) borrow unsecured funds from each other. LIBOR rates are used as a benchmark for interest rates on a global basis. PNC’s product set includes loans priced using LIBOR as a benchmark.

Loan-to-value ratio (LTV) – A calculation of a loan’s collateral coverage that is used both in underwriting and assessing credit risk in our lending portfolio. LTV is the sum total of loan obligations secured by collateral divided by the market value of that same collateral. Market values of the collateral are based on an independent valuation of the collateral. For example, an LTV of less than 90% is better secured and has less credit risk than an LTV of greater than or equal to 90%.

Loss given default (LGD)An estimate of recovery based on collateral type, collateral value, loan exposure, or the guarantor(s) quality and guaranty type (full or partial). Each loan has its own LGD. The LGD risk rating measures the percentage of exposure of a specific credit obligation that we expect to lose if default occurs. LGD is net of recovery, through either liquidation of collateral or deficiency judgments rendered from foreclosure or bankruptcy proceedings.

Net interest margin – Annualized taxable-equivalent net interest income divided by average earning assets.

Nonaccretable difference – Contractually required payments receivable on a purchased impaired loan in excess of the cash flows expected to be collected.

Nondiscretionary assets under administration – Assets we hold for our customers/clients in a non-discretionary, custodial

 

 

72    The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – Form 10-Q


Table of Contents

capacity. We do not include these assets on our Consolidated Balance Sheet.

Nonperforming assets – Nonperforming assets include nonperforming loans, TDRs, and OREO and foreclosed assets, but exclude certain government insured or guaranteed loans, loans held for sale, loans accounted for under fair value option and purchased impaired loans. We do not accrue interest income on assets classified as nonperforming.

Nonperforming loans – Loans for which we do not accrue interest income. Nonperforming loans include loans to commercial, commercial real estate, equipment lease financing, home equity, residential real estate, credit card and other consumer customers as well as TDRs which have not returned to performing status. Nonperforming loans exclude certain government insured or guaranteed loans, loans held for sale, loans accounted for under the fair value option and purchased impaired loans. Nonperforming loans exclude purchased impaired loans as we are currently accreting interest income over the expected life of the loans.

Notional amount – A number of currency units, shares, or other units specified in a derivative contract.

Operating leverage – The period to period dollar or percentage change in total revenue (GAAP basis) less the dollar or percentage change in noninterest expense. A positive variance indicates that revenue growth exceeded expense growth (i.e., positive operating leverage) while a negative variance implies expense growth exceeded revenue growth (i.e., negative operating leverage).

Options – Contracts that grant the purchaser, for a premium payment, the right, but not the obligation, to either purchase or sell the associated financial instrument at a set price during a specified period or at a specified date in the future.

Other real estate owned (OREO) and foreclosed assets – Assets taken in settlement of troubled loans primarily through deed-in-lieu of foreclosure or foreclosure. Foreclosed assets include real and personal property, equity interests in corporations, partnerships, and limited liability companies.

Other-than-temporary impairment (OTTI) – When the fair value of a security is less than its amortized cost basis, an assessment is performed to determine whether the impairment is other-than-temporary. If we intend to sell the security or more likely than not will be required to sell the security before recovery of its amortized cost basis less any current-period credit loss, an other-than-temporary impairment is considered to have occurred. In such cases, an other-than-temporary impairment is recognized in earnings equal to the entire difference between the investment’s amortized cost basis and its fair value at the balance sheet date. Further, if we do not expect to recover the entire amortized cost of the security, an other-than-temporary impairment is considered to have

occurred. However for debt securities, if we do not intend to sell the security and it is not more likely than not that we will be required to sell the security before its recovery, the other-than-temporary loss is separated into (a) the amount representing the credit loss, and (b) the amount related to all other factors. The other-than-temporary impairment related to credit losses is recognized in earnings while the amount related to all other factors is recognized in other comprehensive income, net of tax.

Parent company liquidity coverage – Liquid assets divided by funding obligations within a two year period.

Pretax earnings – Income from continuing operations before income taxes and noncontrolling interests.

Pretax, pre-provision earnings – Total revenue less noninterest expense.

Primary client relationship – A corporate banking client relationship with annual revenue generation of $10,000 to $50,000 or more, and for Asset Management Group, a client relationship with annual revenue generation of $10,000 or more.

Probability of default (PD) – An internal risk rating that indicates the likelihood that a credit obligor will enter into default status.

Purchase accounting accretion – Accretion of the discounts and premiums on acquired assets and liabilities. The purchase accounting accretion is recognized in net interest income over the weighted-average life of the financial instruments using the constant effective yield method. Accretion for purchased impaired loans includes any cash recoveries received in excess of the recorded investment.

Purchased impaired loans – Acquired loans determined to be credit impaired under FASB ASC 310-30 (AICPA SOP 03-3). Loans are determined to be impaired if there is evidence of credit deterioration since origination and for which it is probable that all contractually required payments will not be collected.

Recorded investment – The initial investment of a purchased impaired loan plus interest accretion and less any cash payments and writedowns to date. The recorded investment excludes any valuation allowance which is included in our allowance for loan and lease losses.

Recovery – Cash proceeds received on a loan that we had previously charged off. We credit the amount received to the allowance for loan and lease losses.

Residential development loans – Project-specific loans to commercial customers for the construction or development of residential real estate including land, single family homes,

 

 

The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – Form 10-Q    73


Table of Contents

condominiums and other residential properties. This would exclude loans to commercial customers where proceeds are for general corporate purposes whether or not such facilities are secured.

Residential mortgage servicing rights hedge gains/(losses), net – We have elected to measure acquired or originated residential mortgage servicing rights (MSRs) at fair value under GAAP. We employ a risk management strategy designed to protect the economic value of MSRs from changes in interest rates. This strategy utilizes securities and a portfolio of derivative instruments to hedge changes in the fair value of MSRs arising from changes in interest rates. These financial instruments are expected to have changes in fair value which are negatively correlated to the change in fair value of the MSR portfolio. Net MSR hedge gains/(losses) represent the change in the fair value of MSRs, exclusive of changes due to time decay and payoffs, combined with the change in the fair value of the associated securities and derivative instruments.

Return on average assets – Annualized net income divided by average assets.

Return on average capital – Annualized net income divided by average capital.

Return on average common shareholders’ equity – Annualized net income less preferred stock dividends, including preferred stock discount accretion and redemptions, divided by average common shareholders’ equity.

Risk-weighted assets – Computed by the assignment of specific risk-weights (as defined by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System) to assets and off-balance sheet instruments.

Securitization – The process of legally transforming financial assets into securities.

Servicing rights – An intangible asset or liability created by an obligation to service assets for others. Typical servicing rights include the right to receive a fee for collecting and forwarding payments on loans and related taxes and insurance premiums held in escrow.

Swaptions – Contracts that grant the purchaser, for a premium payment, the right, but not the obligation, to enter into an interest rate swap agreement during a specified period or at a specified date in the future.

Taxable-equivalent interest – The interest income earned on certain assets is completely or partially exempt from Federal income tax. As such, these tax-exempt instruments typically yield lower returns than taxable investments. To provide more meaningful comparisons of yields and margins for all interest-earning assets, we use interest income on a taxable-equivalent basis in calculating average yields and net interest margins by

increasing the interest income earned on tax-exempt assets to make it fully equivalent to interest income earned on other taxable investments. This adjustment is not permitted under GAAP on the Consolidated Income Statement.

Tier 1 common capital – Tier 1 risk-based capital, less preferred equity, less trust preferred capital securities, and less noncontrolling interests.

Tier 1 common capital ratio – Tier 1 common capital divided by period-end risk-weighted assets.

Tier 1 risk-based capital – Total shareholders’ equity, plus trust preferred capital securities, plus certain noncontrolling interests that are held by others; less goodwill and certain other intangible assets (net of eligible deferred taxes relating to taxable and nontaxable combinations), less equity investments in nonfinancial companies less ineligible servicing assets and less net unrealized holding losses on available for sale equity securities. Net unrealized holding gains on available for sale equity securities, net unrealized holding gains (losses) on available for sale debt securities and net unrealized holding gains (losses) on cash flow hedge derivatives are excluded from total shareholders’ equity for Tier 1 risk-based capital purposes.

Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio – Tier 1 risk-based capital divided by period-end risk-weighted assets.

Total equity – Total shareholders’ equity plus noncontrolling interests.

Total return swap – A non-traditional swap where one party agrees to pay the other the “total return” of a defined underlying asset (e.g., a loan), usually in return for receiving a stream of LIBOR-based cash flows. The total returns of the asset, including interest and any default shortfall, are passed through to the counterparty. The counterparty is therefore assuming the credit and economic risk of the underlying asset.

Total risk-based capital – Tier 1 risk-based capital plus qualifying subordinated debt and trust preferred securities, other noncontrolling interest not qualified as Tier 1, eligible gains on available for sale equity securities and the allowance for loan and lease losses, subject to certain limitations.

Total risk-based capital ratio – Total risk-based capital divided by period-end risk-weighted assets.

Transaction deposits – The sum of interest-bearing money market deposits, interest-bearing demand deposits, and noninterest-bearing deposits.

Troubled debt restructuring (TDR) – A loan whose terms have been restructured in a manner that grants a concession to a borrower experiencing financial difficulties.

 

 

74    The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – Form 10-Q


Table of Contents

Value-at-risk (VaR) – A statistically-based measure of risk that describes the amount of potential loss which may be incurred due to severe and adverse market movements. The measure is of the maximum loss which should not be exceeded on 95 out of 100 days for a 95% VaR.

Watchlist – A list of criticized loans, credit exposure or other assets compiled for internal monitoring purposes. We define criticized exposure for this purpose as exposure with an internal risk rating of other assets especially mentioned, substandard, doubtful or loss.

Yield curve – A graph showing the relationship between the yields on financial instruments or market indices of the same credit quality with different maturities. For example, a “normal” or “positive” yield curve exists when long-term bonds have higher yields than short-term bonds. A “flat” yield curve exists when yields are the same for short-term and long-term bonds. A “steep” yield curve exists when yields on long-term bonds are significantly higher than on short-term bonds. An “inverted” or “negative” yield curve exists when short-term bonds have higher yields than long-term bonds.

CAUTIONARY STATEMENT REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING INFORMATION

We make statements in this Report, and we may from time to time make other statements, regarding our outlook for earnings, revenues, expenses, capital levels and ratios, liquidity levels, asset levels, asset quality, financial position, and other matters regarding or affecting PNC and its future business and operations that are forward-looking statements within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act. Forward-looking statements are typically identified by words such as “believe,” “plan,” “expect,” “anticipate,” “see,” “look,” “intend,” “outlook,” “project,” “forecast,” “estimate,” “goal,” “will,” “should” and other similar words and expressions. Forward-looking statements are subject to numerous assumptions, risks and uncertainties, which change over time.

Forward-looking statements speak only as of the date made. We do not assume any duty and do not undertake to update forward-looking statements. Actual results or future events could differ, possibly materially, from those anticipated in forward-looking statements, as well as from historical performance.

Our forward-looking statements are subject to the following principal risks and uncertainties.

 

Our businesses, financial results and balance sheet values are affected by business and economic conditions, including the following:

   

Changes in interest rates and valuations in debt, equity and other financial markets.

   

Disruptions in the liquidity and other functioning of U.S. and global financial markets.

   

The impact on financial markets and the economy of any changes in the credit ratings of U.S. Treasury obligations and other U.S. government-backed debt, as well as issues surrounding the level of U.S. and European government debt and concerns regarding the creditworthiness of certain sovereign governments, supranationals and financial institutions in Europe.

   

Actions by Federal Reserve, U.S. Treasury and other government agencies, including those that impact money supply and market interest rates.

   

Changes in customers’, suppliers’ and other counterparties’ performance and creditworthiness.

   

Slowing or failure of the current moderate economic expansion.

   

Continued effects of aftermath of recessionary conditions and uneven spread of positive impacts of recovery on the economy and our counterparties, including adverse impacts on levels of unemployment, loan utilization rates, delinquencies, defaults and counterparty ability to meet credit and other obligations.

   

Changes in customer preferences and behavior, whether due to changing business and economic conditions, legislative and regulatory initiatives, or other factors.

 

Our forward-looking financial statements are subject to the risk that economic and financial market conditions will be substantially different than we are currently expecting. These statements are based on our current view that the moderate economic expansion will persist in 2012 and interest rates will remain very low.

 

Legal and regulatory developments could have an impact on our ability to operate our businesses, financial condition, results of operations, competitive position, reputation, or pursuit of attractive acquisition opportunities. Reputational impacts could affect matters such as business generation and retention, liquidity, funding, and ability to attract and retain management. These developments could include:

   

Changes resulting from legislative and regulatory reforms, including major reform of the regulatory oversight structure of the financial services industry and changes to laws and regulations involving tax, pension, bankruptcy, consumer protection, and other industry aspects, and changes in accounting policies and principles. We will be impacted by extensive reforms provided for in the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (the “Dodd-Frank Act”) and otherwise growing out of the recent financial crisis, the precise nature, extent and timing of which, and their impact on us, remains uncertain.

   

Changes to regulations governing bank capital and liquidity standards, including due to the Dodd-Frank Act and to Basel-related initiatives.

 

 

The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – Form 10-Q    75


Table of Contents
   

Unfavorable resolution of legal proceedings or other claims and regulatory and other governmental investigations or other inquiries. In addition to matters relating to PNC’s business and activities, such matters may include proceedings, claims, investigations, or inquiries relating to pre-acquisition business and activities of acquired companies, such as National City. These matters may result in monetary judgments or settlements or other remedies, including fines, penalties, restitution or alterations in our business practices, and in additional expenses and collateral costs, and may cause reputational harm to PNC.

   

Results of the regulatory examination and supervision process, including our failure to satisfy requirements of agreements with governmental agencies.

   

Impact on business and operating results of any costs associated with obtaining rights in intellectual property claimed by others and of adequacy of our intellectual property protection in general.

 

Business and operating results are affected by our ability to identify and effectively manage risks inherent in our businesses, including, where appropriate, through effective use of third-party insurance, derivatives, and capital management techniques, and to meet evolving regulatory capital standards. In particular, our results currently depend on our ability to manage elevated levels of impaired assets.

 

Business and operating results also include impacts relating to our equity interest in BlackRock, Inc. and rely to a significant extent on information provided to us by BlackRock. Risks and uncertainties that could affect BlackRock are discussed in more detail by BlackRock in its SEC filings.

 

Our acquisition of RBC Bank (USA) presents us with risks and uncertainties related to the integration of the acquired businesses into PNC, including:

   

Anticipated benefits of the transaction, including cost savings and strategic gains, may be significantly harder or take longer to achieve than expected or may not be achieved in their entirety as a result of unexpected factors or events.

   

Our ability to achieve anticipated results from this transaction is dependent also on the extent of credit losses in the acquired loan portfolios and the extent of deposit attrition, in part related to the state of economic and financial markets. Also, litigation and regulatory and other governmental investigations that may be filed or commenced relating to the pre-acquisition business and activities of RBC Bank

   

(USA) could impact the timing or realization of anticipated benefits to PNC.

   

Integration of RBC Bank (USA)’s business and operations into PNC may take longer than anticipated or be substantially more costly than anticipated or have unanticipated adverse results relating to RBC Bank (USA)’s or PNC’s existing businesses. PNC’s ability to integrate RBC Bank (USA) successfully may be adversely affected by the fact that this transaction results in PNC entering several geographic markets where PNC did not previously have any meaningful retail presence.

 

In addition to the RBC Bank (USA) transaction, we grow our business in part by acquiring from time to time other financial services companies, financial services assets and related deposits and other liabilities. These other acquisitions often present risks and uncertainties analogous to those presented by the RBC Bank (USA) transaction. Acquisition risks include those presented by the nature of the business acquired as well as risks and uncertainties related to the acquisition transactions themselves, regulatory issues, and the integration of the acquired businesses into PNC after closing.

 

Competition can have an impact on customer acquisition, growth and retention and on credit spreads and product pricing, which can affect market share, deposits and revenues. Industry restructuring in the current environment could also impact our business and financial performance through changes in counterparty creditworthiness and performance and in the competitive and regulatory landscape. Our ability to anticipate and respond to technological changes can also impact our ability to respond to customer needs and meet competitive demands.

 

Business and operating results can also be affected by widespread disasters, dislocations, terrorist activities or international hostilities through impacts on the economy and financial markets generally or on us or our counterparties specifically.

We provide greater detail regarding these as well as other factors in our 2011 Form 10-K, as amended by Amendment No. 1 thereto, in our first quarter 2012 Form 10-Q, and elsewhere in this Report, including in the Risk Factors and Risk Management sections and the Legal Proceedings and Commitments and Guarantees Notes of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in those reports. Our forward-looking statements may also be subject to other risks and uncertainties, including those discussed elsewhere in this Report or in our other filings with the SEC.

 

 

76    The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – Form 10-Q


Table of Contents

CONSOLIDATED INCOME STATEMENT

THE PNC FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.

 

In millions, except per share data

Unaudited

   Three months ended
June 30
     Six months ended
June 30
 
   2012     2011            2012      2011  

Interest Income

          

Loans

   $ 2,163      $ 1,905       $ 4,114       $ 3,789   

Investment securities

     527        549         1,053         1,127   

Other

     106        93         226         214   

Total interest income

     2,796        2,547         5,393         5,130   

Interest Expense

          

Deposits

     83        180         186         362   

Borrowed funds

     187        217         390         442   

Total interest expense

     270        397         576         804   

Net interest income

     2,526        2,150         4,817         4,326   

Noninterest Income

          

Asset management

     278        288         562         551   

Consumer services

     290        333         554         644   

Corporate services

     290        228         522         445   

Residential mortgage

     (173     163         57         358   

Service charges on deposits

     144        131         271         254   

Net gains on sales of securities

     62        82         119         119   

Other-than-temporary impairments

     (32     (73      (48      (103

Less: Noncredit portion of other-than-temporary impairments (a)

     2        (34      24         (30

Net other-than-temporary impairments

     (34     (39      (72      (73

Other

     240        266         525         609   

Total noninterest income

     1,097        1,452         2,538         2,907   

Total revenue

     3,623        3,602         7,355         7,233   

Provision For Credit Losses

     256        280         441         701   

Noninterest Expense

          

Personnel

     1,119        976         2,230         1,965   

Occupancy

     199        176         389         369   

Equipment

     181        158         356         325   

Marketing

     67        63         135         103   

Other

     1,082        803         1,993         1,484   

Total noninterest expense

     2,648        2,176         5,103         4,246   

Income before income taxes and noncontrolling interests

     719        1,146         1,811         2,286   

Income taxes

     173        234         454         542   

Net income

     546        912         1,357         1,744   

Less: Net income (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interests

     (5     (1      1         (6

 Preferred stock dividends and discount accretion

     25        25         64         29   

Net income attributable to common shareholders

   $ 526      $ 888       $ 1,292       $ 1,721   

Earnings Per Common Share

          

Basic

   $ 1.00      $ 1.69       $ 2.44       $ 3.27   

Diluted

     .98        1.67         2.42         3.24   

Average Common Shares Outstanding

          

Basic

     527        524         526         524   

Diluted

     530        527         529         527   

 

(a) Included in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss).

See accompanying Notes To Consolidated Financial Statements

 

 

The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – Form 10-Q    77


Table of Contents

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

THE PNC FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.

 

In millions    Three months ended
June 30
    Six months ended
June 30
 
Unaudited    2012     2011     2012     2011  

Net income

   $ 546      $ 912      $ 1,357      $ 1,744   

Other comprehensive income, before tax and net of reclassifications into Net income:

        

Net unrealized gains on non-OTTI securities

     158        481        396        509   

Net unrealized gains (losses) on OTTI securities

     8        (44     414        187   

Net unrealized gains (losses) on cash flow hedge derivatives

     6        143        (84     35   

Pension and other postretirement benefit plan adjustments

     39        (5     87        11   

Other

     (30     6        (18     39   

Other comprehensive income, before tax and net of reclassifications into Net income

     181        581        795        781   

Income tax expense related to items of other comprehensive income

     (60     (203     (288     (281

Other comprehensive income, after tax and net of reclassifications into Net income

     121        378        507        500   

Comprehensive income

     667        1,290        1,864        2,244   

Less: Comprehensive income (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interests

     (5     (1     1        (6

Comprehensive income attributable to PNC

   $ 672      $ 1,291      $ 1,863      $ 2,250   

See accompanying Notes To Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

78    The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – Form 10-Q


Table of Contents

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET

THE PNC FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.

 

In millions, except par value

Unaudited

   June 30
2012
    December 31
2011
 

Assets

    

Cash and due from banks (includes $6 and $7 for VIEs) (a)

   $ 4,136      $ 4,105   

Federal funds sold and resale agreements (includes $542 and $732 measured at fair value) (b)

     1,646        2,205   

Trading securities

     2,121        2,513   

Interest-earning deposits with banks (includes $8 and $325 for VIEs) (a)

     3,995        1,169   

Loans held for sale (includes $2,776 and $2,365 measured at fair value) (b)

     3,333        2,936   

Investment securities (includes $108 and $109 for VIEs) (a)

     61,937        60,634   

Loans (includes $7,987 and $6,096 for VIEs)
(includes $291 and $227 measured at fair value) (a) (b)

     180,425        159,014   

Allowance for loan and lease losses (includes $(84) and $(91) for VIEs) (a)

     (4,156     (4,347

Net loans

     176,269        154,667   

Goodwill

     9,158        8,285   

Other intangible assets

     1,804        1,859   

Equity investments (includes $1,729 and $1,643 for VIEs) (a)

     10,617        10,134   

Other (includes $1,184 and $1,205 for VIEs) (includes $200 and $210 measured at fair value) (a) (b)

     24,559        22,698   

Total assets

   $ 299,575      $ 271,205   

Liabilities

    

Deposits

    

Noninterest-bearing

   $ 64,476      $ 59,048   

Interest-bearing

     142,447        128,918   

Total deposits

     206,923        187,966   

Borrowed funds

    

Federal funds purchased and repurchase agreements

     4,166        2,984   

Federal Home Loan Bank borrowings

     10,440        6,967   

Bank notes and senior debt

     10,185        11,793   

Subordinated debt

     7,593        8,321   

Other (includes $6,545 and $4,777 for VIEs) (a)

     11,305        6,639   

Total borrowed funds

     43,689        36,704   

Allowance for unfunded loan commitments and letters of credit

     224        240   

Accrued expenses (includes $105 and $155 for VIEs) (a)

     3,428        4,175   

Other (includes $837 and $734 for VIEs) (a)

     5,097        4,874   

Total liabilities

     259,361        233,959   

Equity

    

Preferred stock (c)

    

Common stock ($5 par value, authorized 800 shares, issued 537 shares)

     2,687        2,683   

Capital surplus – preferred stock

     3,120        1,637   

Capital surplus – common stock and other

     12,098        12,072   

Retained earnings

     19,149        18,253   

Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)

     402        (105

Common stock held in treasury at cost: 8 and 10 shares

     (451     (487

Total shareholders’ equity

     37,005        34,053   

Noncontrolling interests

     3,209        3,193   

Total equity

     40,214        37,246   

Total liabilities and equity

   $ 299,575      $ 271,205   
(a) Amounts represent the assets or liabilities of consolidated variable interest entities (VIEs).
(b) Amounts represent items for which the Corporation has elected the fair value option.
(c) Par value less than $.5 million at each date.

See accompanying Notes To Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – Form 10-Q    79


Table of Contents

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS

THE PNC FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.

 

In millions

Unaudited

   Six months ended
June 30
 
   2012     2011  

Operating Activities

    

Net income

   $ 1,357      $ 1,744   

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided (used) by operating activities

    

Provision for credit losses

     441        701   

Depreciation and amortization

     554        569   

Deferred income taxes (benefit)

     412        (127

Net gains on sales of securities

     (119     (119

Net other-than-temporary impairments

     72        73   

Mortgage servicing rights valuation adjustment

     216        230   

Noncash charge on trust preferred securities redemption

     130     

Undistributed earnings of BlackRock

     (132     (132

Excess tax benefits from share-based payment arrangements

     (15  

Net change in

    

Trading securities and other short-term investments

     1,394        779   

Loans held for sale

     (521     411   

Other assets

     168        (1,048

Accrued expenses and other liabilities

     11        583   

Other

     (154     41   

Net cash provided (used) by operating activities

     3,814        3,705   

Investing Activities

    

Sales

    

Securities available for sale

     6,594        15,023   

Loans

     771        1,027   

Repayments/maturities

    

Securities available for sale

     4,198        2,792   

Securities held to maturity

     1,638        1,230   

Purchases

    

Securities available for sale

     (10,104     (12,866

Securities held to maturity

     (100     (187

Loans

     (672     (712

Net change in

    

Federal funds sold and resale agreements

     553        1,340   

Interest-earning deposits with banks

     (2,537     (2,897

Loans

     (8,206     (1,393

Net cash received (paid) for acquisition activity

     (3,294     261   

Other

     (82     (387

Net cash provided (used) by investing activities

     (11,241     3,231   

 

80    The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – Form 10-Q


Table of Contents

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS

THE PNC FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.

(continued from previous page)

 

In millions

Unaudited

   Six months ended
June 30
 
   2012     2011  

Financing Activities

    

Net change in

    

Noninterest-bearing deposits

   $ 1,264      $ 2,618   

Interest-bearing deposits

     (350     (4,385

Federal funds purchased and repurchase agreements

     836        (327

Other borrowed funds

     3,718        (393

Sales/issuances

    

Federal Home Loan Bank borrowings

     7,000     

Bank notes and senior debt

     2,089     

Other borrowed funds

     9,665        4,634   

Preferred stock

     1,482     

Common and treasury stock

     112        24   

Repayments/maturities

    

Federal Home Loan Bank borrowings

     (4,497     (1,021

Bank notes and senior debt

     (3,777     (2,427

Subordinated debt

     (829     (524

Other borrowed funds

     (8,760     (4,251

Excess tax benefits from share-based payment arrangements

     15     

Acquisition of treasury stock

     (51     (52

Preferred stock cash dividends paid

     (63     (28

Common stock cash dividends paid

     (396     (236

Net cash provided (used) by financing activities

     7,458        (6,368

Net Increase (Decrease) In Cash And Due From Banks

     31        568   

Cash and due from banks at beginning of period

     4,105        3,297   

Cash and due from banks at end of period

   $ 4,136      $ 3,865   

Supplemental Disclosures

    

Interest paid

   $ 633      $ 819   

Income taxes paid

     22        697   

Income taxes refunded

     9        27   

Non-cash Investing and Financing Items

    

Transfer from loans to loans held for sale, net

     356        429   

Transfer from loans to foreclosed assets

     509        352   

See accompanying Notes To Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – Form 10-Q    81


Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED)

THE PNC FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.

 

BUSINESS

PNC is one of the largest diversified financial services companies in the United States and is headquartered in Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania.

PNC has businesses engaged in retail banking, corporate and institutional banking, asset management, and residential mortgage banking, providing many of its products and services nationally and others in PNC’s primary geographic markets located in Pennsylvania, Ohio, New Jersey, Michigan, Illinois, Maryland, Indiana, North Carolina, Florida, Kentucky, Washington, D.C., Alabama, Delaware, Georgia, Virginia, Missouri, Wisconsin and South Carolina. PNC also provides certain products and services internationally.

NOTE 1 ACCOUNTING POLICIES

BASIS OF FINANCIAL STATEMENT PRESENTATION

Our consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the parent company and its subsidiaries, most of which are wholly owned, and certain partnership interests and variable interest entities.

We prepared these consolidated financial statements in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (GAAP). We have eliminated intercompany accounts and transactions. We have also reclassified certain prior year amounts to conform to the 2012 presentation. These reclassifications did not have a material impact on our consolidated financial condition or results of operations.

As described in Note 2 Acquisition and Divestiture Activity, on March 2, 2012, PNC acquired 100% of the issued and outstanding common stock of RBC Bank (USA), the US retail banking subsidiary of Royal Bank of Canada. As part of the acquisition, PNC also purchased a credit card portfolio from RBC Bank (Georgia), National Association. The transactions added approximately $18.1 billion of deposits and $14.5 billion of loans to PNC’s Consolidated Balance Sheet.

In our opinion, the unaudited interim consolidated financial statements reflect all normal, recurring adjustments needed to present fairly our results for the interim periods. The results of operations for interim periods are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for the full year or any other interim period.

When preparing these unaudited interim consolidated financial statements, we have assumed that you have read the audited consolidated financial statements included in our 2011 Annual Report on Form 10-K as amended by Amendment No. 1 on Form 10-K/A (2011 Form 10-K). Reference is made

to Note 1 Accounting Policies in the 2011 Form 10-K for a detailed description of significant accounting policies. There have been no significant changes to these policies in the first six months of 2012 other than as disclosed herein. These interim consolidated financial statements serve to update the 2011 Form 10-K and may not include all information and notes necessary to constitute a complete set of financial statements.

We have considered the impact on these consolidated financial statements of subsequent events.

USE OF ESTIMATES

We prepared these consolidated financial statements using financial information available at the time, which requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported. Our most significant estimates pertain to our fair value measurements, allowances for loan and lease losses and unfunded loan commitments and letters of credit, and accretion on purchased impaired loans. Actual results may differ from the estimates and the differences may be material to the consolidated financial statements.

INVESTMENT IN BLACKROCK, INC.

We account for our investment in the common stock and Series B Preferred Stock of BlackRock (deemed to be in-substance common stock) under the equity method of accounting. In May 2012, we exchanged 2 million shares of Series B Preferred Stock of BlackRock for an equal number of shares of BlackRock common stock. The exchange transaction had no impact on the carrying value of our investment in BlackRock or our use of the equity method of accounting. The investment in BlackRock is reflected on our Consolidated Balance Sheet in Equity investments, while our equity in earnings of BlackRock is reported on our Consolidated Income Statement in Asset management revenue.

We also own approximately 1.5 million shares of Series C Preferred Stock of BlackRock after delivery of approximately 1.3 million shares in September 2011 pursuant to our obligation to partially fund a portion of certain BlackRock long-term incentive plan (LTIP) programs. Since these preferred shares are not deemed to be in-substance common stock, we have elected to account for these preferred shares at fair value and the changes in fair value will offset the impact of marking-to-market the obligation to deliver these shares to BlackRock. Our investment in the BlackRock Series C Preferred Stock is included on our Consolidated Balance Sheet in Other assets.

As noted above, we mark-to-market our obligation to transfer BlackRock shares related to certain BlackRock LTIP programs. This obligation is classified as a derivative not designated as a hedging instrument under GAAP as disclosed in Note 13 Financial Derivatives.

 

 

82    The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – Form 10-Q


Table of Contents

NONPERFORMING ASSETS

Nonperforming assets include:

   

Nonaccrual loans and leases,

   

Troubled debt restructurings (TDRs), and

   

Other real estate owned and foreclosed assets.

Nonperforming loans are those loans that have deteriorated in credit quality to the extent that full collection of contractual principal and interest is not probable. When a loan is determined to be nonperforming (and as a result is impaired), the accrual of interest is ceased and the loan is classified as nonaccrual. The current year accrued and uncollected interest is reversed out of net interest income. Additionally, any prior year accrued and uncollected interest is charged-off.

A loan acquired and accounted for under ASC 310-30 – Loans and Debt Securities Acquired with Deteriorated Credit Quality is reported as an accruing loan and a performing asset due to the accretion of interest income.

We generally classify Commercial Lending (Commercial, Commercial Real Estate, and Equipment Lease Financing) loans as nonaccrual (and therefore nonperforming) when we determine that the collection of interest or principal is not probable or when delinquency of interest or principal payments has existed for 90 days or more and the loans are not well-secured and in the process of collection. A loan is considered well-secured when the collateral in the form of liens on (or pledges of) real or personal property, including marketable securities, has a realizable value sufficient to discharge the debt in full, including accrued interest. Such factors that would lead to nonperforming status and subject the loan to an impairment test would include, but are not limited to, the following:

   

Deterioration in the financial position of the borrower resulting in the loan moving from accrual to cash basis,

   

The collection of principal or interest is 90 days or more past due unless the asset is both well-secured and in the process of collection,

   

Reasonable doubt exists as to the certainty of the borrower’s future debt service ability, whether 90 days have passed or not,

   

Borrower has filed or will likely file for bankruptcy,

   

The bank advances additional funds to cover principal or interest,

   

We are in the process of liquidating a commercial borrower, or

   

We are pursuing remedies under a guarantee.

We charge off commercial nonaccrual loans when we determine that a specific loan, or portion thereof, is uncollectible. This determination is based on the specific facts and circumstances of the individual loans. In making this determination, we consider the viability of the business or project as a going concern, the past due status when the asset is not well-secured, the expected cash flows to repay the loan,

the value of the collateral, and the ability and willingness of any guarantors to perform.

Effective in the second quarter of 2011, the commercial nonaccrual policy was applied to certain small business credit card balances. This change resulted in loans being placed on nonaccrual status when they become 90 days or more past due. We continue to charge-off these loans at 180 days past due.

Additionally, in general, for smaller dollar commercial loans of $1 million or less, a partial or full charge-off will occur at 120 days past due for term loans and 180 days past due for revolvers.

A consumer loan is considered well-secured, when the collateral in the form of liens on (or pledges of) real or personal property, including marketable securities, has a realizable value sufficient to discharge the debt in full, including accrued interest. Starting in the first quarter of 2012, home equity installment loans and lines of credit, whether well-secured or not, are classified as nonaccrual at 90 days past due instead of the prior policy of nonaccrual classification at 180 days past due. Well-secured residential real estate loans are classified as nonaccrual at 180 days past due.

Home equity installment loans, lines of credit, and residential real estate loans that are not well-secured and/or are not in the process of collection are charged-off at 180 days past due to the estimated fair value of the collateral less costs to sell.

Most consumer loans and lines of credit, not secured by residential real estate, are charged off after 120 to 180 days past due. Generally, they are not placed on nonaccrual status as permitted by regulatory guidance.

If payment is received on a nonperforming loan, the payment is first applied to the recorded investment; once this principal obligation has been fulfilled, payments are applied to recover any charged-off amounts related to the impaired loan that might exist. Finally, if both principal and any charge-offs have been recovered, then the payment will be recorded as interest income.

A TDR is a loan whose terms have been restructured in a manner that grants a concession to a borrower experiencing financial difficulties. TDRs may include restructuring certain terms of loans, receipts of assets from debtors in partial satisfaction of loans, or a combination thereof. For TDRs, payments are applied based upon their contractual terms unless the related loan is deemed non-performing. TDRs are included in nonperforming loans until returned to performing status through the fulfilling of restructured terms for a reasonable period of time (generally 6 months).

See Note 5 Asset Quality and Note 7 Allowances for Loan and Lease Losses and Unfunded Loan Commitments and Letters of Credit for additional TDR information.

 

 

The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – Form 10-Q    83


Table of Contents

Nonaccrual loans are generally not returned to accrual status until the obligation is brought current and the borrower has performed in accordance with the contractual terms for a reasonable period of time and collection of the contractual principal and interest is no longer in doubt.

Foreclosed assets are comprised of any asset seized or property acquired through a foreclosure proceeding or acceptance of a deed-in-lieu of foreclosure. Other real estate owned is comprised principally of commercial real estate and residential real estate properties obtained in partial or total satisfaction of loan obligations. After obtaining a foreclosure judgment, or in some jurisdictions the initiation of proceedings under a power of sale in the loan instruments, the property will be sold. When we acquire the title, we transfer the loan to foreclosed assets included in Other assets on our Consolidated Balance Sheet. Property obtained in satisfaction of a loan is initially recorded at estimated fair value less cost to sell. Based upon the estimated fair value less cost to sell, the recorded investment of the loan is adjusted and, typically, a charge-off/recovery is recognized to the Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses (ALLL). We estimate fair values primarily based on appraisals, or sales agreements with third parties. Anticipated recoveries and government guarantees are also considered in evaluating the potential impairment of loans at the date of transfer.

Subsequently, foreclosed assets are valued at the lower of the amount recorded at acquisition date or estimated fair value less cost to sell. Valuation adjustments on these assets and gains or losses realized from disposition of such property are reflected in Other noninterest expense.

See Note 5 Asset Quality and Note 7 Allowances for Loan and Lease Losses and Unfunded Loan Commitments and Letters of Credit for additional information.

ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN AND LEASE LOSSES

We maintain the ALLL at a level that we believe to be appropriate to absorb estimated probable credit losses incurred in the loan portfolio as of the balance sheet date. Our determination of the allowance is based on periodic evaluations of the loan and lease portfolios and other relevant factors. This evaluation is inherently subjective as it requires material estimates, all of which may be susceptible to significant change, including, among others:

   

Probability of default (PD),

   

Loss given default (LGD),

   

Exposure at date of default (EAD),

   

Movement through delinquency stages,

   

Amounts and timing of expected future cash flows,

   

Value of collateral, and

   

Qualitative factors such as changes in current economic conditions that may not be reflected in historical results.

While our reserve methodologies strive to reflect all relevant risk factors, there continues to be uncertainty associated with, but not limited to, potential imprecision in the estimation process due to the inherent time lag of obtaining information and normal variations between estimates and actual outcomes. We provide additional reserves that are designed to provide coverage for losses attributable to such risks. The ALLL also includes factors which may not be directly measured in the determination of specific or pooled reserves. Such qualitative factors may include:

   

Industry concentrations and conditions,

   

Recent credit quality trends,

   

Recent loss experience in particular portfolios,

   

Recent macro economic factors,

   

Changes in risk selection and underwriting standards, and

   

Timing of available information, including the performance of first lien positions.

In determining the appropriateness of the ALLL, we make specific allocations to impaired loans and allocations to portfolios of commercial and consumer loans. While allocations are made to specific loans and pools of loans, the total reserve is available for all credit losses.

Nonperforming loans are considered impaired under ASC 310-Receivables and are allocated a specific reserve. Specific reserve allocations are determined as follows:

   

For commercial nonperforming loans and TDRs greater than or equal to a defined dollar threshold, specific reserves are based on an analysis of the present value of the loan’s expected future cash flows, the loan’s observable market price or the fair value of the collateral.

   

For commercial nonperforming loans and TDRs below the defined dollar threshold, the loans are aggregated for purposes of measuring specific reserve impairment using the applicable loan’s LGD percentage multiplied by the balance of the loan.

   

Consumer nonperforming loans are collectively reserved for unless classified as TDRs, for which specific reserves are based on an analysis of the present value of the loan’s expected future cash flows.

   

For purchased impaired loans, subsequent decreases to the net present value of expected cash flows will generally result in an impairment charge to the provision for credit losses, resulting in an increase to the ALLL.

When applicable, this process is applied across all the loan classes in a similar manner. However, as previously discussed, certain consumer loans and lines of credit, not secured by residential real estate, are charged off instead of being classified as nonperforming.

Our credit risk management policies, procedures and practices are designed to promote sound lending standards and prudent

 

 

84    The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – Form 10-Q


Table of Contents

credit risk management. We have policies, procedures and practices that address financial statement requirements, collateral review and appraisal requirements, advance rates based upon collateral types, appropriate levels of exposure, cross-border risk, lending to specialized industries or borrower type, guarantor requirements, and regulatory compliance.

See Note 5 Asset Quality and Note 7 Allowances for Loan and Lease Losses and Unfunded Loan Commitments and Letters of Credit for additional information.

ALLOWANCE FOR UNFUNDED LOAN COMMITMENTS AND LETTERS OF CREDIT

We maintain the allowance for unfunded loan commitments and letters of credit at a level we believe is appropriate to absorb estimated probable credit losses on these unfunded credit facilities as of the balance sheet date. We determine the allowance based on periodic evaluations of the unfunded credit facilities, including an assessment of the probability of commitment usage, credit risk factors, and, solely for commercial lending, the terms and expiration dates of the unfunded credit facilities. The allowance for unfunded loan commitments and letters of credit is recorded as a liability on the Consolidated Balance Sheet. Net adjustments to the allowance for unfunded loan commitments and letters of credit are included in the provision for credit losses.

The reserve for unfunded loan commitments is estimated in a manner similar to the methodology used for determining reserves for similar funded exposures. However, there is one important distinction. This distinction lies in the estimation of the amount of these unfunded commitments that will become funded. This is determined using a loan equivalency factor, which is a statistical estimate of the amount of an unfunded commitment that will fund over a given period of time. Once the future funded amount is estimated, the calculation of the allowance follows similar methodologies to those employed for balance sheet exposure.

See Note 5 Asset Quality and Note 7 Allowances for Loan and Lease Losses and Unfunded Loan Commitments and Letters of Credit for additional information.

EARNINGS PER COMMON SHARE

Basic earnings per common share is calculated using the two-class method to determine income attributable to common shareholders. Unvested share-based payment awards that contain nonforfeitable rights to dividends or dividend

equivalents are considered participating securities under the two-class method. Income attributable to common shareholders is then divided by the weighted-average common shares outstanding for the period.

Diluted earnings per common share is calculated under the more dilutive of either the treasury method or the two-class method. For the diluted calculation, we increase the weighted-average number of shares of common stock outstanding by the assumed conversion of outstanding convertible preferred stock and debentures from the beginning of the year or date of issuance, if later, and the number of shares of common stock that would be issued assuming the exercise of stock options and warrants and the issuance of incentive shares using the treasury stock method. These adjustments to the weighted-average number of shares of common stock outstanding are made only when such adjustments will dilute earnings per common share. See Note 14 Earnings Per Share for additional information.

RECENT ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS

For information on Recent Accounting Pronouncements, see Note 1 Accounting Policies in the Notes To The Consolidated Financial Statements included in Part I, Item I of our First Quarter 2012 Form 10-Q.

NOTE 2 ACQUISITION AND DIVESTITURE ACTIVITY

RBC Bank (USA) Acquisition

On March 2, 2012, PNC acquired 100% of the issued and outstanding common stock of RBC Bank (USA), the US retail banking subsidiary of Royal Bank of Canada. As part of the acquisition, PNC also purchased a credit card portfolio from RBC Bank (Georgia), National Association. PNC paid $3.6 billion in cash as consideration for the acquisition of both RBC Bank (USA) and the credit card portfolio. The transactions added approximately $18.1 billion of deposits and $14.5 billion of loans to PNC’s Consolidated Balance Sheet.

RBC Bank (USA), based in Raleigh, North Carolina, operated more than 400 branches in North Carolina, Florida, Alabama, Georgia, Virginia and South Carolina. The primary reasons for the acquisition of RBC were to enhance shareholder value, to improve PNC’s competitive position in the financial services industry, and to further expand PNC’s existing branch network in the states where it currently operates as well as expanding into new markets.

 

 

The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – Form 10-Q    85


Table of Contents

The RBC Bank (USA) transactions noted above were accounted for using the acquisition method of accounting and, as such, assets acquired, liabilities assumed and consideration exchanged were recorded at their estimated fair value on the acquisition date. All acquired loans were also recorded at fair value. No allowance for loan losses was carried over and no allowance was created at acquisition. In connection with the acquisition, the assets acquired, and the liabilities assumed were recorded at fair value on the date of acquisition, as summarized in the following table:

Table 55: RBC Bank (USA) Purchase Accounting (a)

 

In millions        

Purchase price as of March 2, 2012 (a)

   $ 3,599  
 

Recognized amounts of identifiable assets acquired and (liabilities assumed), at fair value (b)

    

Cash due from banks

     305  

Trading assets, interest-earning deposits with banks, and other short-term investments

     1,493  

Loans held for sale

     97  

Investment securities

     2,349  

Net loans

     14,512  

Other intangible assets

     180  

Equity investments

     35  

Other assets

     3,390  

Deposits

     (18,094

Other borrowed funds

     (1,321

Other liabilities

     (291

Total fair value of identifiable net assets

     2,655  
 

Goodwill

   $ 944  
(a) The table above has been updated to reflect certain immaterial adjustments, including final purchase price settlement.
(b) These items are considered as non-cash activity for the Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows.

In many cases the determination of estimated fair values required management to make certain estimates about discount rates, future expected cash flows, market conditions and other future events that are highly subjective in nature. The most significant of these determinations related to the fair valuation of acquired loans. See Note 6, Purchased Loans, for further discussion of the accounting for purchased impaired and purchased non-impaired loans, including the determination of fair value for acquired loans.

The amount of goodwill recorded reflects the increased market share and related synergies that are expected to result from the acquisition, and represents the excess purchase price over the estimated fair value of the net assets acquired by PNC. The goodwill was assigned primarily to PNC’s Retail Banking and Corporate & Institutional Banking segments, and

is not deductible for income tax purposes. Other intangible assets acquired, as of March 2, 2012 consisted of the following:

Table 56: RBC Bank (USA) Intangible Assets

 

    As of March 2, 2012  
Intangible Assets (in millions)   Fair
Value
   

Weighted

Life

    Amortization
Method
 

Residential mortgage servicing rights

  $ 16       68 months        (a

Core deposits

    164       144 months        Accelerated   

Total

  $ 180                  
(a) Intangible asset accounted for at fair value

See Note 10, Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets, for further discussion of the accounting for goodwill and other intangible assets.

The estimated amount of RBC Bank (USA) revenue and net income (excluding integration costs) included in PNC’s consolidated income statement for the six-months ended June 30, 2012 was $423 million and $117 million, respectively. Upon closing and conversion of the RBC Bank (USA) transaction, subsequent to March 2, 2012, separate records for RBC Bank (USA) as a stand-alone business have not been maintained as the operations of RBC Bank (USA) have been fully integrated into PNC. RBC Bank (USA) revenue and earnings disclosed above reflect management’s best estimate, based on information available at the reporting date.

The following table presents certain unaudited pro forma information for illustrative purposes only, for the six months ended June 30, 2012 and 2011 as if RBC Bank (USA) had been acquired on January 1, 2011. The unaudited estimated pro forma information combines the historical results of RBC Bank (USA) with the Company’s consolidated historical results and includes certain adjustments reflecting the estimated impact of certain fair value adjustments for the respective periods. The pro forma information is not indicative of what would have occurred had the acquisition taken place on January 1, 2011. In particular, no adjustments have been made to eliminate the impact of other-than-temporary impairment losses and losses recognized on the sale of securities that may not have been necessary had the investment securities been recorded at fair value as of January 1, 2011. The unaudited pro forma information does not consider any changes to the provision for credit losses resulting from recording loan assets at fair value. Additionally, the pro forma financial information does not include the impact of possible business model changes and does not reflect pro forma adjustments to conform accounting policies between RBC Bank (USA) and PNC. Additionally, PNC expects to achieve further operating cost savings and other business synergies, including revenue growth, as a result

 

 

86    The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – Form 10-Q


Table of Contents

of the acquisition that are not reflected in the pro forma amounts that follow. As a result, actual results will differ from the unaudited pro forma information presented.

Table 57: RBC Bank (USA) and PNC Pro Forma Results

 

     Unaudited Pro Forma
For the Six Months
Ended June 30
 
In millions    2012      2011  

Total revenues

   $ 7,564      $ 7,907  

Net income

     1,345        1,632  

In connection with the RBC Bank (USA) acquisition and other prior acquisitions, PNC recognized $197 million of integration charges in the first six months of 2012. PNC recognized $6 million of integration charges in the first six months of 2011 in connection with prior acquisitions. The integration charges are included in the table above.

PENDING SALE OF SMARTSTREET

On April 20, 2012, PNC signed a purchase and assumption agreement with Union Bank, N.A. pursuant to which Union Bank will assume the deposits and acquire certain assets of the Smartstreet business unit, which was acquired by PNC as part of the RBC Bank (USA) acquisition. Smartstreet is a nationwide business focused on homeowner or community association managers and had approximately $1 billion of assets and deposits as of June 30, 2012. The transaction is expected to close in the fall of 2012 and is subject to certain closing conditions, including regulatory approval.

FLAGSTAR BRANCH ACQUISITION

Effective December 9, 2011, PNC acquired 27 branches in the northern metropolitan Atlanta, Georgia area from Flagstar Bank, FSB, a subsidiary of Flagstar Bancorp, Inc. The fair value of the assets acquired totaled approximately $211.8 million, including $169.3 million in cash, $24.3 million in fixed assets and $18.2 million of goodwill and intangible assets. We also assumed approximately $210.5 million of deposits associated with these branches. No deposit premium was paid and no loans were acquired in the transaction. Our Consolidated Income Statement includes the impact of the branch activity subsequent to our December 9, 2011 acquisition.

BANKATLANTIC BRANCH ACQUISITION

Effective June 6, 2011, we acquired 19 branches in the greater Tampa, Florida area from BankAtlantic, a subsidiary of BankAtlantic Bancorp, Inc. The fair value of the assets acquired totaled $324.9 million, including $256.9 million in cash, $26.0 million in fixed assets and $42.0 million of goodwill and intangible assets. We also assumed approximately $324.5 million of deposits associated with these branches. A $39.0 million deposit premium was paid and no loans were acquired in the transaction. Our Consolidated Income Statement includes the impact of the branch activity subsequent to our June 6, 2011 acquisition.

NOTE 3 LOAN SALE AND SERVICING ACTIVITIES AND VARIABLE INTEREST ENTITIES

LOAN SALE AND SERVICING ACTIVITIES

We have transferred residential and commercial mortgage loans in securitization or sales transactions in which we have continuing involvement. These transfers have occurred through Agency securitization, Non-Agency Securitization, and loan sale transactions. Agency securitizations consist of securitization transactions with Federal National Mortgage Association (FNMA), Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (FHLMC), and Government National Mortgage Association (GNMA) (collectively the Agencies). FNMA and FHLMC generally securitize our transferred loans into mortgage-backed securities for sale into the secondary market through special purpose entities (SPEs) that they sponsor. We, as an authorized GNMA issuer/servicer, pool Federal Housing Administration (FHA) and Department of Veterans Affairs (VA) insured loans into mortgage-backed securities for sale into the secondary market. In Non-Agency securitizations, we have transferred loans into securitization SPEs. Third-party investors have also purchased our loans in loan sale transactions and in certain instances have subsequently sold these loans into securitization SPEs. Securitization SPEs utilized in the Agency and Non-Agency securitization transactions are VIEs.

Our continuing involvement in the FNMA, FHLMC, and GNMA securitizations, Non-Agency securitizations, and loan sale transactions generally consists of servicing, repurchases of previously transferred loans under certain conditions and loss share arrangements, and, in limited circumstances, holding of mortgage-backed securities issued by the securitization SPEs.

Depending on the transaction, we may act as the master, primary, and/or special servicer to the securitization SPEs or third-party investors. Servicing responsibilities typically consist of collecting and remitting monthly borrower principal and interest payments, maintaining escrow deposits, performing loss mitigation and foreclosure activities, and, in certain instances, funding of servicing advances. Servicing advances, which are reimbursable, are recognized in Other assets at cost and are made for principal and interest and collateral protection.

We earn servicing and other ancillary fees for our role as servicer and, depending on the contractual terms of the servicing arrangement, we can be terminated as servicer with or without cause. At the consummation date of each type of loan transfer, we recognize a servicing asset at fair value. Servicing assets are recognized in Other intangible assets on our Consolidated Balance Sheet and when subsequently accounted for at fair value are classified within Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy. See Note 9 Fair Value and Note 10 Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets for further discussion of our residential and commercial servicing assets.

 

 

The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – Form 10-Q    87


Table of Contents

Certain loans transferred to the Agencies contain removal of account provisions (ROAPs). Under these ROAPs, we hold an option to repurchase at par individual delinquent loans that meet certain criteria. When we have the unilateral ability to repurchase a delinquent loan, effective control over the loan has been regained and we recognize an asset (in either Loans or Loans held for sale) and a corresponding liability (in Other borrowed funds) on the balance sheet regardless of our intent to repurchase the loan. At June 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011, the balance of our ROAP asset and liability totaled $177 million and $265 million, respectively.

The Agency and Non-Agency mortgage-backed securities issued by the securitization SPEs that are purchased and held on our balance sheet are typically purchased in the secondary market. PNC does not retain any credit risk on its Agency mortgage-backed security positions as FNMA, FHLMC, and the US Government (for GNMA) guarantee losses of principal and interest. Substantially all of the non-agency mortgage- backed securities acquired and held on our balance sheet are senior tranches in the securitization structure.

We also have involvement with certain Agency and Non-Agency commercial securitization SPEs where we have not transferred commercial mortgage loans. These SPEs were

sponsored by independent third-parties and the loans held by these entities were purchased exclusively from other third-parties. Generally, our involvement with these SPEs is as servicer with servicing activities consistent with those described above.

We recognize a liability for our loss exposure associated with contractual obligations to repurchase previously transferred loans due to breaches of representations and warranties and also for loss sharing arrangements (recourse obligations) with the Agencies. Other than providing temporary liquidity under servicing advances and our loss exposure associated with our repurchase and recourse obligations, we have not provided nor are we required to provide any type of credit support, guarantees, or commitments to the securitization SPEs or third-party investors in these transactions. See Note 18 Commitments and Guarantees for further discussion of our repurchase and recourse obligations.

The following table provides information related to certain financial information associated with PNC’s loan sale and servicing activities:

 

 

88    The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – Form 10-Q


Table of Contents

Table 58: Certain Financial Information and Cash Flows Associated with Loan Sale and Servicing Activities

 

In millions    Residential
Mortgages
    Commercial
Mortgages (a)
     Home Equity
Loans/Lines (b)
 

FINANCIAL INFORMATION – June 30, 2012

         

Servicing portfolio (c)

   $ 116,011     $ 149,602      $ 5,508  

Carrying value of servicing assets (d)

     581       398        1  

Servicing advances (e)

     565       490        9  

Servicing deposits (f)

     2,158       3,764        37  

Repurchase and recourse obligations (g)

     462       48        61  

Carrying value of mortgage-backed securities held (h)

     4,951       1,623           

FINANCIAL INFORMATION – December 31, 2011

         

Servicing portfolio (c)

   $ 118,058     $ 155,813      $ 5,661  

Carrying value of servicing assets (d)

     647       468        1  

Servicing advances (e)

     563       510        8  

Servicing deposits (f)

     2,264       3,861        38  

Repurchase and recourse obligations (g)

     83       47        47  

Carrying value of mortgage-backed securities held (h)

     4,654       1,839           

CASH FLOWS – Three months ended June 30, 2012

         

Sales of loans (i)

   $ 2,939     $ 468        

Repurchases of previously transferred loans (j)

     358        $ 6  

Contractual servicing fees received

     95       46        6  

Servicing advances recovered/(funded), net

     20       13       

Cash flows on mortgage-backed securities held (h)

     283       223           

CASH FLOWS – Three months ended June 30, 2011

         

Sales of loans (i)

   $ 3,144     $ 421        

Repurchases of previously transferred loans (j)

     365        $ 8  

Contractual servicing fees received

     87       44        6  

Servicing advances recovered/(funded), net

     (22     (1     

Cash flows on mortgage-backed securities held (h)

     107       80           

CASH FLOWS – Six months ended June 30, 2012

         

Sales of loans (i)

   $ 6,448     $ 949        

Repurchases of previously transferred loans (j)

     769        $ 16  

Contractual servicing fees received

     194       91        11  

Servicing advances recovered/(funded), net

     (1     21       

Cash flows on mortgage-backed securities held (h)

     539       352           

CASH FLOWS – Six months ended June 30, 2011

         

Sales of loans (i)

   $ 6,529     $ 904        

Repurchases of previously transferred loans (j)

     809        $ 30  

Contractual servicing fees received

     177       87        12  

Servicing advances recovered/(funded), net

     8       (36      15  

Cash flows on mortgage-backed securities held (h)

     258       177           
(a) Represents financial and cash flow information associated with both commercial mortgage loan transfer and servicing activities.
(b) These activities were part of an acquired brokered home equity business in which PNC is no longer engaged. See Note 18 Commitments and Guarantees for further information.
(c) For our continuing involvement with residential mortgage and home equity loan/line transfers, amount represents outstanding balance of loans transferred and serviced. For commercial mortgages, amount represents the portion of the overall servicing portfolio in which loans have been transferred by us or third parties to VIEs.
(d) See Note 9 Fair Value and Note 10 Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets for further information.
(e) Pursuant to certain contractual servicing agreements, represents outstanding balance of funds advanced (i) to investors for monthly collections of borrower principal and interest, (ii) for borrower draws on unused home equity lines of credit, and (iii) for collateral protection associated with the underlying mortgage collateral.
(f) Represents balances in custodial and escrow demand deposit accounts held at PNC on behalf of investors. Borrowers’ loan payments including escrows are deposited in these accounts prior to their distribution.
(g) Represents liability for our loss exposure associated with loan repurchases for breaches of representations and warranties for our Residential Mortgage Banking and Non-Strategic Assets Portfolio segments, and our commercial mortgage loss share arrangements for our Corporate & Institutional Banking segment. See Note 18 Commitments and Guarantees for further information.

 

The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – Form 10-Q    89


Table of Contents
(h) Represents securities held where PNC transferred to and/or services loans for a securitization SPE and we hold securities issued by that SPE.
(i) There were no gains or losses recognized on the transaction date for sales of residential mortgage and certain commercial mortgage loans as these loans are recognized on the balance sheet at fair value. For transfers of commercial mortgage loans not recognized on the balance sheet at fair value, gains/losses recognized on sales of these loans were insignificant for the periods presented.
(j) Includes repurchases of government insured, and government guaranteed loans, repurchased through the exercise of our ROAP option.

 

VARIABLE INTEREST ENTITIES (VIES)

As discussed in our 2011 Form 10-K, we are involved with various entities in the normal course of business that are deemed to be VIEs. The following provides a summary of

VIEs, including those that we have consolidated and those in which we hold variable interests but have not consolidated into our financial statements as of June 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011.

 

 

Table 59: Consolidated VIEs – Carrying Value (a) (b)

 

June 30, 2012

In millions

  Market
Street
    Credit Card
Securitization
Trust
    Tax Credit
Investments
    Total  

Assets

               

Cash and due from banks

          $ 6      $ 6   

Interest-earning deposits with banks

            8        8   

Investment securities

  $ 108                108   

Loans

    6,214      $ 1,773            7,987   

Allowance for loan and lease losses

        (84         (84

Equity investments

            1,729        1,729   

Other assets

    464        (40 ) (c)      760        1,184   

Total assets

  $ 6,786      $ 1,649      $ 2,503      $ 10,938   

Liabilities

               

Other borrowed funds

  $ 6,320          $ 225      $ 6,545   

Accrued expenses

            105        105   

Other liabilities

    459                378        837   

Total liabilities

  $ 6,779              $ 708      $ 7,487   
       

December 31, 2011

In millions

  Market
Street
    Credit Card
Securitization
Trust
    Tax Credit
Investments
    Total  

Assets

               

Cash and due from banks

          $ 7      $ 7   

Interest-earning deposits with banks

      $ 317        8        325   

Investment securities

  $ 109                109   

Loans

    4,163        1,933            6,096   

Allowance for loan and lease losses

        (91         (91

Equity investments

            1,643        1,643   

Other assets

    360        7        838        1,205   

Total assets

  $ 4,632      $ 2,166      $ 2,496      $ 9,294   

Liabilities

               

Other borrowed funds

  $ 4,272      $ 287      $ 218      $ 4,777   

Accrued expenses

        50        105        155   

Other liabilities

    355                379        734   

Total liabilities

  $ 4,627      $ 337      $ 702      $ 5,666   
(a) Amounts represent carrying value on PNC’s Consolidated Balance Sheet.
(b) Difference between total assets and total liabilities represents the equity portion of the VIE or intercompany assets and liabilities which are eliminated in consolidation.
(c) Represents reclassification of tax position to conform with presentation on PNC’s Consolidated Balance Sheet.

 

90    The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – Form 10-Q


Table of Contents

Table 60: Assets and Liabilities of Consolidated VIEs (a)

 

In millions   Aggregate
Assets
    Aggregate
Liabilities
 

June 30, 2012

       

Market Street

  $ 7,895     $ 7,896  

Credit Card Securitization Trust

    1,725       18  

Tax Credit Investments

    2,512       730  

December 31, 2011

       

Market Street

  $ 5,490      $ 5,491  

Credit Card Securitization Trust

    2,175       494  

Tax Credit Investments

    2,503       723  
(a) Amounts in this table differ from total assets and liabilities in the preceding “Consolidated VIEs—Carrying Value” table due to the elimination of intercompany assets and liabilities in the preceding table.

Table 61: Non-Consolidated VIEs

 

In millions   Aggregate
Assets
    Aggregate
Liabilities
    PNC Risk
of Loss
    Carrying
Value of
Assets
    Carrying
Value of
Liabilities
 

June 30, 2012

                   

Commercial Mortgage-Backed Securitizations (a)

  $ 68,215      $ 68,215      $ 1,851      $ 1,851  (c)     

Residential Mortgage-Backed Securitizations (a)

    40,962        40,962        4,962        4,962  (c)    $ 91  (e) 

Tax Credit Investments and Other (b)

    6,011        2,426        954        954  (d)      389  (e) 

Total

  $ 115,188      $ 111,603      $ 7,767      $ 7,767      $ 480   
         
In millions   Aggregate
Assets
    Aggregate
Liabilities
    PNC Risk
of Loss
    Carrying
Value of
Assets
    Carrying
Value of
Liabilities
 

December 31, 2011

                   

Commercial Mortgage-Backed Securitizations (a)

  $ 75,961      $ 75,961      $ 2,079      $ 2,079  (c)     

Residential Mortgage-Backed Securitizations (a)

    44,315        44,315        4,667        4,667  (c)    $ 99  (e) 

Tax Credit Investments and Other (b)

    5,395        2,384        837        837  (d)      352  (e) 

Total

  $ 125,671      $ 122,660      $ 7,583      $ 7,583      $ 451   
(a) Amounts reflect involvement with securitization SPEs where PNC transferred to and/or services loans for a SPE and we hold securities issued by that SPE. Asset amounts equal outstanding liability amounts of the SPEs due to limited availability of SPE financial information. We also invest in other mortgage and asset-backed securities issued by third-party VIEs with which we have no continuing involvement. Further information on these securities is included in Note 8 Investment Securities and values disclosed represent our maximum exposure to loss for those securities’ holdings.
(b) Aggregate assets and aggregate liabilities are based on limited availability of financial information associated with certain acquired partnerships.
(c) Included in Trading securities, Investment securities, Other intangible assets, and Other assets on our Consolidated Balance Sheet.
(d) $946 million included in Equity investments and $8 million included in Other assets at June 30, 2012 on our Consolidated Balance Sheet. $837 million included in Equity investments at December 31, 2011 on our Consolidated Balance Sheet.
(e) Included in Other liabilities on our Consolidated Balance Sheet.

 

Market Street

Market Street Funding LLC (Market Street), owned by an independent third-party, is a multi-seller asset-backed commercial paper conduit that primarily purchases assets or makes loans secured by interests in pools of receivables from US corporations. Market Street funds the purchases of assets or loans by issuing commercial paper. Market Street is supported by pool-specific credit enhancements, liquidity facilities, and a program-level credit enhancement. Generally, Market Street mitigates its potential interest rate risk by entering into agreements with its borrowers that reflect interest rates based upon its weighted-average commercial paper cost of funds. During 2011 and the first six months of 2012, Market Street met all of its funding needs through the issuance of commercial paper.

PNC Bank, N.A. provides certain administrative services, the program-level credit enhancement and a liquidity facility to Market Street in exchange for fees negotiated based on market rates. The program-level credit enhancement covers net losses in the amount of 10% of commitments, excluding explicitly rated AAA/Aaa facilities. Coverage is the form of a cash collateral account funded by a loan facility. This facility expires in June 2017. At June 30, 2012, $1.1 billion was outstanding on this facility.

Although the commercial paper obligations at June 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011 were supported by Market Street’s assets, PNC Bank, N.A. may be obligated to fund Market Street under the $10.8 billion of liquidity facilities for events such as commercial paper market disruptions, borrower

 

 

The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – Form 10-Q    91


Table of Contents

bankruptcies, collateral deficiencies or covenant violations. Our credit risk under the liquidity facility is secondary to the risk of first loss absorbed by Market Street borrowers through over-collateralization of assets and losses absorbed by deal-specific credit enhancement provided by a third party. The deal-specific credit enhancement is generally structured to cover a multiple of expected losses for the pool of assets and is sized to meet rating agency standards for comparably structured transactions.

Through the credit enhancement and liquid facility arrangements, PNC Bank, N.A. has the power to direct the activities of Market Street that most significantly affect its economic performance and these arrangements expose PNC Bank, N.A. to expected losses or residual returns that are potentially significant to Market Street. Therefore, PNC Bank, N.A. consolidates Market Street. PNC Bank, N.A. is not required to nor have we provided additional financial support to Market Street and Market Street creditors have no direct recourse to PNC Bank, N.A.

Credit Card Securitization Trust

We were the sponsor of several credit card securitizations facilitated through a trust. This bankruptcy-remote SPE or VIE was established to purchase credit card receivables from the sponsor and to issue and sell asset-backed securities created by it to independent third-parties. The SPE was financed primarily through the sale of these asset-backed securities. These transactions were originally structured as a form of liquidity and to afford favorable capital treatment.

Our continuing involvement in these securitization transactions consisted primarily of holding certain retained interests and acting as the primary servicer. For each securitization series that was outstanding, our retained interests held were in the form of a pro-rata undivided interest, or sellers’ interest, in the transferred receivables, subordinated tranches of asset-backed securities, interest-only strips, discount receivables, and subordinated interests in accrued interest and fees in securitized receivables. We consolidated the SPE as we were deemed the primary beneficiary of the entity based upon our level of continuing involvement. Our role as primary servicer gave us the power to direct the activities of the SPE that most significantly affect its economic performance and our holding of retained interests gave us the obligation to absorb or receive expected losses or residual returns that are significant to the SPE. The underlying assets of the consolidated SPE were restricted only for payment of the beneficial interest issued by the SPE. We were not required to nor did we provide additional financial support to the SPE. Additionally, creditors of the SPE have no direct recourse to PNC.

During the first quarter of 2012, the last series issued by the SPE, Series 2007-1, matured. At June 30, 2012, the SPE remained outstanding and we consolidated the entity as we

continued to be the primary beneficiary of the SPE through our holding of seller’s interest and our role as the primary servicer.

Tax Credit Investments

We make certain equity investments in various tax credit limited partnerships or limited liability companies (LLCs). The purpose of these investments is to achieve a satisfactory return on capital and to assist us in achieving goals associated with the Community Reinvestment Act.

Also, we are a national syndicator of affordable housing equity. In these syndication transactions, we create funds in which our subsidiaries are the general partner or managing member and sell limited partnership or non-managing member interests to third parties. In some cases PNC may also purchase a limited partnership or non-managing member interest in the fund. The purpose of this business is to generate income from the syndication of these funds, generate servicing fees by managing the funds, and earn tax credits to reduce our tax liability. General partner or managing member activities include selecting, evaluating, structuring, negotiating, and closing the fund investments in operating limited partnerships or LLCs, as well as oversight of the ongoing operations of the fund portfolio.

Typically, the general partner or managing member will be the party that has the right to make decisions that will most significantly impact the economic performance of the entity. However, certain partnership or LLC agreements provide the limited partner or non-managing member the ability to remove the general partner or managing member without cause. This results in the limited partner or non-managing member being the party that has the right to make decisions that will most significantly impact the economic performance of the entity. The primary sources of losses and benefits for these investments are the tax credits, tax benefits due to passive losses on the investments, and development and operating cash flows. We have consolidated investments in which we are the general partner or managing member and have a limited partnership interest or non-managing member interest that could potentially absorb losses or receive benefits that are significant. The assets are primarily included in Equity investments and Other assets on our Consolidated Balance Sheet with the liabilities classified in Other borrowed funds, Accrued expenses, and Other liabilities and the third party investors’ interests included in the Equity section as Noncontrolling interests. Neither creditors nor equity investors in these investments have any recourse to our general credit. We have not provided financial or other support to the limited partnership or LLC that we are not contractually obligated to provide. The consolidated aggregate assets and liabilities of these investments are provided in the Consolidated VIEs table and reflected in the “Other” business segment.

For tax credit investments in which we do not have the right to make decisions that will most significantly impact the

 

 

92    The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – Form 10-Q


Table of Contents

economic performance of the entity, we are not the primary beneficiary and thus they are not consolidated. These investments are disclosed in the Non-Consolidated VIEs table. The table also reflects our maximum exposure to loss. Our maximum exposure to loss is equal to our legally binding equity commitments adjusted for recorded impairment and partnership results. We use the equity method to account for our investment in these entities with the investments reflected in Equity investments on our Consolidated Balance Sheet. In addition, we increase our recognized investments and recognize a liability for all legally binding unfunded equity commitments. These liabilities are reflected in Other liabilities on our Consolidated Balance Sheet.

Residential and Commercial Mortgage-Backed Securitizations

In connection with each Agency and Non-Agency securitization discussed above, we evaluate each SPE utilized in these transactions for consolidation. In performing these assessments, we evaluate our level of continuing involvement in these transactions as the nature of our involvement ultimately determines whether or not we hold a variable interest and/or are the primary beneficiary of the SPE. Factors we consider in our consolidation assessment include the significance of (1) our role as servicer, (2) our holdings of mortgage-backed securities issued by the securitization SPE, and (3) the rights of third-party variable interest holders.

Our first step in our assessment is to determine whether we hold a variable interest in the securitization SPE. We hold a variable interest in an Agency and Non-Agency securitization SPE through our holding of mortgage-backed securities issued by the SPE and/or our repurchase and recourse obligations. Each SPE in which we hold a variable interest is evaluated to determine whether we are the primary beneficiary of the entity. For Agency securitization transactions, our contractual role as servicer does not give us the power to direct the activities that most significantly affect the economic performance of the SPEs. Thus, we are not the primary beneficiary of these entities. For Non-Agency securitization transactions, we would be the primary beneficiary to the extent our servicing activities give us the power to direct the activities that most significantly affect the economic performance of the SPE and we hold a more than insignificant variable interest in the entity. At June 30, 2012, our level of continuing involvement in Non-Agency securitization SPEs did not result in PNC being deemed the primary beneficiary of any of these entities. Details about the Agency and Non-Agency securitization SPEs where we hold a variable interest and are not the primary beneficiary are included in the table above. Our maximum exposure to loss as a result of our involvement with these SPEs is the carrying value of the mortgage-backed securities, servicing assets, servicing advances, and our liabilities associated with our repurchase and recourse obligations. Creditors of the securitization SPEs have no recourse to PNC’s assets or general credit.

 

NOTE 4 LOANS AND COMMITMENTS TO EXTEND CREDIT

Loans outstanding were as follows:

Table 62: Loans Outstanding

 

In millions   June 30
2012
    December 31
2011
 

Commercial lending

       

Commercial

  $ 78,901     $ 65,694  

Commercial real estate

    18,480       16,204  

Equipment lease financing

    6,764       6,416  

Total commercial lending

    104,145       88,314  

Consumer lending

       

Home equity

    35,838       33,089  

Residential real estate

    15,823       14,469  

Credit card

    4,123       3,976  

Other consumer

    20,496       19,166  

Total consumer lending

    76,280       70,700  

Total loans (a) (b)

  $ 180,425     $ 159,014  
(a) Net of unearned income, net deferred loan fees, unamortized discounts and premiums, and purchase discounts and premiums totaling $3.1 billion and $2.3 billion at June 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011, respectively.
(b) Future accretable yield related to purchased impaired loans is not included in loans outstanding.

At June 30, 2012, we pledged $23.1 billion of commercial loans to the Federal Reserve Bank and $37.9 billion of residential real estate and other loans to the Federal Home Loan Bank as collateral for the contingent ability to borrow, if necessary. The comparable amounts at December 31, 2011 were $21.8 billion and $27.7 billion, respectively.

Table 63: Net Unfunded Credit Commitments

 

In millions   June 30
2012
    December 31
2011
 

Commercial and commercial real estate

  $ 70,808     $ 64,955  

Home equity lines of credit

    20,486       18,317  

Credit card

    17,896       16,216  

Other

    4,446       3,783  

Total (a)

  $ 113,636     $ 103,271  
(a) Excludes standby letters of credit. See Note 18 Commitments and Guarantees for additional information on standby letters of credit.

Commitments to extend credit represent arrangements to lend funds or provide liquidity subject to specified contractual conditions. At June 30, 2012, commercial commitments reported above exclude $20.7 billion of syndications, assignments and participations, primarily to financial institutions. The comparable amount at December 31, 2011 was $20.2 billion.

Commitments generally have fixed expiration dates, may require payment of a fee, and contain termination clauses in the event the customer’s credit quality deteriorates. Based on our historical experience, most commitments expire unfunded, and therefore cash requirements are substantially less than the total commitment.

 

 

The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – Form 10-Q    93


Table of Contents

NOTE 5 ASSET QUALITY

ASSET QUALITY

We closely monitor economic conditions and loan performance trends to manage and evaluate our exposure to credit risk. Trends in delinquency rates are a key indicator, among other considerations, of credit risk within the loan portfolios. The measurement of delinquency status is based on the contractual terms of each loan. Loans that are 30 days or more past due in terms of payment are considered delinquent. Loan delinquencies exclude loans held for sale and purchased impaired loans, but include government insured or guaranteed loans.

The trends in nonperforming assets represent another key indicator of the potential for future credit losses. Nonperforming assets include nonperforming loans, TDRs, and other real estate owned (OREO) and foreclosed assets, but exclude certain government insured or guaranteed loans, loans held for sale, loans accounted for under the fair value option and purchased impaired loans. See Note 6 Purchased Loans for further information.

See Note 1 Accounting Policies for additional delinquency, nonperforming, and charge-off information.

The following tables display the delinquency status of our loans and our nonperforming assets at June 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011.

 

 

Table 64: Age Analysis of Past Due Accruing Loans

 

    Accruing                          
In millions  

Current or Less

Than 30 Days

Past Due

    30-59 Days
Past Due
     60-89 Days
Past Due
    90 Days
Or More
Past Due
     Total Past
Due (a)
     Nonperforming
Loans
     Purchased
Impaired
    

Total

Loans

 

June 30, 2012

                              

Commercial

  $ 77,476      $ 130       $ 65      $ 34       $ 229       $ 791       $ 405       $ 78,901   

Commercial real estate

    15,967        123         105        16         244         1,142         1,127         18,480   

Equipment lease financing

    6,737        5         2        1         8         19              6,764   

Home equity (b) (c)

    32,152        124         68             192         722         2,772         35,838   

Residential real estate (d) (e)

    8,864        271         143        2,029         2,443         739         3,777         15,823   

Credit card

    4,024        33         22        38         93         6              4,123   

Other consumer (f)

    19,754        207         129        365         701         39         2         20,496   

Total

  $ 164,974      $ 893       $ 534      $ 2,483       $ 3,910       $ 3,458       $ 8,083       $ 180,425   

Percentage of total loans

    91.43     .49      .30     1.38      2.17      1.92      4.48      100.00

December 31, 2011

                              

Commercial

  $ 64,437      $ 122       $ 47      $ 49       $ 218       $ 899       $ 140       $ 65,694   

Commercial real estate

    14,010        96         35        6         137         1,345         712         16,204   

Equipment lease financing

    6,367        22         5             27         22              6,416   

Home equity (b) (c)

    29,288        173         114        221         508         529         2,764         33,089   

Residential real estate (d) (e)

    7,935        302         176        2,281         2,759         726         3,049         14,469   

Credit card

    3,857        38         25        48         111         8              3,976   

Other consumer (f)

    18,355        265         145        368         778         31         2         19,166   

Total

  $ 144,249      $ 1,018       $ 547      $ 2,973       $ 4,538       $ 3,560       $ 6,667       $ 159,014   

Percentage of total loans

    90.72     .64      .34     1.87      2.85      2.24      4.19      100.00
(a) Past due loan amounts exclude purchased impaired loans as they are considered performing, even if contractually past due (or if we do not expect to receive payment in full based on the original contractual terms), as we are currently accreting interest income over the expected life of the loans.
(b) In the first quarter of 2012, we adopted a policy stating that Home equity loans past due 90 days or more would be placed on nonaccrual status. Prior policy required that these loans be past due 180 days before being placed on nonaccrual status.
(c) In the second quarter of 2012, the Home equity amounts as of June 30, 2012 were reduced by $42 million and $27 million for the accruing loans past due 30 to 59 Days and 60 to 89 Days respectively, to correct for immaterial amounts. Prior period amounts have not been adjusted.
(d) Past due loan amounts at June 30, 2012, include government insured or guaranteed residential real estate mortgages, totaling $.1 billion for 30 to 59 days past due, $.1 billion for 60 to 89 days past due and $1.9 billion for 90 days or more past due. Past due loan amounts at December 31, 2011, include government insured or guaranteed residential real estate mortgages, totaling $.1 billion for 30 to 59 days past due, $.1 billion for 60 to 89 days past due and $2.1 billion for 90 days or more past due.
(e) In the second quarter of 2012, the Residential real estate amounts as of June 30, 2012 were reduced by $28 million, $14 million and $28 million for the accruing loans past due 30 to 59 Days, 60 to 89 Days and 90 Days or More respectively, to correct for immaterial amounts. Prior period amounts have not been adjusted.
(f) Past due loan amounts at June 30, 2012, include government insured or guaranteed other consumer loans, totaling $.2 billion for 30 to 59 days past due, $.1 billion for 60 to 89 days past due and $.3 billion for 90 days or more past due. Past due loan amounts at December 31, 2011, include government insured or guaranteed other consumer loans, totaling $.2 billion for 30 to 59 days past due, $.1 billion for 60 to 89 days past due and $.3 billion for 90 days or more past due.

 

94    The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – Form 10-Q


Table of Contents

Table 65: Nonperforming Assets

 

Dollars in millions    June 30, 2012     December 31, 2011  

Nonperforming loans

      

Commercial lending

      

Commercial

   $ 791      $ 899   

Commercial real estate

     1,142        1,345   

Equipment lease financing

     19        22   

Total commercial lending

     1,952        2,266   

Consumer lending (a)

      

Home equity (b)

     722        529   

Residential real estate (c)

     739        726   

Credit card

     6        8   

Other consumer

     39        31   

Total consumer lending

     1,506        1,294   

Total nonperforming loans (d)

     3,458        3,560   

OREO and foreclosed assets

      

Other real estate owned (OREO) (e)

     670        561   

Foreclosed and other assets

     48        35   

Total OREO and foreclosed assets

     718        596   

Total nonperforming assets

   $ 4,176      $ 4,156   

Nonperforming loans to total loans

     1.92     2.24

Nonperforming assets to total loans, OREO and foreclosed assets

     2.31        2.60   

Nonperforming assets to total assets

     1.39        1.53   
(a) Excludes most consumer loans and lines of credit, not secured by residential real estate, which are charged off after 120 to 180 days past due and are not placed on nonperforming status.
(b) In the first quarter of 2012, we adopted a policy stating that Home equity loans past due 90 days or more would be placed on nonaccrual status. Prior policy required that these loans be past due 180 days before being placed on nonaccrual status.
(c) Nonperforming residential real estate excludes loans of $55 million and $61 million accounted for under the fair value option as of June 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011, respectively.
(d) Nonperforming loans exclude certain government insured or guaranteed loans, loans held for sale, loans accounted for under the fair value option and purchased impaired loans.
(e) OREO excludes $262 million and $280 million at June 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011, respectively, related to residential real estate that was acquired by us upon foreclosure of serviced loans because they are insured by the Federal Housing Administration (FHA) or guaranteed by the Department of Veterans Affairs (VA).

 

Nonperforming loans also include loans whose terms have been restructured in a manner that grants a concession to a borrower experiencing financial difficulties. In accordance with applicable accounting guidance, these loans are considered TDRs. See Note 1 Accounting Policies and the TDR section of this Note 5 for additional information. For the six months ended June 30, 2012, $1.6 billion of loans held for sale, loans accounted for under the fair value option, pooled purchased impaired loans, as well as certain consumer government insured or guaranteed loans which were evaluated for TDR consideration, are not classified as TDRs. The comparable amount for the six months ended June 30, 2011 was $1.1 billion.

Total nonperforming loans in the nonperforming assets table above include TDRs of $1.2 billion at June 30, 2012 and $1.1 billion at December 31, 2011. TDRs returned to performing (accruing) status totaled $878 million and $771 million at June 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011, respectively, and are excluded from nonperforming loans. These loans have

demonstrated a period of at least six months of consecutive performance under the restructured terms. At June 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011, remaining commitments to lend additional funds to debtors in a commercial or consumer TDR were immaterial.

ADDITIONAL ASSET QUALITY INDICATORS

We have two overall portfolio segments – Commercial Lending and Consumer Lending. Each of these two segments is comprised of one or more loan classes. Classes are characterized by similarities in initial measurement, risk attributes and the manner in which we monitor and assess credit risk. The commercial segment is comprised of the commercial, commercial real estate, equipment lease financing, and commercial purchased impaired loan classes. The consumer segment is comprised of the home equity, residential real estate, credit card, other consumer, and consumer purchased impaired loan classes. Asset quality indicators for each of these loan classes are discussed in more detail below.

 

 

The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – Form 10-Q    95


Table of Contents

COMMERCIAL LENDING ASSET CLASSES

COMMERCIAL LOAN CLASS

For commercial loans, we monitor the performance of the borrower in a disciplined and regular manner based upon the level of credit risk inherent in the loan. To evaluate the level of credit risk, we assign an internal risk rating reflecting the borrower’s PD and LGD. This two-dimensional credit risk rating methodology provides risk granularity in the monitoring process on an ongoing basis. At least annually, we update PDs based upon market data. Additionally, when statistically significant historical data exists, we update our LGDs. The combination of the PD and LGD ratings assigned to a commercial loan, capturing both the combination of expectations of default and loss severity in event of default, reflects the relative estimated likelihood of loss for that loan at the reporting date. Loans with better PD and LGD have a lower likelihood of loss. Conversely, loans with worse PD and LGD have a higher likelihood of loss. The loss amount also considers EAD, which we update when statistically significant historical data exists.

Based upon the amount of the lending arrangement and our risk rating assessment, we follow a formal schedule of written periodic review. On a quarterly basis, we conduct formal reviews of a market’s or business unit’s entire loan portfolio, focusing on those loans which we perceive to be of higher risk, based upon PDs and LGDs, or weakening credit quality. If circumstances warrant, it is our practice to review any customer obligation and its level of credit risk more frequently. We attempt to proactively manage our loans by using various procedures that are customized to the risk of a given loan, including ongoing outreach, contact, and assessment of obligor financial conditions, collateral inspection and appraisal.

COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE LOAN CLASS

We manage credit risk associated with our commercial real estate projects and commercial mortgage activities similar to commercial loans by analyzing PD and LGD. However, due to the nature of the collateral, for commercial real estate projects and commercial mortgages, the LGDs tend to be significantly lower than those seen in the commercial class. Additionally, risks connected with commercial real estate projects and commercial mortgage activities tend to be correlated to the

loan structure and collateral location, project progress and business environment. As a result, these attributes are also monitored and utilized in assessing credit risk.

As with the commercial class, a formal schedule of periodic review is performed to also assess market/geographic risk and business unit/industry risk. Often as a result of these overviews, more in-depth reviews and increased scrutiny is placed on areas of higher risk, including adverse changes in risk ratings, deteriorating operating trends, and/or areas that concern management. The goal of these reviews is to assess risk and take actions to mitigate our exposure to such risks.

EQUIPMENT LEASE FINANCING LOAN CLASS

We manage credit risk associated with our equipment lease financing class similar to commercial loans by analyzing PD and LGD.

Based upon the dollar amount of the lease and of the level of credit risk, we follow a formal schedule of periodic review. Generally, this occurs on a quarterly basis, although we have established practices to review such credit risk more frequently, if circumstances warrant. Our review process entails analysis of the following factors: equipment value/residual value, exposure levels, jurisdiction risk, industry risk, guarantor requirements, and regulatory compliance.

COMMERCIAL PURCHASED IMPAIRED LOANS CLASS

The credit impacts of purchased impaired loans are primarily determined through the estimation of expected cash flows. Commercial cash flow estimates are influenced by a number of credit related items, which include but are not limited to: estimated collateral value, receipt of additional collateral, secondary trading prices, circumstances of possible and/or ongoing liquidation, capital availability, business operations and payment patterns.

We attempt to proactively manage these factors by using various procedures that are customized to the risk of a given loan. These procedures include a review by our Special Asset Committee (SAC), ongoing outreach, contact, and assessment of obligor financial conditions, collateral inspection and appraisal.

See Note 6 Purchased Loans for additional information.

 

 

96    The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – Form 10-Q


Table of Contents

Table 66: Commercial Lending Asset Quality Indicators (a)

 

             Criticized Commercial Loans          
In millions    Pass
Rated (b)
     Special
Mention (c)
     Substandard (d)      Doubtful (e)     

Total

Loans

 

June 30, 2012

                

Commercial

   $ 73,232       $ 2,204       $ 2,784       $ 276       $ 78,496   

Commercial real estate

     13,551         957         2,512         333         17,353   

Equipment lease financing

     6,599         34         123         8         6,764   

Purchased impaired loans

     76         64         843         549         1,532   

Total commercial lending (f)

   $ 93,458       $ 3,259       $ 6,262       $ 1,166       $ 104,145   

December 31, 2011

                

Commercial

   $ 60,649       $ 1,831       $ 2,817       $ 257       $ 65,554   

Commercial real estate

     11,478         791         2,823         400         15,492   

Equipment lease financing

     6,210         48         153         5         6,416   

Purchased impaired loans

     107         35         542         168         852   

Total commercial lending (f)

   $ 78,444       $ 2,705       $ 6,335       $ 830       $ 88,314   
(a) Based upon PDs and LGDs.
(b) Pass Rated loans include loans not classified as “Special Mention”, “Substandard”, or “Doubtful”.
(c) Special Mention rated loans have a potential weakness that deserves management’s close attention. If left uncorrected, these potential weaknesses may result in deterioration of repayment prospects at some future date. These loans do not expose us to sufficient risk to warrant a more adverse classification at this time.
(d) Substandard rated loans have a well-defined weakness or weaknesses that jeopardize the collection or liquidation of debt. They are characterized by the distinct possibility that we will sustain some loss if the deficiencies are not corrected.
(e) Doubtful rated loans possess all the inherent weaknesses of a Substandard loan with the additional characteristics that the weakness makes collection or liquidation in full improbable due to existing facts, conditions, and values.
(f) Loans are included above based on their contractual terms as “Pass”, “Special Mention”, “Substandard” or “Doubtful”.

 

CONSUMER LENDING ASSET CLASSES

HOME EQUITY AND RESIDENTIAL REAL ESTATE LOAN CLASSES

We use several credit quality indicators, including delinquency information, nonperforming loan information, updated credit scores, originated and updated LTV ratios, and geography, to monitor and manage credit risk within the home equity and residential real estate loan classes. We evaluate mortgage loan performance by source originators and loan servicers. A summary of asset quality indicators follows:

Delinquency/Delinquency Rates: We monitor trending of delinquency/delinquency rates for home equity and residential real estate loans. See the Asset Quality section of this Note 5 for additional information.

Nonperforming Loans: We monitor trending of nonperforming loans for home equity and residential real estate loans. See the Asset Quality section of this Note 5 for additional information.

Credit Scores: We use a national third-party provider to update FICO credit scores for home equity loans and lines of credit and residential real estate loans on at least a quarterly basis. The updated scores are incorporated into a series of credit management reports, which are utilized to monitor the risk in the loan classes.

LTV (inclusive of combined loan-to-value (CLTV) ratios for second lien positions): Semi-annually, we update the property values of real estate collateral and calculate an updated LTV

ratio. For open-end credit lines secured by real estate in regions experiencing significant declines in property values, more frequent valuations may occur. We examine LTV migration and stratify LTV into categories to monitor the risk in the loan classes.

Historically, we used, and we continue to use, a combination of original LTV and updated LTV for internal risk management reporting and risk management purposes (e.g., line management, loss mitigation strategies). In addition to the fact that estimated property values by their nature are estimates, given certain data limitations it is important to note that updated LTVs may be based upon management’s assumptions (e.g., if an updated LTV is not provided by the third-party service provider, home price index (HPI) changes will be incorporated in arriving at management’s estimate of updated LTV).

Geography: Geographic concentrations are monitored to evaluate and manage exposures. Loan purchase programs are sensitive to, and focused within, certain regions to manage geographic exposures and associated risks.

A combination of updated FICO scores, originated and updated LTV ratios and geographic location assigned to home equity loans and lines of credit and residential real estate loans are used to monitor the risk in the loan classes. Loans with higher FICO scores and lower LTVs tend to have a lower level of risk. Conversely, loans with lower FICO scores, higher LTVs, and in certain geographic locations tend to have a higher level of risk.

 

 

The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – Form 10-Q    97


Table of Contents

In the table below, we provide information on home equity and residential real estate outstanding balances and recorded investment. See Note 4 Loans and Commitments to Extend Credit for additional information.

Table 67: Home Equity and Residential Real Estate Balances

 

In millions    June 30
2012
    December 31
2011
 

Home equity and residential real estate loans – excluding purchased impaired loans (a)

   $ 44,712     $ 41,014  

Home equity and residential real estate loans – purchased impaired loans (a)

     7,330       6,533  

Government insured or guaranteed residential real estate mortgages (a)

     2,503       2,884  

Purchase accounting, deferred fees and other accounting adjustments

     (2,884     (2,873

Total home equity and residential real estate loans (b)

   $ 51,661     $ 47,558  
(a) Represents outstanding balance.
(b) Represents recorded investment.

Table 68: Consumer Real Estate Secured Asset Quality Indicators – Excluding Purchased Impaired Loans (a) (b)

 

     Home Equity      Residential Real Estate          
June 30, 2012 – in millions    1st Liens      2nd Liens              Total  

Current estimated LTV ratios (c) (d)

                 

Greater than or equal to 125% and updated FICO scores:

                 

Greater than 660

   $ 517       $ 3,149       $ 817       $ 4,483   

Less than or equal to 660 (e) (f)

     82         714         273         1,069   

Missing FICO

     11         15         41         67   

Greater than or equal to 100% to less than 125% and updated FICO scores:

                 

Greater than 660

     838         3,069         940         4,847   

Less than or equal to 660 (e) (f)

     124         568         232         924   

Missing FICO

     23         12         18         53   

Greater than or equal to 90% to less than 100% and updated FICO scores:

                 

Greater than 660

     752         1,719         695         3,166   

Less than or equal to 660

     105         258         144         507   

Missing FICO

     38         21         15         74   

Less than 90% and updated FICO scores:

                 

Greater than 660

     7,726         10,698         5,111         23,535   

Less than or equal to 660

     952         1,585         931         3,468   

Missing FICO

     909         260         438         1,607   

Missing LTV and updated FICO scores:

                 

Greater than 660

        9              9   

Less than or equal to 660

        1              1   

Missing FICO

                       902         902   

Total home equity and residential real estate loans

   $ 12,077       $ 22,078       $ 10,557       $ 44,712   

 

98    The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – Form 10-Q


Table of Contents
     Home Equity (g)      Residential Real Estate          
December 31, 2011 – in millions    1st Liens      2nd Liens              Total  

Current estimated LTV ratios (c) (d)

                 

Greater than or equal to 125% and updated FICO scores:

                 

Greater than 660

   $ 481       $ 3,222       $ 1,845       $ 5,548   

Less than or equal to 660 (e) (f)

     78         747         463         1,288   

Missing FICO

     1         9         289         299   

Greater than or equal to 100% to less than 125% and updated FICO scores:

                 

Greater than 660

     706         2,940         1,336         4,982   

Less than or equal to 660 (e) (f)

     127         582         349         1,058   

Missing FICO

     1         5         53         59   

Greater than or equal to 90% to less than 100% and updated FICO scores:

                 

Greater than 660

     660         1,587         760         3,007   

Less than or equal to 660

     98         255         200         553   

Missing FICO

     8         15         12         35   

Less than 90% and updated FICO scores:

                 

Greater than 660

     6,588         9,747         3,152         19,487   

Less than or equal to 660

     821         1,405         799         3,025   

Missing FICO

     679         218         32         929   

Missing LTV and updated FICO scores:

                 

Greater than 660

        11              11   

Less than or equal to 660

        2              2   

Missing FICO

                       731         731   

Total home equity and residential real estate loans

   $ 10,248       $ 20,745       $ 10,021       $ 41,014   
(a) Excludes purchased impaired loans of approximately $7.3 billion and $6.5 billion in outstanding balances, certain government insured or guaranteed residential real estate mortgages of approximately $2.5 billion and $2.9 billion, and loans held for sale at June 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011, respectively. See the Consumer Real Estate Secured Asset Quality Indicators – Purchased Impaired Loans table below for additional information on purchased impaired loans.
(b) Amounts shown represent outstanding balance.
(c) Based upon updated LTV (inclusive of CLTV for second lien positions).
(d) Updated LTV (inclusive of CLTV for second lien positions) are estimated using modeled property values. These ratios are updated semi-annually. The related estimates and inputs are based upon an approach that uses a combination of third-party automated valuation models (AVMs), HPI indices, property location, internal and external balance information, origination data and management assumptions. In cases where we are in an originated second lien position, we generally utilize origination balances provided by a third-party which do not include an amortization assumption when calculating updated LTV. Accordingly, the results of these calculations do not represent actual appraised loan level collateral or updated LTV based upon a current first lien balance, and as such, are necessarily imprecise and subject to change as we enhance our methodology.
(e) Higher risk loans are defined as loans with both an updated FICO score of less than or equal to 660 and an updated LTV greater than or equal to 100%.
(f) The following states have the highest percentage of higher risk loans at June 30, 2012: New Jersey 12%, Illinois 10%, Florida 10%, California 10%, Pennsylvania 9%, Ohio 9%, Maryland 6%, and Michigan 5%. The remainder of the states have lower than 4% of the high risk loans individually, and collectively they represent approximately 29% of the higher risk loans. At December 31, 2011, the states with the highest percentage of higher risk loans were as follows: Pennsylvania 13%, New Jersey 13%, Illinois 10%, Ohio 9%, Florida 8%, California 8%, Maryland 5%, and Michigan 5%. The remainder of the states had lower than 3% of the high risk loans individually, and collectively they represented approximately 29% of the higher risk loans.
(g) In the second quarter of 2012, we made changes to the assumptions used to determine home equity first and second lien positions. This resulted in an increase in Home equity 2nd liens of $2.4 billion and a corresponding decrease in Home equity 1st liens as of December 31, 2011.

 

The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – Form 10-Q    99


Table of Contents

Table 69: Consumer Real Estate Secured Asset Quality Indicators – Purchased Impaired Loans (a) 

 

     Home Equity (b) (c)      Residential Real Estate (b) (c)          
June 30, 2012 – in millions    1st Liens      2nd Liens              Total  

Current estimated LTV ratios (d) (e)

                 

Greater than or equal to 125% and updated FICO scores:

                 

Greater than 660

   $ 16       $ 681       $ 369       $ 1,066   

Less than or equal to 660

     16         379         335         730   

Missing FICO

        19         17         36   

Greater than or equal to 100% to less than 125% and updated FICO scores:

                 

Greater than 660

     23         427         367         817   

Less than or equal to 660

     20         217         308         545   

Missing FICO

        16         13         29   

Greater than or equal to 90% to less than 100% and updated FICO scores:

                 

Greater than 660

     14         109         189         312   

Less than or equal to 660

     12         67         175         254   

Missing FICO

        5         3         8   

Less than 90% and updated FICO scores:

                 

Greater than 660

     59         646         1,124         1,829   

Less than or equal to 660

     104         432         953         1,489   

Missing FICO

     1         20         44         65   

Missing LTV and updated FICO scores:

                 

Greater than 660

             1         1   

Less than or equal to 660

             1         1   

Missing FICO

              6         142         148   

Total home equity and residential real estate loans

   $ 265       $ 3,024       $ 4,041       $ 7,330   

 

100    The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – Form 10-Q


Table of Contents
     Home Equity (b) (c) (f)      Residential Real Estate (b) (c)          
December 31, 2011 – in millions    1st Liens      2nd Liens              Total  

Current estimated LTV ratios (d) (e)

                 

Greater than or equal to 125% and updated FICO scores:

                 

Greater than 660

   $ 15       $ 833       $ 361       $ 1,209   

Less than or equal to 660

     15         513         681         1,209   

Missing FICO

        23         38         61   

Greater than or equal to 100% to less than 125% and updated FICO scores:

                 

Greater than 660

     17         509         229         755   

Less than or equal to 660

     16         286         375         677   

Missing FICO

        19         7         26   

Greater than or equal to 90% to less than 100% and updated FICO scores:

                 

Greater than 660

     10         127         116         253   

Less than or equal to 660

     11         79         208         298   

Missing FICO

        5         4         9   

Less than 90% and updated FICO scores:

                 

Greater than 660

     46         423         404         873   

Less than or equal to 660

     72         366         679         1,117   

Missing FICO

     1         17         22         40   

Missing LTV and updated FICO scores:

                 

Greater than 660

             1         1   

Less than or equal to 660

        1         1         2   

Missing FICO

              1         2         3   

Total home equity and residential real estate loans

   $ 203       $ 3,202       $ 3,128       $ 6,533   
(a) Amounts shown represent outstanding balance. See Note 6 Purchased Loans for additional information.
(b) For the estimate of cash flows utilized in our purchased impaired loan accounting, other assumptions and estimates are made, including amortization of first lien balances, pre-payment rates, etc., which are not reflected in this table.
(c) The following states have the highest percentage of loans at June 30, 2012: California 21%, Florida 21%, Illinois 8%, Ohio 6%, North Carolina 5%, and Michigan 4%. The remainder of the states have lower than a 4% concentration of purchased impaired loans individually, and collectively they represent approximately 35% of the purchased impaired portfolio. At December 31, 2011, the states with the highest percentage of loans were as follows: California 22%, Florida 13%, Illinois 12%, Ohio 9%, Michigan 5% and New York 4%. The remainder of the states have lower than a 4% concentration of purchased impaired loans individually, and collectively they represent approximately 35% of the purchased impaired portfolio.
(d) Based upon updated LTV (inclusive of CLTV for second lien positions).
(e) Updated LTV (inclusive of CLTV for second lien positions) are estimated using modeled property values. These ratios are updated semi-annually. The related estimates and inputs are based upon an approach that uses a combination of third-party AVMs, HPI indices, property location, internal and external balance information, origination data and management assumptions. In cases where we are in an originated second lien position, we generally utilize origination balances provided by a third-party which do not include an amortization assumption when calculating updated LTV. Accordingly, the results of these calculations do not represent actual appraised loan level collateral or updated LTV based upon a current first lien balance, and as such, are necessarily imprecise and subject to change as we enhance our methodology.
(f) In the second quarter of 2012, we made changes to the assumptions used to determine lien position. This resulted in a decrease in Home equity 1st liens of $65 million and a corresponding increase in Home equity 2nd liens as of December 31, 2011.

 

CREDIT CARD AND OTHER CONSUMER LOAN CLASSES

We monitor a variety of asset quality information in the management of the credit card and other consumer loan classes. Other consumer loan classes include education, automobile, and other secured and unsecured lines and loans. Along with the trending of delinquencies and losses for each class, FICO credit score updates are generally obtained on a monthly basis, as well as a variety of credit bureau attributes. Loans with high FICO scores tend to have a lower likelihood of loss. Conversely, loans with low FICO scores tend to have a higher likelihood of loss.

CONSUMER PURCHASED IMPAIRED LOANS CLASS

Estimates of the expected cash flows primarily determine the credit impacts of consumer purchased impaired loans. Consumer cash flow estimates are influenced by a number of credit related items, which include, but are not limited to: estimated real estate values, payment patterns, updated FICO scores, the current economic environment, updated LTV ratios and the date of origination. These key factors are monitored to help ensure that concentrations of risk are mitigated and cash flows are maximized.

See Note 6 Purchased Loans for additional information.

 

 

The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – Form 10-Q    101


Table of Contents

Table 70: Credit Card and Other Consumer Loan Classes Asset Quality Indicators

 

     Credit Card (a)      Other Consumer (b)  
Dollars in millions    Amount      % of Total Loans
Using FICO
Credit Metric
     Amount      % of Total Loans
Using FICO
Credit Metric
 

June 30, 2012

               

FICO score greater than 719

   $ 2,107         50    $ 6,315         56

650 to 719

     1,145         28         2,527         23   

620 to 649

     188         5         400         4   

Less than 620

     255         7         542         5   

No FICO score available or required (c)

     428         10         1,407         12   

Total loans using FICO credit metric

     4,123         100      11,191         100

Consumer loans using other internal credit metrics (b)

                       9,305            

Total loan balance

   $ 4,123                $ 20,496            

Weighted-average updated FICO score (d)

              725                  740   

December 31, 2011

               

FICO score greater than 719

   $ 2,016         51    $ 5,556         61

650 to 719

     1,100         28         2,125         23   

620 to 649

     184         5         370         4   

Less than 620

     284         7         548         6   

No FICO score available or required (c)

     392         9         574         6   

Total loans using FICO credit metric

     3,976         100      9,173         100

Consumer loans using other internal credit metrics (b)

                       9,993            

Total loan balance

   $ 3,976                $ 19,166            

Weighted-average updated FICO score (d)

              723                  739   
(a) At June 30, 2012, we had $38 million of credit card loans that are higher risk (i.e., loans with both updated FICO scores less than 660 and in late stage (90+ days) delinquency status). The majority of the June 30, 2012 balance related to higher risk credit card loans is geographically distributed throughout the following areas: Ohio 18%, Michigan 14%, Pennsylvania 13%, Illinois 7%, Indiana 7%, Florida 6%, New Jersey 5% and Kentucky 4%. All other states, none of which comprise more than 4%, make up the remainder of the balance. At December 31, 2011, we had $49 million of credit card loans that are higher risk. The majority of the December 31, 2011 balance related to higher risk credit card loans is geographically distributed throughout the following areas: Ohio 20%, Michigan 14%, Pennsylvania 13%, Illinois 7%, Indiana 7%, Florida 6% and Kentucky 5%. All other states, none of which comprise more than 4%, make up the remainder of the balance.
(b) Other consumer loans for which updated FICO scores are used as an asset quality indicator include non-government guaranteed or insured education loans, automobile loans and other secured and unsecured lines and loans. Other consumer loans for which other internal credit metrics are used as an asset quality indicator include primarily government guaranteed or insured education loans, as well as consumer loans to high net worth individuals. Other internal credit metrics may include delinquency status, geography or other factors.
(c) Credit card loans and other consumer loans with no FICO score available or required refers to new accounts issued to borrowers with limited credit history, accounts for which we cannot obtain an updated FICO (e.g., recent profile changes), cards issued with a business name, and/or cards secured by collateral. Management proactively assesses the risk and size of this loan portfolio and, when necessary, takes actions to mitigate the credit risk.
(d) Weighted-average updated FICO score excludes accounts with no FICO score available or required.

 

102    The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – Form 10-Q


Table of Contents

TROUBLED DEBT RESTRUCTURINGS (TDRS)

A TDR is a loan whose terms have been restructured in a manner that grants a concession to a borrower experiencing financial difficulties. TDRs typically result from our loss mitigation activities and include rate reductions, principal forgiveness, postponement/reduction of scheduled amortization, and extensions, which are intended to minimize economic loss and to avoid foreclosure or repossession of collateral. In those situations where principal is forgiven, the amount of such principal forgiveness is immediately charged off.

Some TDRs may not ultimately result in the full collection of principal and interest, as restructured, and result in potential incremental losses. These potential incremental losses have been factored into our overall ALLL estimate. The level of any subsequent defaults will likely be affected by future economic conditions. Once a loan becomes a TDR, it will continue to be reported as a TDR until it is ultimately repaid in full, the collateral is foreclosed upon, or it is fully charged off. We held specific reserves in the ALLL of $572 million and $580 million at June 30, 2012, and December 31, 2011, respectively, for the total TDR portfolio.

 

 

Table 71: Summary of Troubled Debt Restructurings

 

In millions    June 30
2012
     Dec. 31
2011
 

Total consumer lending

   $ 1,836      $ 1,798   

Total commercial lending

     483        405  

Total TDRs

   $ 2,319       $ 2,203   

Nonperforming

   $ 1,189      $ 1,141   

Accruing (a)

     878        771  

Credit card (b)

     252        291  

Total TDRs

   $ 2,319       $ 2,203   
(a) Accruing loans have demonstrated a period of at least six months of performance under the restructured terms and are excluded from nonperforming loans.
(b) Includes credit cards and certain small business and consumer credit agreements whose terms have been restructured and are TDRs. However, since our policy is to exempt these loans from being placed on nonaccrual status as permitted by regulatory guidance as generally these loans are directly charged off in the period that they become 180 days past due, these loans are excluded from nonperforming loans.

 

The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – Form 10-Q    103


Table of Contents

The table below quantifies the number of loans that were classified as TDRs as well as the change in the recorded investments as a result of the TDR classification during the three months and six months ended June 30, 2012 and 2011. Additionally, the table provides information about the types of TDR concessions. The Principal Forgiveness TDR category includes principal forgiveness and accrued interest forgiveness. These types of TDRs result in a write down of the recorded investment and a charge-off if such action has not already taken place. The Rate Reduction TDR category includes reduced interest rate and interest deferral. The TDRs within this category would result in reductions to future interest income. The Other TDR category primarily includes postponement/reduction of scheduled amortization, as well as contractual extensions.

In some cases, there have been multiple concessions granted on one loan. When there have been multiple concessions granted, the principal forgiveness TDR was prioritized for purposes of determining the inclusion in the table below. For example, if there is principal forgiveness in conjunction with lower interest rate and postponement of amortization, the type of concession will be reported as Principal Forgiveness. Second in priority would be rate reduction. For example, if there is an interest rate reduction in conjunction with postponement of amortization, the type of concession will be reported as a Rate Reduction.

 

 

Table 72: Financial Impact and TDRs by Concession Type (a)

 

    

Number
of Loans

    

Pre-TDR
Recorded
Investment (b)

     Post-TDR Recorded Investment (c)  

During the three months ended June 30, 2012

Dollars in millions

         Principal
Forgiveness
     Rate
Reduction
     Other      Total  

Commercial lending

                                                     

Commercial

     33       $ 102       $ 1       $ 40       $ 42       $ 83   

Commercial real estate

     13         26         8         5         9         22   

Equipment lease financing

     1         3         1                           1   

Total commercial lending

     47         131         10         45         51         106   

Consumer lending

                     

Home equity

     1,083         69            60         8         68   

Residential real estate

     200         41            18         20         38   

Credit card

     2,268         17            16              16   

Other consumer

     61         1                           1         1   

Total consumer lending

     3,612         128                  94         29         123   

Total TDRs

     3,659       $ 259       $ 10       $ 139       $ 80       $ 229   

During the three months ended June 30, 2011 (d)

Dollars in millions

                                               

Commercial lending

                     

Commercial

     169       $ 38       $ 8       $ 9       $ 14       $ 31   

Commercial real estate

     19         75         22         29         9         60   

Total commercial lending (e)

     188         113         30         38         23         91   

Consumer lending

                     

Home equity

     669         59            55         4         59   

Residential real estate

     356         69            50         15         65   

Credit card

     3,492         26            25              25   

Other consumer

     117         4                  1         3         4   

Total consumer lending

     4,634         158                  131         22         153   

Total TDRs

     4,822       $ 271       $ 30       $ 169       $ 45       $ 244   

 

104    The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – Form 10-Q


Table of Contents
     Number
of Loans
     Pre-TDR
Recorded
Investment (b)
     Post-TDR Recorded Investment (c)  

During the six months ended June 30, 2012

Dollars in millions

         Principal
Forgiveness
     Rate
Reduction
     Other      Total  

Commercial lending

                                                     

Commercial

     137       $ 128       $ 3       $ 44       $ 53       $ 100   

Commercial real estate

     34         100         17         43         29         89   

Equipment lease financing

     6         18         1                  11         12   

Total commercial lending

     177         246         21         87         93         201   

Consumer lending

                     

Home equity

     2,186         143            112         30         142   

Residential real estate

     382         74            29         42         71   

Credit card

     4,651         35            33              33   

Other consumer

     413         10                  1         9         10   

Total consumer lending

     7,632         262                  175         81         256   

Total TDRs

     7,809       $ 508       $ 21       $ 262       $ 174       $ 457   

During the six months ended June 30, 2011 (d)

Dollars in millions

                                               

Commercial lending

                     

Commercial

     319       $ 57       $ 10       $ 11       $ 25       $ 46   

Commercial real estate

     39         144         35         71         22         128   

Total commercial lending (e)

     358         201         45         82         47         174   

Consumer lending

                   

Home equity

     1,739         145            139         7         146   

Residential real estate

     730         161            123         23         146   

Credit card

     7,459         56            53            53   

Other consumer

     138         5                  1         4         5   

Total consumer lending

     10,066         367                  316         34         350   

Total TDRs

     10,424       $ 568       $ 45       $ 398       $ 81       $ 524   
(a) Impact of partial charge offs at TDR date are included in this table.
(b) Represents the recorded investment of the loans as of the quarter end prior to the TDR designation, and excludes immaterial amounts of accrued interest receivable.
(c) Represents the recorded investment of the TDRs as of the quarter end the TDR occurs, and excludes immaterial amounts of accrued interest receivable.
(d) Includes loans modified during the three months and six months ended June 30, 2011 that were determined to be TDRs under the requirements of ASU 2011-02, which was adopted on July 1, 2011 and prospectively applied to all modifications entered into on and after January 1, 2011.
(e) During both the three months and six months ended June 30, 2011, there were no loans classified as TDRs in the Equipment lease financing loan class.

 

TDRs may result in charge-offs and interest income not being recognized. At or around the time of modification, there was $11 million in recorded investment of commercial TDRs, less than $1 million in recorded investment of commercial real estate TDRs, and less than $1 million in recorded investment of equipment lease financing TDRs charged off during the three months ended June 30, 2012. Comparable amounts for the three months ended June 30, 2011 were $21 million, $5 million, and zero respectively. For residential real estate, there was $3 million of recorded investment charged off during the three months ended June 30, 2012, related to modifications in which principal was partially deferred and deemed uncollectible. The comparable amount for the three months ended June 30, 2011 was $4 million. There were no charge offs around the time of modification related to home equity, credit card, and other consumer TDR portfolios for either periods.

At or around the time of modification, there was $12 million in recorded investment of commercial TDRs, $2 million in recorded investment of commercial real estate TDRs, and

$5 million in recorded investment of equipment lease financing TDRs charged off during the six months ended June 30, 2012. Comparable amounts for the six months ended June 30, 2011 were $23 million, $7 million, and zero respectively. For residential real estate, there was $3 million of recorded investment charged off during the six months ended June 30, 2012 related to modifications in which principal was partially deferred and deemed uncollectible. The comparable amount for the six months ended June 30, 2011 was $12 million. There were no charge offs around the time of modification related to home equity, credit card, and other consumer TDR portfolios for either periods.

A financial effect of rate reduction TDRs is that interest income is not recognized. Interest income not recognized that otherwise would have been earned in the three months and six months ended June 30, 2012 and 2011 related to both commercial TDRs and consumer TDRs was not material.

After a loan is determined to be a TDR, we continue to track its performance under its most recent restructured terms. In

 

 

The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – Form 10-Q    105


Table of Contents

the table below, we consider a TDR to have subsequently defaulted when it becomes 60 days past due after the most recent date the loan was restructured. The following table presents the recorded investment of loans that were classified as TDRs or were subsequently modified during each 12-month

period prior to the reporting periods preceding April 1, 2012, April 1, 2011, January 1, 2012 and January 1, 2011, respectively, in the table below and subsequently defaulted during these reporting periods.

 

 

Table 73: TDRs which have Subsequently Defaulted

 

During the three months ended June 30, 2012

Dollars in millions

   Number of Contracts      Recorded Investment  

Commercial lending

       

Commercial

     27      $ 5  

Commercial real estate

     15        35  

Equipment lease financing

     5        11  

Total commercial lending

     47        51  

Consumer lending

       

Home equity

     161        14  

Residential real estate

     144        23  

Credit card

     2,114        15  

Other consumer

     39        1  

Total consumer lending

     2,458        53  

Total TDRs

     2,505      $ 104  

During the three months ended June 30, 2011 (a)

Dollars in millions

   Number of Contracts      Recorded Investment  

Commercial lending

       

Commercial real estate

     14      $ 18  

Total commercial lending (b)

     14        18  

Consumer lending

       

Home equity

     313        24  

Residential real estate

     63        15  

Credit card

     2,380        17  

Other consumer

     4        1  

Total consumer lending

     2,760        57  

Total TDRs

     2,774      $ 75  

 

106    The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – Form 10-Q


Table of Contents

During the six months ended June 30, 2012

Dollars in millions

   Number of Contracts      Recorded Investment  

Commercial lending

       

Commercial

     58      $ 15  

Commercial real estate

     23        40  

Equipment lease financing

     5        11  

Total commercial lending

     86        66  

Consumer lending

       

Home equity

     366        33  

Residential real estate

     307        46  

Credit card

     2,815        20  

Other consumer

     76        3  

Total consumer lending

     3,564        102  

Total TDRs

     3,650      $ 168  

During the six months ended June 30, 2011 (a)

Dollars in millions

   Number of Contracts      Recorded Investment  

Commercial lending

       

Commercial

     4      $ 22  

Commercial real estate

     19        52  

Total commercial lending (b)

     23        74  

Consumer lending

       

Home equity

     557        45  

Residential real estate

     115        31  

Credit card

     3,228        22  

Other consumer

     4        1  

Total consumer lending

     3,904        99  

Total TDRs

     3,927      $ 173  
(a) Includes loans modified during the three months and six months ended June 30, 2011 that were determined to be TDRs under the requirements of ASU 2011-02, which was adopted on July 1, 2011 and prospectively applied to all modifications entered into on and after January 1, 2011.
(b) During both the three months and six months ended June 30, 2011, there were no loans classified as TDRs in the Equipment lease financing loan class that have subsequently defaulted. Additionally, during the three months ended June 30, 2011 there were no loans classified as TDRs in the Commercial loan class that have subsequently defaulted.

 

The impact to the ALLL for commercial lending TDRs is the effect of moving to the specific reserve methodology from the quantitative reserve methodology for those loans that were not already put on nonaccrual status. There is an impact to the ALLL as a result of the concession made, which generally results in the expectation of fewer future cash flows. The decline in expected cash flows, as well as the application of a present value discount rate, when compared to the recorded investment, results in a charge-off or increased ALLL. Subsequent defaults of commercial lending TDRs do not have a significant impact on the ALLL as these TDRs are individually evaluated under the specific reserve methodology.

For consumer lending TDRs the ALLL is calculated using a discounted cash flow model, which leverages subsequent default, prepayment, and severity rate assumptions based upon historically observed data. Similar to the commercial lending specific reserve methodology, the reduced expected cash flows resulting from the concessions granted impact the consumer lending ALLL. The decline in expected cash flows, as well as the application of a present value discount rate,

when compared to the recorded investment, results in a charge-off or increased ALLL.

IMPAIRED LOANS

Impaired loans include commercial nonperforming loans and consumer and commercial TDRs, regardless of nonperforming status. Excluded from impaired loans are nonperforming leases, loans held for sale, smaller balance homogeneous type loans and purchased impaired loans. See Note 6 Purchased Loans for additional information. Nonperforming equipment lease financing loans of $19 million and $22 million at June 30, 2012, and December 31, 2011, respectively, are excluded from impaired loans pursuant to authoritative lease accounting guidance. We did not recognize any interest income on impaired loans that have not returned to performing status, while they were impaired during the six months ended June 30, 2012 and June 30, 2011. The following table provides further detail on impaired loans individually evaluated for impairment and the associated ALLL. Certain commercial impaired loans do not have a related ALLL as the valuation of these impaired loans exceeded the recorded investment.

 

 

The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – Form 10-Q    107


Table of Contents

Table 74: Impaired Loans

 

In millions   Unpaid
Principal
Balance
    Recorded
Investment (a)
    Associated
Allowance (b)
    Average
Recorded
Investment (a)
 

June 30, 2012

         

Impaired loans with an associated allowance

         

Commercial

  $ 992      $ 670      $ 216      $ 715   

Commercial real estate

    1,090        713        248        895   

Home equity

    830        819        291        791   

Residential real estate

    902        741        174        733   

Credit card

    220        220        58        240   

Other consumer

    56        56        4        54   

Total impaired loans with an associated allowance

  $ 4,090      $ 3,219      $ 991      $ 3,428   

Impaired loans without an associated allowance

         

Commercial

  $ 412      $ 157        $ 150   

Commercial real estate

    792        466                390   

Total impaired loans without an associated allowance

  $ 1,204      $ 623              $ 540   

Total impaired loans

  $ 5,294      $ 3,842      $ 991      $ 3,968   

December 31, 2011

         

Impaired loans with an associated allowance

         

Commercial

  $ 1,125      $ 785      $ 241      $ 979   

Commercial real estate

    1,452        1,043        318        1,247   

Home equity

    774        762        292        702   

Residential real estate

    853        730        193        609   

Credit card

    258        258        53        281   

Other consumer

    48        48        3        39   

Total impaired loans with an associated allowance

  $ 4,510      $ 3,626      $ 1,100      $ 3,857   

Impaired loans without an associated allowance

         

Commercial

  $ 347      $ 125        $ 104   

Commercial real estate

    592        342                413   

Total impaired loans without an associated allowance

  $ 939      $ 467              $ 517   

Total impaired loans

  $ 5,449      $ 4,093      $ 1,100      $ 4,374   
(a) Recorded investment in a loan includes the unpaid principal balance plus accrued interest and net accounting adjustments, less any charge-offs. Recorded investment does not include any associated valuation allowance. Average recorded investment is for the six months ended June 30, 2012, and year ended December 31, 2011.
(b) Associated allowance amounts include $572 million and $580 million for TDRs at June 30, 2012, and December 31, 2011, respectively.

 

NOTE 6 PURCHASED LOANS

PURCHASED IMPAIRED LOANS

Purchased impaired loans are accounted for under ASC 310-30, which addresses accounting for differences between contractual cash flows and cash flows expected to be collected from the initial investment in loans if those differences are attributable, at least in part, to credit quality. Several factors were considered when evaluating whether a loan was considered a purchased impaired loan, including the delinquency status of the loan, updated borrower credit status, geographic information, and updated loan-to-values (LTV). GAAP allows purchasers to aggregate purchased impaired loans acquired in the same fiscal quarter into one or more pools, provided that the loans have common risk characteristics. A pool is then accounted for as a single asset with a single composite interest rate and an aggregate

expectation of cash flows. Purchased impaired loans with homogeneous consumer, residential real estate and smaller balance commercial loans with common risk characteristics are aggregated into pools where appropriate. Commercial loans with a total commitment greater than a defined threshold are accounted for individually. The excess of cash flows expected at acquisition over the estimated fair value is referred to as the accretable yield and is recognized as interest income over the remaining life of the loan using the constant effective yield method. The difference between contractually required payments at acquisition and the cash flows expected to be collected at acquisition is referred to as the nonaccretable difference. Subsequent changes in the expected cash flows of individual or pooled purchased impaired loans from the date of acquisition will either impact the accretable yield or result in an impairment charge to provision for credit losses in the period in which the changes become probable. Decreases to

 

 

108    The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – Form 10-Q


Table of Contents

the net present value of expected cash flows will generally result in an impairment charge recorded as a provision for credit losses, resulting in an increase to the allowance for loan and lease losses, and a reclassification from accretable yield to nonaccretable difference. Prepayments and interest rate decreases for variable rate notes are treated as a reduction of

cash flows expected to be collected and a reduction of projections of contractual cash flows such that the nonaccretable difference is not affected. Thus, for decreases in cash flows expected to be collected resulting from prepayments and interest rate decreases for variable rate notes, the effect will be to reduce the yield prospectively.

 

 

The following table provides purchased impaired loans at June 30, 2012 and at December 31, 2011:

Table 75: Purchased Impaired Loans – Balances

 

    June 30, 2012 (a)     December 31, 2011 (b)  
In millions   Recorded
Investment
    Outstanding
Balance
    Recorded
Investment
    Outstanding
Balance
 

Commercial Lending

         

Commercial

  $ 405      $ 686      $ 140      $ 245   

Commercial real estate

    1,127        1,467        712        743   

Total Commercial Lending

    1,532        2,153        852        988   

Consumer Lending

         

Consumer

    2,774        3,289        2,766        3,405   

Residential real estate

    3,777        4,041        3,049        3,128   

Total Consumer Lending

    6,551        7,330        5,815        6,533   

Total

  $ 8,083      $ 9,483      $ 6,667      $ 7,521   
(a) Represents National City and RBC Bank (USA) acquisitions.
(b) Represents National City acquisition.

 

As of December 31, 2011, the allowance for loan and lease losses related to purchased impaired loans was $998 million. During the first six months of 2012, $76 million of provision and $39 million of charge-offs were recorded on purchased impaired loans. At June 30, 2012, the allowance for loan and lease losses was $1.0 billion on $7.4 billion of purchased impaired loans while the remaining $0.7 billion of purchased impaired loans required no allowance as the net present value of expected cash flows equaled or exceeded the recorded investment. Subsequent increases in the net present value of cash flows will result in a recovery of any previously recorded allowance for loan and lease losses, to the extent applicable, and/or a reclassification from non-accretable difference to accretable yield, which was recognized prospectively. Disposals of loans, which may include sales of loans or foreclosures, result in removal of the loan from the purchased impaired loan portfolio. The cash flow re-estimation process is completed quarterly to evaluate the appropriateness of the allowance associated with the purchased impaired loans.

Activity for the accretable yield for the first six months of 2012 follows:

Table 76: Accretable Yield (a)

 

In millions    2012  

January 1

   $ 2,109  

Addition of accretable yield due to RBC Bank (USA) acquisition on March 2, 2012

     587  

Accretion (including excess cash recoveries)

     (427

Net reclassifications to accretable from non-accretable (b)

     146  

Disposals

     (12

June 30

   $ 2,403  
(a) The table above has been updated to reflect certain immaterial adjustments.
(b) Over ninety percent of the net reclassifications were driven by the commercial portfolio. Over two thirds of the commercial portfolio impact related to excess cash recoveries recognized during the period, with the remaining due to improvements of cash expected to be collected on both RBC Bank (USA) and National City loans in future periods. The remaining net reclassifications were due to future cash flow changes in the consumer portfolio.
 

 

The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – Form 10-Q    109


Table of Contents

RBC Bank (USA) Acquisition

Loans acquired as part of the RBC Bank (USA) acquisition on March 2, 2012 had an outstanding balance of $16.7 billion. At purchase, acquired loans were recorded at fair value. No separate valuation allowance was carried over and no allowance was created at acquisition. Fair values were determined by discounting both principal and interest cash flows expected to be collected using a market discount rate for similar instruments with adjustments that management believes a market participant would consider in determining fair value. Cash flows expected to be collected as of the acquisition date were estimated using internal models and third party data that incorporate management’s best estimate of key assumptions, such as default rates, loss severity, prepayment speeds, and timing of disposition upon default. In addition, each loan was reviewed to determine if it should be classified as a purchased impaired loan accounted for under

ASC 310-30. Loans with evidence of credit quality deterioration since origination and for which it was probable at purchase that PNC will be unable to collect all contractually required payments were considered purchased impaired. Several factors were considered when evaluating whether a loan was considered a purchased impaired loan, including the delinquency status of the loan, updated borrower credit status, geographic information, and updated loan-to-values (LTV). In accordance with ASC 310-30, excluded from the purchased impaired loans were leases, revolving credit arrangements and loans held for sale.

As of March 2, 2012, loans were classified as impaired or non-impaired and had a fair value of $2.0 billion and $12.5 billion, respectively, and an outstanding balance of $3.0 billion and $13.7 billion, respectively.

 

 

Table 77: RBC Bank (USA) Acquisition – Purchased Loans Balances (a)

 

    Purchased Impaired Loans     Other Purchased Loans  
In millions   Fair Value     Outstanding
Balance
    Fair Value     Outstanding
Balance
 

Commercial Lending

         

Commercial

  $ 330      $ 564      $ 5,954      $ 6,298   

Commercial real estate

    597        1,018        2,101        2,340   

Equipment lease financing

                    86        92   

Total Commercial Lending

    927        1,582        8,141        8,730   

Consumer Lending

         

Home equity

    175        215        2,827        3,346   

Residential real estate

    896        1,214        1,168        1,202   

Credit card and other consumer

                    376        385   

Total Consumer Lending

    1,071        1,429        4,371        4,933   

Total

  $ 1,998      $ 3,011      $ 12,512      $ 13,663   
(a) The table above has been updated to reflect certain immaterial adjustments and reclassifications between commercial and commercial real estate.

The table below details the contractually required payments, non-accretable difference, accretable yield, and fair value for purchased impaired loans acquired in the RBC Bank (USA) acquisition as of March 2, 2012.

Table 78: Purchased Impaired Loans – RBC Bank (USA) Acquisition (a)

 

In millions   March 2, 2012  

Contractually required payments including interest

  $ 3,769  

Less: Nonaccretable difference

    1,184  

Cash flows expected to be collected

    2,585  

Less: Accretable yield

    587  

Fair value of loans acquired

  $ 1,998  
(a) The table above has been updated to reflect certain immaterial adjustments.

 

110    The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – Form 10-Q


Table of Contents

RBC Bank (USA) Purchased Non-Impaired Loans

Other purchased loans acquired in the RBC Bank (USA) acquisition were recorded at fair value as provided in the table below. The difference between the acquisition date fair value and the outstanding balance represents the fair value adjustment for a loan and includes both credit and interest rate considerations. Fair values were determined by discounting both principal and interest cash flows expected to be collected using a market discount rate for similar instruments with

adjustments that management believes a market participant would consider in determining fair value. Fair value adjustments may be discounts (or premiums) to a loan’s cost basis and are accreted (or amortized) to net interest income (or expense) over the loan’s remaining life in accordance with ASC 310-20. Fair value adjustments for revolving loans are accreted (or amortized) using a straight line method. Term loans are accreted (or amortized) using the constant effective yield method.

 

 

Table 79: Purchased Non-Impaired Loans – Fair Value (a)

 

As of March 2, 2012

In millions

  Commercial     Commercial
Real Estate
    Equipment
Lease
Finance
    Home
Equity
    Residential
Real Estate
    Credit Card and
Other Consumer
    Total  

Outstanding Balance

  $ 6,298     $ 2,340     $ 92     $ 3,346     $ 1,202     $ 385     $ 13,663  

Less: Fair value adjustment

    344       239       6       519       34       9       1,151  

Fair value of loans acquired

    5,954       2,101       86       2,827       1,168       376       12,512  
(a) The table above has been updated to reflect certain immaterial adjustments.

The table below details contractually required payments, cash flows not expected to be collected and cash flows expected to be collected on other purchased loans acquired in connection with the RBC Bank (USA) transaction.

Table 80: Purchased Non-Impaired Loans – Cash Flows (a)

 

As of March 2, 2012

In millions

  Commercial     Commercial
Real Estate
    Equipment
Lease
Finance
    Home
Equity
    Residential
Real Estate
    Credit Card and
Other Consumer
    Total  

Contractually required repayments including interest (b)

    6,857       2,473       101       5,003       1,869       414       16,717  

Less: Contractual cash flows not expected to be collected

    102       129       6       1,501       538       189       2,465  

Cash flows expected to be collected

  $ 6,755     $ 2,344     $ 95     $ 3,502     $ 1,331     $ 225     $ 14,252  
(a) The table above has been updated to reflect certain immaterial adjustments.
(b) Denotes required payments based on a loan’s contractual schedule assuming no loss or prepayment.

 

NOTE 7 ALLOWANCES FOR LOAN AND LEASE LOSSES AND UNFUNDED LOAN COMMITMENTS AND LETTERS OF CREDIT

We maintain the ALLL and the Allowance for Unfunded Loan Commitments and Letters of Credit at levels that we believe to be appropriate to absorb estimated probable credit losses incurred in the portfolios as of the balance sheet date. We use the two main portfolio segments – Commercial Lending and Consumer Lending – and we develop and document the ALLL under separate methodologies for each of these segments as further discussed and presented below.

ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN AND LEASE LOSSES COMPONENTS

For all loans, except purchased impaired loans, the ALLL is the sum of three components: (1) asset specific/individual impaired reserves, (2) quantitative (formulaic or pooled) reserves, and (3) qualitative (judgmental) reserves. See Note 6 Purchased Loans for additional ALLL information. While we make allocations to specific loans and pools of loans, the total reserve is available for all loan and lease losses. Although quantitative modeling factors as discussed below are updated as the financial strength of the borrower and overall economic conditions change, there were no significant changes to our ALLL methodology during the first six months of 2012.

ASSET SPECIFIC/INDIVIDUAL COMPONENT

Commercial nonperforming loans and all TDRs are considered impaired and are allocated a specific reserve. See Note 1 Accounting Policies for additional information.

COMMERCIAL LENDING QUANTITATIVE COMPONENT

The estimates of the quantitative component of ALLL for incurred losses within the commercial lending portfolio segment are determined through statistical loss modeling utilizing PD, LGD, and EAD. Based upon loan risk ratings we assign PDs and LGDs. Each of these statistical parameters is determined based on historical data, including market data. PD is influenced by such factors as liquidity, industry, obligor financial structure, access to capital, and cash flow. LGD is influenced by collateral type, original and/or updated LTV, and guarantees by related parties.

CONSUMER LENDING QUANTITATIVE COMPONENT

Quantitative estimates within the consumer lending portfolio segment are calculated using a roll-rate model based on statistical relationships, calculated from historical data that estimate the movement of loan outstandings through the various stages of delinquency and ultimately charge-off.

 

 

The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – Form 10-Q    111


Table of Contents

QUALITATIVE COMPONENT

While our reserve methodologies strive to reflect all relevant risk factors, there continues to be uncertainty associated with, but not limited to, potential imprecision in the estimation process due to the inherent time lag of obtaining information and normal variations between estimates and actual outcomes. We provide additional reserves that are designed to provide coverage for losses attributable to such risks. The ALLL also includes factors which may not be directly measured in the determination of specific or pooled reserves. Such qualitative factors include:

   

Industry concentrations and conditions,

   

Recent credit quality trends,

   

Recent loss experience in particular portfolios,

   

Recent macro economic factors,

   

Changes in risk selection and underwriting standards, and

   

Timing of available information.

ALLOWANCE FOR RBC BANK (USA) PURCHASED NON-IMPAIRED LOANS

ALLL for RBC Bank (USA) purchased non-impaired loans is determined based upon the methodologies described above compared to the remaining acquisition date fair value discount that has yet to be accreted into interest income. After making

the comparison, an ALLL is recorded for the amount greater than the discount, or no ALLL is recorded if the discount is greater.

ALLOWANCE FOR PURCHASED IMPAIRED LOANS

ALLL for purchased impaired loans is determined in accordance with ASC 310-30 by comparing the net present value of the cash flows expected to be collected to the Recorded Investment for a given loan (or pool of loans). In cases where the net present value of expected cash flows is lower than Recorded Investment, ALLL is established. Cash flows expected to be collected represent management’s best estimate of the cash flows expected over the life of a loan (or pool of loans). For large balance commercial loans, cash flows are separately estimated and compared to the Recorded Investment at the loan level. For smaller balance pooled loans, cash flows are estimated using cash flow models and compared at the risk pool level, which was defined at acquisition based on risk characteristics of the loan. Our cash flow models use loan data including, but not limited to, delinquency status of the loan, updated borrower FICO credit scores, geographic information, historical loss experience, and updated LTVs, as well as best estimates for unemployment rates, home prices and other economic factors to determine estimated cash flows.

 

 

112    The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – Form 10-Q


Table of Contents

Table 81: Rollforward of Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses and Associated Loan Data

 

In millions    Commercial
Lending
    Consumer
Lending
     Total  

June 30, 2012

         

Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses

         

January 1

   $ 1,995      $ 2,352       $ 4,347   

Charge-offs

     (403     (526      (929

Recoveries

     214        67         281   

Net charge-offs

     (189     (459      (648

Provision for credit losses

     88        353         441   

Net change in allowance for unfunded loan commitments and letters of credit

     7        9         16   

June 30

   $ 1,901      $ 2,255       $ 4,156   

TDRs individually evaluated for impairment

   $ 45      $ 527       $ 572   

Other loans individually evaluated for impairment

     419           419   

Loans collectively evaluated for impairment

     1,210        920         2,130   

Purchased impaired loans

     227        808         1,035   

June 30

   $ 1,901      $ 2,255       $ 4,156   

Loan Portfolio

         

TDRs individually evaluated for impairment

   $ 483      $ 1,836       $ 2,319   

Other loans individually evaluated for impairment

     1,523           1,523   

Loans collectively evaluated for impairment

     100,607        67,893         168,500   

Purchased impaired loans

     1,532        6,551         8,083   

June 30

   $ 104,145      $ 76,280       $ 180,425   

Portfolio Segment ALLL as a percentage of total ALLL

     46     54      100

Ratio of the allowance for loan and lease losses to total loans

     1.83     2.96      2.30

June 30, 2011

         

Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses

         

January 1

   $ 2,567      $ 2,320       $ 4,887   

Charge-offs

     (671     (587      (1,258

Recoveries

     242        69         311   

Net charge-offs

     (429     (518      (947

Provision for credit losses

     242        459         701   

Net change in allowance for unfunded loan commitments and letters of credit

     11        (25      (14

June 30

   $ 2,391      $ 2,236       $ 4,627   

TDRs individually evaluated for impairment (a)

   $ 27      $ 550       $ 577   

Other loans individually evaluated for impairment

     705           705   

Loans collectively evaluated for impairment

     1,382        1,014         2,396   

Purchased impaired loans

     277        672         949   

June 30

   $ 2,391      $ 2,236       $ 4,627   

Loan Portfolio

         

TDRs individually evaluated for impairment (a)

   $ 305      $ 1,614       $ 1,919   

Other loans individually evaluated for impairment

     2,445           2,445   

Loans collectively evaluated for impairment

     77,279        61,420         138,699   

Purchased impaired loans

     1,120        6,136         7,256   

June 30

   $ 81,149      $ 69,170       $ 150,319   

Portfolio segment ALLL as a percentage of total ALLL

     52     48      100

Ratio of the allowance for loan and lease losses to total loans

     2.95     3.23      3.08
(a) Includes only TDRs individually evaluated for impairment prior to the adoption of ASU 2011-02.

 

The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – Form 10-Q    113


Table of Contents

ALLOWANCE FOR UNFUNDED LOAN COMMITMENTS AND LETTERS OF CREDIT

We maintain the allowance for unfunded loan commitments and letters of credit at a level we believe is appropriate to

absorb estimated probable credit losses on these unfunded credit facilities as of the balance sheet date. See Note 1 Accounting Policies for additional information.

 

 

 

Table 82: Rollforward of Allowance for Unfunded Loan Commitments and Letters of Credit

 

In millions    2012     2011  

January 1

   $ 240     $ 188  

Net change in allowance for unfunded loan commitments and letters of credit

     (16     14  

June 30

   $ 224     $ 202  

 

114    The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – Form 10-Q


Table of Contents

NOTE 8 INVESTMENT SECURITIES

Table 83: Investment Securities Summary

 

    

Amortized

Cost

     Unrealized     

Fair

Value

 
In millions       Gains      Losses     

June 30, 2012

             

SECURITIES AVAILABLE FOR SALE

             

Debt securities

             

US Treasury and government agencies

   $ 2,642      $ 256         $ 2,898  

Residential mortgage-backed

             

Agency

     26,894        931      $ (11      27,814  

Non-agency

     6,573        210        (896      5,887  

Commercial mortgage-backed

             

Agency

     841        35           876  

Non-agency

     2,677        128        (3      2,802  

Asset-backed

     5,539        30        (146      5,423  

State and municipal

     1,982        94        (41      2,035  

Other debt

     3,082        83        (4      3,161  

Total debt securities

     50,230        1,767        (1,101      50,896  

Corporate stocks and other

     355                          355  

Total securities available for sale

   $ 50,585      $ 1,767      $ (1,101    $ 51,251  

SECURITIES HELD TO MATURITY

             

Debt securities

             

US Treasury and government agencies

   $ 226      $ 50         $ 276  

Residential mortgage-backed (agency)

     4,154        170           4,324  

Commercial mortgage-backed

             

Agency

     1,296        71           1,367  

Non-agency

     3,005        98      $ (1      3,102  

Asset-backed

     975        10        (1      984  

State and municipal

     671        46           717  

Other debt

     359        17                 376  

Total securities held to maturity

   $ 10,686      $ 462      $ (2    $ 11,146  

December 31, 2011

             

SECURITIES AVAILABLE FOR SALE

             

Debt securities

             

US Treasury and government agencies

   $ 3,369      $ 348         $ 3,717  

Residential mortgage-backed

             

Agency

     26,081        772      $ (61      26,792  

Non-agency

     6,673        152        (1,268      5,557  

Commercial mortgage-backed

             

Agency

     1,101        39           1,140  

Non-agency

     2,693        80        (17      2,756  

Asset-backed

     3,854        31        (216      3,669  

State and municipal

     1,779        75        (47      1,807  

Other debt

     2,691        83        (12      2,762  

Total debt securities

     48,241        1,580        (1,621      48,200  

Corporate stocks and other

     368                          368  

Total securities available for sale

   $ 48,609      $ 1,580      $ (1,621    $ 48,568  

SECURITIES HELD TO MATURITY

             

Debt securities

             

US Treasury and government agencies

   $ 221      $ 40         $ 261  

Residential mortgage-backed (agency)

     4,761        131      $ (1      4,891  

Commercial mortgage-backed

             

Agency

     1,332        50           1,382  

Non-agency

     3,467        108        (2      3,573  

Asset-backed

     1,251        14        (3      1,262  

State and municipal

     671        31           702  

Other debt

     363        16                 379  

Total securities held to maturity

   $ 12,066      $ 390      $ (6    $ 12,450  

 

The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – Form 10-Q    115


Table of Contents

The fair value of investment securities is impacted by interest rates, credit spreads, market volatility and liquidity conditions. Net unrealized gains and losses in the securities available for sale portfolio are included in shareholders’ equity as accumulated other comprehensive income or loss, net of tax, unless credit-related. Securities held to maturity are carried at amortized cost. At June 30, 2012, accumulated other comprehensive income included pretax gains of $83 million from derivatives used to hedge the purchase of investment securities classified as held to maturity. The gains will be accreted into interest income as an adjustment of yield on the securities.

The gross unrealized loss on debt securities held to maturity was $2 million at June 30, 2012 and $6 million at December 31, 2011, with $.1 billion and $.5 billion of

positions in a continuous loss position for less than 12 months at June 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011, respectively. The gross unrealized loss and fair value on debt securities held to maturity that were in a continuous loss position for 12 months or more were not significant at both June 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011.

The following table presents gross unrealized loss and fair value of securities available for sale at June 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011. The securities are segregated between investments that have been in a continuous unrealized loss position for less than twelve months and twelve months or more based on the point in time the fair value declined below the amortized cost basis. The table includes debt securities where a portion of other-than-temporary impairment (OTTI) has been recognized in accumulated other comprehensive loss.

 

 

Table 84: Gross Unrealized Loss and Fair Value of Securities Available for Sale

 

     Unrealized loss position less
than 12 months
     Unrealized loss position 12
months or more
     Total  
In millions    Unrealized
Loss
    Fair
Value
     Unrealized
Loss
     Fair
Value
     Unrealized
Loss
     Fair
Value
 

June 30, 2012

                  

Debt securities

                  

Residential mortgage-backed

                  

Agency

   $ (8   $ 934      $ (3    $ 158      $ (11    $ 1,092  

Non-agency

     (32     276        (864      4,344        (896      4,620  

Commercial mortgage-backed

                  

Non-agency

     (1     182        (2      60        (3      242  

Asset-backed

     (4     1,044        (142      698        (146      1,742  

State and municipal

     (6     423        (35      362        (41      785  

Other debt

     (2     108        (2      13        (4      121  

Total

   $ (53   $ 2,967      $ (1,048    $ 5,635      $ (1,101    $ 8,602  

December 31, 2011

                  

Debt securities

                  

Residential mortgage-backed

                  

Agency

   $ (24   $ 2,165      $ (37    $ 408      $ (61    $ 2,573  

Non-agency

     (26     273        (1,242      4,378        (1,268      4,651  

Commercial mortgage-backed

                  

Non-agency

     (17     483              (17      483  

Asset-backed

     (13     1,355        (203      764        (216      2,119  

State and municipal

     (6     512        (41      318        (47      830  

Other debt

     (5     240        (7      289        (12      529  

Total

   $ (91   $ 5,028      $ (1,530    $ 6,157      $ (1,621    $ 11,185  

 

EVALUATING INVESTMENT SECURITIES FOR OTHER-THAN-TEMPORARY IMPAIRMENTS

For the securities in the preceding table, as of June 30, 2012 we do not intend to sell and believe we will not be required to sell the securities prior to recovery of the amortized cost basis.

On at least a quarterly basis, we conduct a comprehensive security-level assessment on all securities in an unrealized loss position to determine if OTTI exists. An unrealized loss exists

when the current fair value of an individual security is less than its amortized cost basis. An OTTI loss must be recognized for a debt security in an unrealized loss position if we intend to sell the security or it is more likely than not we will be required to sell the security prior to recovery of its amortized cost basis. In this situation, the amount of loss recognized in income is equal to the difference between the fair value and the amortized cost basis of the security. Even if

 

 

116    The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – Form 10-Q


Table of Contents

we do not expect to sell the security, we must evaluate the expected cash flows to be received to determine if we believe a credit loss has occurred. In the event of a credit loss, only the amount of impairment associated with the credit loss is recognized in income. The portion of the unrealized loss relating to other factors, such as liquidity conditions in the market or changes in market interest rates, is recorded in accumulated other comprehensive loss.

The security-level assessment is performed on each security, regardless of the classification of the security as available for sale or held to maturity. Our assessment considers the security structure, recent security collateral performance metrics if applicable, external credit ratings, failure of the issuer to make scheduled interest or principal payments, our judgment and expectations of future performance, and relevant independent industry research, analysis and forecasts. We also consider the severity of the impairment in our assessment. Results of the periodic assessment are reviewed by a cross-functional senior management team representing Asset & Liability Management, Finance, and Market Risk Management. The senior management team considers the results of the assessments, as well as other factors, in determining whether the impairment is other-than-temporary.

For debt securities, a critical component of the evaluation for OTTI is the identification of credit-impaired securities, where management does not expect to receive cash flows sufficient to recover the entire amortized cost basis of the security. The paragraphs below describe our process for identifying credit impairment for our most significant categories of securities not backed by the US government or its agencies.

NON-AGENCY RESIDENTIAL MORTGAGE-BACKED SECURITIES AND ASSET-BACKED SECURITIES COLLATERALIZED BY FIRST-LIEN AND SECOND-LIEN NON-AGENCY RESIDENTIAL MORTGAGE LOANS

Potential credit losses on these securities are evaluated on a security by security basis. Collateral performance assumptions are developed for each security after reviewing collateral composition and collateral performance statistics. This includes analyzing recent delinquency roll rates, loss severities, voluntary prepayments, and various other collateral and performance metrics. This information is then combined with general expectations on the housing market, employment, and other economic factors to develop estimates of future performance.

Security level assumptions for prepayments, loan defaults, and loss given default are applied to every security using a third-party cash flow model. The third-party cash flow model then generates projected cash flows according to the structure of

each security. Based on the results of the cash flow analysis, we determine whether we will recover the amortized cost basis of our security.

The following table provides detail on the significant assumptions used to determine credit impairment for non-agency residential mortgage-backed and asset-backed securities collateralized by first-lien and second-lien non-agency residential mortgage loans:

Table 85: Credit Impairment Assessment Assumptions – Non-Agency Residential Mortgage-Backed and Asset-Backed Securities (a)

 

June 30, 2012    Range     Weighted-
average (b)
 

Long-term prepayment rate (annual CPR)

      

Prime

     7-20     14

Alt-A

     5-12        6  

Option ARM

     3-6        3  

Remaining collateral expected to default

      

Prime

     1-49     20

Alt-A

     3-62        34  

Option ARM

     15-74        55  

Loss severity

      

Prime

     25-70     48

Alt-A

     30-83        62  

Option ARM

     40-75        61  
(a) Collateralized by first-lien and second-lien non-agency residential mortgage loans.
(b) Calculated by weighting the relevant assumption for each individual security by the current outstanding cost basis of the security.

NON-AGENCY COMMERCIAL MORTGAGE-BACKED SECURITIES

Credit losses on these securities are measured using property-level cash flow projections and forward-looking property valuations. Cash flows are projected using a detailed analysis of net operating income (NOI) by property type which, in turn, is based on the analysis of NOI performance over the past several business cycles combined with PNC’s economic outlook for the current cycle. Loss severities are based on property price projections, which are calculated using capitalization rate projections. The capitalization rate projections are based on a combination of historical capitalization rates and expected capitalization rates implied by current market activity, our outlook and relevant independent industry research, analysis and forecasts. Securities exhibiting weaker performance within the model are subject to further analysis. This analysis is performed at the loan level, and includes assessing local market conditions, reserves, occupancy, rent rolls and master/special servicer details.

 

 

The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – Form 10-Q    117


Table of Contents

During the second quarter and first six months of 2012 and 2011, the OTTI credit losses recognized in noninterest income related to estimated credit losses on securities that we do not expect to sell were as follows:

Table 86: Summary of OTTI Credit Losses Recognized in Earnings

 

    Three months
ended June 30
    Six months ended
June 30
 
In millions   2012      2011     2012     2011  

Available for sale securities:

            

Non-agency residential mortgage-backed

  $ (31    $ (35   $ (63   $ (63

Asset-backed

    (3      (4     (8     (9

Other debt

                     (1     (1

Total

  $ (34    $ (39   $ (72   $ (73

Table 87: Summary of OTTI Noncredit (Losses) Recoveries Included in Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss

 

    Three months
ended June 30
    Six months ended
June 30
 
In millions   2012     2011     2012     2011  

Total

  $ 2     $ (34   $ 24     $ (30
 

 

118    The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – Form 10-Q


Table of Contents

The following table presents a rollforward of the cumulative OTTI credit losses recognized in earnings for all debt securities for which a portion of an OTTI loss was recognized in accumulated other comprehensive loss:

Table 88: Rollforward of Cumulative OTTI Credit Losses Recognized in Earnings

 

In millions   Non-agency
residential
mortgage-backed
    Non-agency
commercial
mortgage-backed
    Asset-backed     Other debt      Total  

For the three months ended June 30, 2012

                    

March 31, 2012

  $ (859   $ (6   $ (249   $ (14    $ (1,128

Loss where impairment was not previously recognized

    (1                  (1

Additional loss where credit impairment was previously recognized

    (30             (3              (33

June 30, 2012

  $ (890   $ (6   $ (252   $ (14    $ (1,162
          
In millions   Non-agency
residential
mortgage-backed
    Non-agency
commercial
mortgage-backed
    Asset-backed     Other debt      Total  

For the three months ended June 30, 2011

                    

March 31, 2011

  $ (737   $ (6   $ (228   $ (13    $ (984

Loss where impairment was not previously recognized

            (3          (3

Additional loss where credit impairment was previously recognized

    (35         (1          (36

Reduction due to credit impaired securities sold

    11                                 11   

June 30, 2011

  $ (761   $ (6   $ (232   $ (13    $ (1,012
          
In millions   Non-agency
residential
mortgage-backed
    Non-agency
commercial
mortgage-backed
    Asset-backed     Other debt      Total  

For the six months ended June 30, 2012

                    

December 31, 2011

  $ (828   $ (6   $ (244   $ (13    $ (1,091

Loss where impairment was not previously recognized

    (2             (1      (3

Additional loss where credit impairment was previously recognized

    (61         (8          (69

Reduction due to credit impaired securities sold

    1                                 1   

June 30, 2012

  $ (890   $ (6   $ (252   $ (14    $ (1,162
          
In millions   Non-agency
residential
mortgage-backed
    Non-agency
commercial
mortgage-backed
    Asset-backed     Other debt      Total  

For the six months ended June 30, 2011

                    

December 31, 2010

  $ (709   $ (11   $ (223   $ (12    $ (955

Loss where impairment was not previously recognized

    (3         (3     (1      (7

Additional loss where credit impairment was previously recognized

    (60         (6          (66

Reduction due to credit impaired securities sold

    11        5                         16   

June 30, 2011

  $ (761   $ (6   $ (232   $ (13    $ (1,012

Information relating to gross realized securities gains and losses from the sales of securities is set forth in the following table.

Table 89: Gains (Losses) on Sales of Securities Available for Sale

 

In millions   Proceeds     Gross
Gains
    Gross
Losses
    Net
Gains
    Tax
Expense
 

For the six months ended June 30

                   

2012

  $ 6,607     $ 129     $ 10     $ 119     $ 42  

2011

    15,436       267       148       119       42  

 

The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – Form 10-Q    119


Table of Contents

The following table presents, by remaining contractual maturity, the amortized cost, fair value and weighted-average yield of debt securities at June 30, 2012.

Table 90: Contractual Maturity of Debt Securities

 

June 30, 2012
Dollars in millions
  1 Year or Less     After 1 Year
through 5 Years
    After 5 Years
through 10 Years
    After 10
Years
    Total  

SECURITIES AVAILABLE FOR SALE

           

US Treasury and government agencies

  $ 2      $ 951      $ 1,241      $ 448      $ 2,642   

Residential mortgage-backed

           

Agency

      29        757        26,108        26,894   

Non-agency

        23        6,550        6,573   

Commercial mortgage-backed

           

Agency

    2        684        144        11        841   

Non-agency

    4        174        49        2,450        2,677   

Asset-backed

      1,256        1,512        2,771        5,539   

State and municipal

    24        55        323        1,580        1,982   

Other debt

    447        1,577        627        431        3,082   

Total debt securities available for sale

  $ 479      $ 4,726      $ 4,676      $ 40,349      $ 50,230   

Fair value

  $ 485      $ 4,856      $ 4,888      $ 40,667      $ 50,896   

Weighted-average yield, GAAP basis

    2.86     2.44     2.75     3.51     3.33

SECURITIES HELD TO MATURITY

           

US Treasury and government agencies

        $ 226      $ 226   

Residential mortgage-backed (agency)

          4,154        4,154   

Commercial mortgage-backed

           

Agency

    $ 205      $ 1,086        5        1,296   

Non-agency

  $ 16        57          2,932        3,005   

Asset-backed

    6        424        82        463        975   

State and municipal

    32        25        153        461        671   

Other debt

            2        357                359   

Total debt securities held to maturity

  $ 54      $ 713      $ 1,678      $ 8,241      $ 10,686   

Fair value

  $ 55      $ 729      $ 1,770      $ 8,592      $ 11,146   

Weighted-average yield, GAAP basis

    2.43     3.21     3.33     4.22     4.00

 

Based on current interest rates and expected prepayment speeds, the weighted-average expected maturity of mortgage and other asset-backed debt securities were as follows as of June 30, 2012:

Table 91: Weighted-Average Expected Maturity of Mortgage and Other Asset-Backed Debt Securities

 

     June 30,
2012
 

Agency residential mortgage-backed securities

    3.4 years   

Non-agency residential mortgage-backed securities

    4.8 years   

Agency commercial mortgage-backed securities

    4.9 years   

Non-agency commercial mortgage-backed securities

    2.6 years   

Asset-backed securities

    3.5 years   

Weighted-average yields are based on historical cost with effective yields weighted for the contractual maturity of each security. At June 30, 2012, there were no securities of a single

issuer, other than FNMA and FHLMC, that exceeded 10% of total shareholders’ equity.

The following table presents the fair value of securities that have been either pledged to or accepted from others to collateralize outstanding borrowings.

Table 92: Fair Value of Securities Pledged and Accepted as Collateral

 

In millions   June 30
2012
    December 31
2011
 

Pledged to others

  $ 22,282     $ 20,109  

Accepted from others:

     

Permitted by contract or custom to sell or repledge

    1,372       1,796  

Permitted amount repledged to others

    618       892  
 

 

120    The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – Form 10-Q


Table of Contents

The securities pledged to others include positions held in our portfolio of investment securities, trading securities, and securities accepted as collateral from others that we are permitted by contract or custom to sell or repledge, and were used to secure public and trust deposits, repurchase agreements, and for other purposes. The securities accepted from others that we are permitted by contract or custom to sell or repledge are a component of Federal funds sold and resale agreements on our Consolidated Balance Sheet.

NOTE 9 FAIR VALUE

FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENT

Fair value is defined in GAAP as the price that would be received to sell an asset or the price that would be paid to transfer a liability on the measurement date. The standard focuses on the exit price in the principal or most advantageous market for the asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market participants. GAAP establishes a fair value reporting hierarchy to maximize the use of observable inputs when measuring fair value and defines the three levels of inputs as noted below.

Level 1

Fair value is determined using a quoted price in an active market for identical assets or liabilities. Level 1 assets and liabilities may include debt securities, equity securities and listed derivative contracts that are traded in an active exchange market and certain US Treasury securities that are actively traded in over-the-counter markets.

Level 2

Fair value is estimated using inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are observable for assets or liabilities, either directly or indirectly. Level 2 assets and liabilities may include debt securities, equity securities and listed derivative contracts with quoted prices that are traded in markets that are not active, and certain debt and equity securities and over-the-counter derivative contracts whose fair value is determined using a pricing model without significant unobservable inputs. This category generally includes US government agency debt securities, agency residential and commercial mortgage-backed debt securities, asset-backed debt securities, corporate debt securities, residential mortgage loans held for sale, and derivative contracts.

Level 3

Fair value is estimated using unobservable inputs that are significant to the fair value of the assets or liabilities. Level 3 assets and liabilities may include financial instruments whose value is determined using pricing services, pricing models with internally developed assumptions, discounted cash flow methodologies, or similar techniques, as well as instruments for which the determination of fair value requires significant management judgment or estimation. This category generally

includes certain available for sale and trading securities, commercial mortgage loans held for sale, private equity investments, residential mortgage servicing rights, BlackRock Series C Preferred Stock and certain financial derivative contracts. The available for sale and trading securities within Level 3 include non-agency residential mortgage-backed securities, auction rate securities, certain private-issuer asset-backed securities and corporate debt securities. Nonrecurring items, primarily certain nonaccrual and other loans held for sale, commercial mortgage servicing rights, equity investments and other assets are also included in this category.

We characterize active markets as those where transaction volumes are sufficient to provide objective pricing information, with reasonably narrow bid/ask spreads and where dealer quotes received do not vary widely and are based on current information. Inactive markets are typically characterized by low transaction volumes, price quotations that vary substantially among market participants or are not based on current information, wide bid/ask spreads, a significant increase in implied liquidity risk premiums, yields, or performance indicators for observed transactions or quoted prices compared to historical periods, a significant decline or absence of a market for new issuance, or any combination of the above factors. We also consider nonperformance risks including credit risk as part of our valuation methodology for all assets and liabilities measured at fair value.

Any models used to determine fair values or to validate dealer quotes based on the descriptions below are subject to review and independent testing as part of our model validation and internal control testing processes. Our Model Validation Committee reviews significant models on at least an annual basis. In addition, we have teams, independent of the traders, verify marks and assumptions used for valuations at each period end.

Assets and liabilities measured at fair value, by their nature, result in a higher degree of financial statement volatility. Assets and liabilities classified within Level 3 inherently require the use of various assumptions, estimates and judgments when measuring their fair value. As observable market activity is commonly not available to use when estimating the fair value of Level 3 assets and liabilities, we must estimate fair value using various modeling techniques. These techniques include the use of a variety of inputs/assumptions including credit quality, liquidity, interest rates or other relevant inputs across the entire population of our Level 3 assets and liabilities. Changes in the significant underlying factors or assumptions (either an increase or a decrease) in any of these areas underlying our estimates may result in a significant increase/decrease in the Level 3 fair value measurement of a particular asset and/or liability from period to period.

 

 

The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – Form 10-Q    121


Table of Contents

Financial Instruments Accounted For at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis

SECURITIES AVAILABLE FOR SALE AND TRADING SECURITIES

Securities accounted for at fair value include both the available for sale and trading portfolios. We primarily use prices obtained from pricing services, dealer quotes, or recent trades to determine the fair value of securities. As of June 30, 2012, 83% of the positions in these portfolios were priced by using pricing services provided by third-party vendors. The third-party vendors use a variety of methods when pricing securities that incorporate relevant market data to arrive at an estimate of what a buyer in the marketplace would pay for a security under current market conditions. One of the vendor’s prices are set with reference to market activity for highly liquid assets such as U.S. Treasury and agency securities and agency residential mortgage-backed securities, and matrix pricing for other asset classes, such as commercial mortgage and other asset-backed securities. Another vendor primarily uses discounted cash flow pricing models considering adjustments for spreads and prepayments for the instruments we value using this service, such as non-agency residential mortgage-backed securities, agency adjustable rate mortgage securities, agency collateralized mortgage obligations (CMOs), commercial mortgage-backed securities and municipal bonds. The vendors we use provide pricing services on a global basis and have quality management processes in place to monitor the integrity of the valuation inputs and the prices provided to users, including procedures to consider and incorporate information received from pricing service users who may challenge a price. We monitor and validate the reliability of vendor pricing on an ongoing basis through pricing methodology reviews, by performing detailed reviews of the assumptions and inputs used by the vendor to price individual securities, and through price validation testing. Price validation testing is performed independent of the risk-taking function and involves corroborating the prices received from third-party vendors with prices from another third-party source, by reviewing valuations of comparable instruments, by comparison to internal valuations, or by reference to recent sales of similar securities. Securities not priced by one of our pricing vendors may be valued using a dealer quote. Dealer quotes received are typically non-binding. Securities priced using a dealer quote are subject to corroboration either with another dealer quote, by comparison to similar securities priced by either a third-party vendor or another dealer, or through internal valuation in order to validate that the quote is representative of the market. Security prices are also validated through actual cash settlement upon sale of a security.

A cross-functional team comprised of representatives from Asset & Liability Management, Finance, and Market Risk Management oversees the governance of the processes and methodologies used to estimate the fair value of securities and the price validation testing that is performed. This management team reviews pricing sources and trends and the results of validation testing on a monthly basis.

Securities are classified within the fair value hierarchy after giving consideration to the activity level in the market for the security type and the observability of the inputs used to determine the fair value. When a quoted price in an active market exists for the identical security, this price is used to determine fair value and the security is classified within Level 1 of the hierarchy. Level 1 securities include certain U.S. Treasury securities and exchange traded equities. When a quoted price in an active market for the identical security is not available, fair value is estimated using either an alternative market approach, such as a recent trade or matrix pricing, or an income approach, such as a discounted cash flow pricing model. If the inputs to the valuation are based primarily on market observable information then the security is classified within Level 2 of the hierarchy. Level 2 securities include agency debt securities, agency residential mortgage-backed securities, agency and non-agency commercial mortgage-backed securities, asset-backed securities collateralized by non-mortgage-related consumer loans, municipal securities, and other debt securities. Level 2 securities are predominantly priced by third parties, either a pricing vendor or dealer.

In certain cases where there is limited activity or less transparency around the inputs to the valuation, securities are classified within Level 3 of the hierarchy. Securities classified as Level 3 consist primarily of non-agency residential mortgage-backed and asset-backed securities collateralized by first- and second-lien residential mortgage loans. Fair value for these securities is primarily estimated using pricing obtained from third-party vendors. In some cases, fair value is estimated using a dealer quote, by reference to prices of securities of a similar vintage and collateral type or by reference to recent sales of similar securities. Market activity for these security types is limited with little price transparency. As a result, these securities are generally valued by the third-party vendor using a discounted cash flow approach that incorporates observable market activity where available. Significant inputs to the valuation include prepayment projections and credit loss assumptions (default rate and loss severity) and discount rates that are deemed representative of current market conditions. The discount rates used incorporate a spread over the benchmark curve that takes into consideration liquidity risk and potential credit risk not already included in the credit loss assumptions. Significant increases (decreases) in any of those assumptions in isolation would result in a significantly lower (higher) fair value measurement. Prepayment estimates generally increase when market interest rates decline and decrease when market interest rates rise. Credit loss estimates are driven by the ability of borrowers to pay their loans and housing market prices and are impacted by changes in overall macroeconomic conditions, typically increasing when economic conditions worsen and decreasing when conditions improve. An increase in the estimated prepayment rate typically results in a decrease in estimated credit losses and vice versa. Discount rates typically increase when market interest rates increase and/or credit and liquidity risks increase and decrease when market

 

 

122    The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – Form 10-Q


Table of Contents

interest rates decline and/or credit and liquidity conditions improve. Price validation procedures are performed and the results are reviewed on a monthly basis for these Level 3 securities by a cross-functional Asset & Liability Management, Finance, and Market Risk Management team. Specific price validation procedures performed for these securities include comparing current prices to historical pricing trends by collateral type and vintage, comparing prices by product type to indicative pricing grids published by market makers, and by obtaining corroborating dealer prices for a sample of securities.

Certain infrequently traded debt securities within the State and municipal and Other debt Securities available-for-sale and Trading securities categories are also classified in Level 3. The significant unobservable inputs used to estimate the fair value of these securities include an estimate of expected credit losses and a discount for liquidity risk. These inputs are incorporated into the fair value measurement by either increasing the spread over the benchmark curve or by applying a credit and liquidity discount to the par value of the security. Significant increases (decreases) in credit and/or liquidity risk could result in a significantly lower (higher) fair value estimate.

FINANCIAL DERIVATIVES

Exchange-traded derivatives are valued using quoted market prices and are classified as Level 1. However, the majority of derivatives that we enter into are executed over-the-counter and are valued using internal models. These derivatives are primarily classified as Level 2 as the readily observable market inputs to these models are validated to external sources. The external sources for these inputs include industry pricing services, or are corroborated through recent trades, dealer quotes, yield curves, implied volatility or other market-related data. Level 2 financial derivatives are primarily estimated using a combination of Eurodollar future prices and observable benchmark interest rate swaps to construct projected discounted cash flows. Financial derivatives that are priced using significant management judgment or assumptions are classified as Level 3.

Fair value information for Level 3 financial derivatives is presented separately for interest rate contracts and other contracts. Interest rate contracts include residential and commercial mortgage interest rate lock commitments and certain interest rate options. Other contracts include risk participation agreements, certain equity options and other types of contracts.

Significant unobservable inputs for residential mortgage loan commitments include the probability of funding and embedded servicing. The fair value of residential mortgage loan commitments assets as of June 30, 2012 was $87 million. The probability of funding for residential mortgage loan commitments represents the expected proportion of loan

commitments in the pipeline that will fund. Additionally, embedded in the market price of the underlying loan is a value for retaining servicing of the loan once it is sold. Significant increases (decreases) in the fair value of a residential mortgage loan commitment asset (liability) result when the probability of funding increases (decreases). Significant increases (decreases) in the fair value of a residential mortgage loan commitment result when the embedded servicing value increases (decreases).

The fair value of commercial mortgage loan commitments assets as of June 30, 2012 was $17 million compared to liabilities of $4 million. Significant unobservable inputs for commercial mortgage loan commitments include spread over the benchmark curve U.S. Treasury interest rate and embedded servicing value. The spread over the benchmark curve reflects management assumptions regarding credit and liquidity risks. Embedded servicing value reflects the estimated value for retaining the right to service the underlying loan once it is sold. Significant increases (decreases) in the fair value of commercial mortgage loan commitments result when the spread over the benchmark curve decreases (increases) or the embedded servicing value increases (decreases).

The fair value of interest rate options assets as of June 30, 2012 was $5 million compared to liabilities of $3 million. The significant unobservable input used in the fair value measurement of the interest rate options is expected interest rate volatility. Significant increases (decreases) in interest rate volatility would result in a significantly higher (lower) fair value measurement.

The fair value of risk participation agreement assets as of June 30, 2012 was $8 million compared to liabilities of $7 million. The significant unobservable inputs used in the fair value measurement of risk participation agreements are probability of default and loss severity. Significant increases (decreases) in probability of default and loss severity would result in a significantly higher (lower) fair value measurement.

The fair value of the other contracts liabilities as of June 30, 2012 was $75 million. The significant unobservable inputs for the other contracts for derivative liabilities include credit and liquidity discount and spread over the benchmark curve that are deemed representative of current market conditions. Significant increases (decreases) in these assumptions would result in significantly lower (higher) fair value measurement.

The fair values of our derivatives are adjusted for nonperformance risk through the calculation of our Credit Valuation Adjustment (CVA). Our CVA is computed using new loan pricing and considers externally available bond spreads, in conjunction with internal historical recovery observations.

 

 

The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – Form 10-Q    123


Table of Contents

RESIDENTIAL MORTGAGE LOANS HELD FOR SALE

We account for certain residential mortgage loans originated for sale on a recurring basis at fair value. We have elected to account for certain RBC Bank (USA) residential mortgage loans held for sale at fair value. The election of the fair value option aligns the accounting for the residential mortgages with related hedges.

Residential mortgage loans are valued based on quoted market prices, where available, prices for other traded mortgage loans with similar characteristics, and purchase commitments and bid information received from market participants. These loans are regularly traded in active markets and observable pricing information is available from market participants. The prices are adjusted as necessary to include the embedded servicing value in the loans and to take into consideration the specific characteristics of certain loans that are priced based on the pricing of similar loans. These adjustments represent unobservable inputs to the valuation but are not considered significant given the relative insensitivity of the value to changes in these inputs to the fair value of the loans. Accordingly, residential mortgage loans held for sale are classified as Level 2.

RESIDENTIAL MORTGAGE SERVICING RIGHTS

Residential mortgage servicing rights (MSRs) are carried at fair value on a recurring basis. Assumptions incorporated into the residential MSRs valuation model reflect management’s best estimate of factors that a market participant would use in valuing the residential MSRs. Although sales of residential MSRs do occur, residential MSRs do not trade in an active, open market with readily observable prices so the precise terms and conditions of sales are not available. As a benchmark for the reasonableness of its residential MSRs fair value, PNC obtains opinions of value from independent parties (“brokers”). These brokers provided a range (+/- 10 bps) based upon their own discounted cash flow calculations of our portfolio that reflect conditions in the secondary market, and any recently executed servicing transactions. PNC compares its internally-developed residential MSRs value to the ranges of values received from the brokers. If our residential MSRs fair value falls outside of the brokers’ ranges, management will assess whether a valuation adjustment is warranted. For the periods presented, PNC’s residential MSRs value did not fall outside of the brokers’ ranges. We consider our residential MSRs value to represent a reasonable estimate of fair value. Due to the nature of the valuation inputs, residential MSRs are classified as Level 3.

The significant unobservable inputs used in the fair value measurement of residential MSRs are constant prepayment rates and spread over the benchmark curve. Significant increases (decreases) in prepayment rates and spread over the benchmark curve would result in lower (higher) fair market value of residential MSRs.

 

COMMERCIAL MORTGAGE LOANS HELD FOR SALE

We account for certain commercial mortgage loans classified as held for sale at fair value. The election of the fair value option aligns the accounting for the commercial mortgages with related hedges.

We determine the fair value of commercial mortgage loans held for sale by using a discounted cash flow model. Fair value is determined using sale valuation assumptions that management believes a market participant would use in pricing the loans. When available, valuation assumptions include observable inputs based on the benchmark LIBOR interest rate swap curve and whole loan sales. The significant unobservable input is management’s assumption of the spread applied to the benchmark rate. The spread over the benchmark curve includes management’s assumptions of the impact of credit and liquidity risk. Significant increases (decreases) in the spread applied to the benchmark would result in a significantly lower (higher) asset value. The wide range of the spread over the benchmark curve is due to the varying risk and underlying property characteristics within our portfolio. Based on the significance of unobservable inputs, we classified this portfolio as Level 3.

EQUITY INVESTMENTS

The valuation of direct and indirect private equity investments requires significant management judgment due to the absence of quoted market prices, inherent lack of liquidity and the long-term nature of such investments. The carrying values of direct and affiliated partnership interests reflect the expected exit price and are based on various techniques including multiples of adjusted earnings of the entity, independent appraisals, anticipated financing and sale transactions with third parties, or the pricing used to value the entity in a recent financing transaction. A multiple of adjusted earnings calculation is the valuation technique utilized most frequently and the multiple of earnings is the primary and most significant unobservable input used in such calculation. The multiple of earnings is utilized in conjunction with portfolio company financial results and our ownership interest in portfolio company securities to determine PNC’s interest in the enterprise value of the portfolio company. Significant decreases (increases) in the multiple of earnings could result in a significantly lower (higher) fair value measurement. The magnitude of the change in fair value is dependent on the significance of the change in the multiple of earnings and the significance of portfolio company adjusted earnings. Valuation inputs or analysis are supported by portfolio company or market documentation. Due to the size, private and unique nature of each portfolio company, lack of liquidity and the long-term nature of investments, relevant benchmarking is not always feasible. A Valuation Committee reviews the portfolio company valuations on a quarterly basis and oversight is provided by senior management of the business.

 

 

124    The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – Form 10-Q


Table of Contents

We value indirect investments in private equity funds based on net asset value as provided in the financial statements that we receive from their managers. Due to the time lag in our receipt of the financial information and based on a review of investments and valuation techniques applied, adjustments to the manager-provided value are made when available recent portfolio company information or market information indicates a significant change in value from that provided by the manager of the fund. These investments are classified as Level 3.

CUSTOMER RESALE AGREEMENTS

We have elected to account for structured resale agreements, which are economically hedged using free-standing financial derivatives, at fair value. The fair value for structured resale agreements is determined using a model that includes observable market data such as interest rates as inputs. Readily observable market inputs to this model can be validated to external sources, including yield curves, implied volatility or other market-related data. These instruments are classified as Level 2.

LOANS

Loans accounted for at fair value include residential mortgage loans held for sale that were subsequently reclassified to portfolio loans. These loans are transferred to portfolio loans if they are deemed unsaleable. These loans are valued similarly to residential mortgage loans held for sale and are classified as Level 2. This category also includes repurchased brokered home equity loans. These loans are repurchased due to a breach of representations or warranties in the loan sales agreements and occur typically after the loan is in default. The fair value price is based on bids and market observations of transactions of similar vintage. Because transaction details regarding the credit and underwriting quality are often unavailable, bid information from brokers and investors is heavily relied upon. Accordingly, these loans are classified as Level 3. A significant input to the valuation includes a credit and liquidity discount that is deemed representative of current market conditions. Significant increases (decreases) in this assumption would result in a significantly lower (higher) fair value measurement.

BLACKROCK SERIES C PREFERRED STOCK

We have elected to account for the shares of BlackRock Series C Preferred Stock received in a stock exchange with BlackRock at fair value. We own approximately 1.5 million of these shares after delivery of approximately 1.3 million shares

in September 2011 pursuant to our obligation to partially fund a portion of certain BlackRock LTIP programs. The Series C Preferred Stock economically hedges the BlackRock LTIP liability that is accounted for as a derivative. The fair value of the Series C Preferred Stock is determined using a third-party modeling approach, which includes both observable and unobservable inputs. This approach considers expectations of a default/liquidation event and the use of liquidity discounts based on our inability to sell the security at a fair, open market price in a timely manner. Although dividends are equal to common shares and other preferred series, significant transfer restrictions exist on our Series C shares for any purpose other than to satisfy the LTIP obligation. Due to the significance of unobservable inputs, this security is classified as Level 3. Significant increases (decreases) in the liquidity discount would result in a significantly lower (higher) asset value for the BlackRock Series C and vice versa for the BlackRock LTIP liability.

OTHER ASSETS

We have entered into a prepaid forward contract with a financial institution to mitigate the risk of offsetting a portion of the Company’s deferred compensation and supplemental incentive savings plan liabilities that are based on the Company’s stock price and are subject to market risk. The prepaid forward contract is initially valued at the transaction price and is subsequently valued by reference to the market price of the Company’s stock in Other Assets at fair value. In addition, deferred compensation and supplemental incentive savings plan participants may also invest based on fixed income and equity-based funds. The Company utilizes a Rabbi Trust to hedge the returns by purchasing the same funds on which the participant returns are based. The Rabbi Trust balances are recorded in Other Assets at fair value using the quoted market price. These assets are generally classified as Level 2. The asset category also includes FHLB interests and the retained interest only interests related to the Small Business Administration (SBA) securitizations which are classified as Level 3. The fair value of the FHLB interests as of June 30, 2012 was $5 million. The fair value of the SBA securitization interests as of June 30, 2012 was $2 million. The significant unobservable inputs used in the fair value measurement of these types of assets are constant prepayment rates and spread over the benchmark curve. Significant increases (decreases) in prepayment rates and spread over the benchmark curve would result in lower (higher) fair market value of these assets.

 

 

The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – Form 10-Q    125


Table of Contents

Assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis, including instruments for which PNC has elected the fair value option, follow.

Table 93: Fair Value Measurements – Summary

 

     June 30, 2012      December 31, 2011  
In millions    Level 1      Level 2      Level 3      Total
Fair Value
     Level 1      Level 2      Level 3      Total
Fair Value
 

Assets

                         

Securities available for sale

                         

US Treasury and government agencies

   $ 1,957       $ 941          $ 2,898       $ 1,659       $ 2,058          $ 3,717   

Residential mortgage-backed

                         

Agency

        27,814            27,814            26,792            26,792   

Non-agency

         $ 5,887         5,887             $ 5,557         5,557   

Commercial mortgage-backed

                         

Agency

        876            876            1,140            1,140   

Non-agency

        2,802            2,802            2,756            2,756   

Asset-backed

        4,735         688         5,423            2,882         787         3,669   

State and municipal

        1,698         337         2,035            1,471         336         1,807   

Other debt

              3,106         55         3,161                  2,713         49         2,762   

Total debt securities

     1,957         41,972         6,967         50,896         1,659         39,812         6,729         48,200   

Corporate stocks and other

     339         16                  355         368                           368   

Total securities available for sale

     2,296         41,988         6,967         51,251         2,027         39,812         6,729         48,568   

Financial derivatives (a) (b)

                         

Interest rate contracts

     23         9,328         109         9,460            9,150         60         9,210   

Other contracts

              188         8         196                  246         7         253   

Total financial derivatives

     23         9,516         117         9,656                  9,396         67         9,463   

Residential mortgage loans held for sale (c)

        1,939            1,939            1,522            1,522   

Trading securities (d)

                         

Debt (e) (f)

     1,053         974         41         2,068         1,058         1,371         39         2,468   

Equity

     50         3                  53         42         3                  45   

Total trading securities

     1,103         977         41         2,121         1,100         1,374         39         2,513   

Residential mortgage servicing rights (g)

           581         581               647         647   

Commercial mortgage loans held for sale (c)

           837         837               843         843   

Equity investments

                         

Direct investments

           957         957               856         856   

Indirect investments (h)

                       677         677                           648         648   

Total equity investments

                       1,634         1,634                           1,504         1,504   

Customer resale agreements (i)

        542            542            732            732   

Loans (j)

        284         7         291            222         5         227   

Other assets

                         

BlackRock Series C Preferred Stock (k)

           200         200               210         210   

Other

              462         7         469                  422         7         429   

Total other assets

              462         207         669                  422         217         639   

Total assets

   $ 3,422       $ 55,708       $ 10,391       $ 69,521       $ 3,127       $ 53,480       $ 10,051       $ 66,658   

Liabilities

                         

Financial derivatives (b) (l)

                         

Interest rate contracts

   $ 10       $ 7,091       $ 7       $ 7,108          $ 7,065       $ 6       $ 7,071   

BlackRock LTIP

           200         200               210         210   

Other contracts

              184         82         266                  233         92         325   

Total financial derivatives

     10         7,275         289         7,574                  7,298         308         7,606   

Trading securities sold short (m)

                         

Debt (e)

     745         42                  787       $ 997         19                  1,016   

Total trading securities sold short

     745         42                  787         997         19                  1,016   

Other liabilities

              2                  2                  3                  3   

Total liabilities

   $ 755       $ 7,319       $ 289       $ 8,363       $ 997       $ 7,320       $ 308       $ 8,625   

 

126    The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – Form 10-Q


Table of Contents
(a) Included in Other assets on our Consolidated Balance Sheet.
(b) Amounts at June 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011 are presented gross and are not reduced by the impact of legally enforceable master netting agreements that allow PNC to net positive and negative positions and cash collateral held or placed with the same counterparty. At June 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011, respectively, the net asset amounts were $2.7 billion and $2.4 billion and the net liability amounts were $.6 billion and $.7 billion.
(c) Included in Loans held for sale on our Consolidated Balance Sheet. PNC has elected the fair value option for certain commercial and residential mortgage loans held for sale.
(d) Fair value includes net unrealized gains of $115 million at June 30, 2012 compared with net unrealized gains of $102 million at December 31, 2011.
(e) Approximately 25% of these securities are residential mortgage-backed securities and 50% are US Treasury and government agencies securities at June 30, 2012. Comparable amounts at December 31, 2011 were 57% and 34%, respectively.
(f) At December 31, 2011, $1.1 billion of residential mortgage-backed agency securities with embedded derivatives were carried in Trading securities. At June 30, 2012, substantially all of these securities have been sold.
(g) Included in Other intangible assets on our Consolidated Balance Sheet.
(h) The indirect equity funds are not redeemable, but PNC receives distributions over the life of the partnership from liquidation of the underlying investments by the investee, which we expect to occur over the next twelve years. The amount of unfunded contractual commitments related to indirect equity investments was $176 million and related to direct equity investments was $39 million as of June 30, 2012, respectively.
(i) Included in Federal funds sold and resale agreements on our Consolidated Balance Sheet. PNC has elected the fair value option for these items.
(j) Included in Loans on our Consolidated Balance Sheet.
(k) PNC has elected the fair value option for these shares.
(l) Included in Other liabilities on our Consolidated Balance Sheet.
(m) Included in Other borrowed funds on our Consolidated Balance Sheet.

Reconciliations of assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis using Level 3 inputs for the three months and six months ended June 30, 2012 and 2011 follow.

Table 94: Reconciliation of Level 3 Assets and Liabilities

Three Months Ended June 30, 2012

 

Level 3 Instruments Only

In millions

 

Fair Value

March 31,

2012

   

Total realized / unrealized

gains or losses for the period (a)

   

Purchases

   

Sales

   

Issuances

   

Settlements

   

Transfers
out of
Level 3 (b)

   

Fair Value

June 30,

2012

   

Unrealized

gains (losses)

on assets and

liabilities held on

Consolidated

Balance Sheet at

June 30,

2012 (c)

 
                 
                 
                 
    Included in
Earnings
   

Included

in Other

comprehensive

income

               

Assets

                     

Securities available for sale

                     

Residential mortgage-
backed non-agency

  $ 6,121      $ 20      $ (34   $ 47          $ (267     $ 5,887      $ (31

Commercial mortgage-
backed non-agency

      1                (1        

Asset-backed

    752        (1     17        $ (47       (33       688        (3

State and municipal

    336        1                    337       

Other debt

    55                        3        (3                             55           

Total securities
available for sale

    7,264        21        (17     50        (50             (301             6,967        (34

Financial derivatives

    84        115          1            (82   $ (1     117        123   

Trading securities – Debt

    39        2                    41        1   

Residential mortgage
servicing rights

    724        (126         $ 24        (41       581        (124

Commercial mortgage loans held for sale

    840        4                (7       837        (2

Equity investments

                     

Direct investments

    865        20          116        (44           957        20   

Indirect investments

    657        37                19        (36                             677        35   

Total equity investments

    1,522        57                135        (80                             1,634        55   

Loans

    6            1                7       

Other assets

                     

BlackRock Series C Preferred Stock

    241        (41                 200        (41

Other

    7                                                                7           

Total other assets

    248        (41                                                     207        (41

Total assets

  $ 10,727      $ 32 (e)    $ (17   $ 187      $ (130   $ 24      $ (431   $ (1   $ 10,391      $ (22 )(f) 

Total liabilities (d)

  $ 334      $ (56 )(e)                    $ 1              $ 10              $ 289      $ (40 )(f) 

 

The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – Form 10-Q    127


Table of Contents

Three Months Ended June 30, 2011

 

Level 3 Instruments Only

In millions

        

Total realized / unrealized

gains or losses for the period (a)

    Purchases     Sales     Issuances     Settlements    

Fair Value

June 30,

2011

   

Unrealized

gains (losses)

on assets and

liabilities held on

Consolidated

Balance Sheet at

June 30,

2011 (c)

 
               
               
               
 

Fair Value

March 31,

2011

   

Included in

Earnings

   

Included

in Other

comprehensive

income

             

Assets

                   

Securities available for sale

                   

Residential mortgage-backed non-agency

  $ 7,171     $ (58   $ (73   $ 3     $ (280     $ (309   $ 6,454     $ (35

Asset-backed

    1,024         (11           (62     951       (4

State and municipal

    341         1       5           (6     341      

Other debt

    73       (1     2       2       (2       1       75      

Corporate stocks and other

    1                                               (1                

Total securities available for sale

    8,610       (59     (81     10       (282             (377     7,821       (39

Financial derivatives

    50       63          3           (56     60       63   

Trading securities – Debt

    60       1                (5     56      

Residential mortgage servicing rights

    1,109       (107         $ 31       (37     996       (105

Commercial mortgage loans held for sale

    858       6            (6       (2     856       5   

Equity investments

                   

Direct investments

    794       21          55       (21         849       20   

Indirect investments

    663       27                14       (40                     664       29   

Total equity investments

    1,457       48                69       (61                     1,513       49   

Loans

    2           2             4      

Other assets

                   

BlackRock Series C Preferred Stock

    447       (21               426       (21

Other

    8                                                       8          

Total other assets

    455       (21                                             434       (21

Total assets

  $ 12,601     $ (69 ) (e)    $ (81   $ 84     $ (349   $ 31     $ (477   $ 11,740     $ (48 ) (f) 

Total liabilities (d)

  $ 476     $ (14 ) (e)                    $ 5             $ (23   $ 444     $ (18 ) (f) 

 

128    The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – Form 10-Q


Table of Contents

Six Months Ended June 30, 2012

 

Level 3 Instruments Only

In millions

 

Fair Value

Dec. 31,

2011

   

Total realized / unrealized

gains or losses for the period (a)

   

Purchases

   

Sales

   

Issuances

   

Settlements

   

Transfers
into
Level 3 (b)

    Transfers
out of
Level 3 (b)
   

Fair
Value

June 30,

2012

   

Unrealized

gains (losses)

on assets and

liabilities held on

Consolidated

Balance Sheet at
June 30,

2012 (c)

 
                   
                   
                   
    Included in
Earnings
   

Included

in Other

compre-
hensive

income

                 

Assets

                       

Securities available for sale

                       

Residential mortgage-backed non-agency

  $ 5,557     $ 11      $ 486     $ 47     $ (163     $ (509   $ 458       $ 5,887     $ (63

Commercial mortgage-backed non-agency

      2                (2          

Asset-backed

    787       (7     59         (87       (64         688       (8

State and municipal

    336         3             (2         337      

Other debt

    49       (1     1       9       (3                                     55       (1

Total securities available for sale

    6,729       5        549       56       (253             (577     458               6,967       (72

Financial derivatives

    67       195          4           (150     3     $ (2     117       176   

Trading securities – Debt

    39       3                (1         41       2   

Residential mortgage servicing rights

    647       (106       64       $ 53       (77         581       (104

Commercial mortgage loans held for sale

    843       (2         (4             837       (4

Equity investments

                       

Direct investments

    856       42          159       (100             957       41   

Indirect investments

    648       68                30       (69                                     677       65   

Total equity investments

    1,504       110                189       (169                                     1,634       106   

Loans

    5           2                 7      

Other assets

                       

BlackRock Series C Preferred Stock

    210       (10                   200       (10

Other

    7                                                                       7          

Total other assets

    217       (10                                                             207       (10

Total assets

  $ 10,051     $ 195 (e)    $ 549     $ 315     $ (426   $ 53     $ (805   $ 461     $ (2   $ 10,391     $ 94 (f) 

Total liabilities (d)

  $ 308     $ 21 (e)                    $ 1             $ (40   $ 1     $ (2   $ 289     $ (8 )(f) 

 

The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – Form 10-Q    129


Table of Contents

Six Months Ended June 30, 2011

 

Level 3 Instruments Only

In millions

        

Total realized / unrealized

gains or losses for the period (a)

    Purchases     Sales     Issuances     Settlements    

Fair Value

June 30,

2011

   

Unrealized

gains (losses)

on assets and

liabilities held on

Consolidated

Balance Sheet at

June 30,

2011 (c)

 
               
               
               
 

Fair Value

Dec. 31,

2010

   

Included in

Earnings

   

Included

in Other

comprehensive

income

             

Assets

                   

Securities available for sale

                   

Residential mortgage-backed non-agency

  $ 7,233     $ (64   $ 182     $ 45     $ (280     $ (662   $ 6,454     $ (63

Asset-backed

    1,045       (3     43             (134     951       (9

State and municipal

    228         3       121           (11     341      

Other debt

    73       (2     4       2       (3       1       75       (1

Corporate stocks and other

    4                                               (4                

Total securities available for sale

    8,583       (69     232       168       (283             (810     7,821       (73

Financial derivatives

    77       106          3           (126     60       90   

Trading securities – Debt

    69       (3             (10     56       (5

Residential mortgage servicing rights

    1,033       (71       48       $ 70       (84     996       (70

Commercial mortgage loans held for sale

    877       (1         (13       (7     856       (1

Equity investments

                   

Direct investments

    749       34          102       (36         849       31   

Indirect investments

    635       71                24       (66                     664       71   

Total equity investments

    1,384       105                126       (102                     1,513       102   

Loans

    2           2             4      

Other assets

                   

BlackRock Series C Preferred Stock

    396       30                  426       30   

Other

    7                       1                               8          

Total other assets

    403       30                1                               434       30   

Total assets

  $ 12,428     $ 97 (e)    $ 232     $ 348     $ (398   $ 70     $ (1,037   $ 11,740     $ 73 (f) 

Total liabilities (d)

  $ 460     $ 50 (e)                    $ 8             $ (74   $ 444     $ 34 (f) 
(a) Losses for assets are bracketed while losses for liabilities are not.
(b) PNC’s policy is to recognize transfers in and transfers out as of the end of the reporting period.
(c) The amount of the total gains or losses for the period included in earnings that is attributable to the change in unrealized gains or losses related to those assets and liabilities held at the end of the reporting period.
(d) Financial derivatives.
(e) Net gains (realized and unrealized) included in earnings relating to Level 3 assets and liabilities were $88 million for the second quarter of 2012, while for the first six months of 2012 there were $174 million of net gains (realized and unrealized) included in earnings. The comparative amounts included net losses (realized and unrealized) of $55 million for second quarter 2011 and net gains (realized and unrealized) of $47 million for the first six months of 2011. These amounts were included in Noninterest income on the Consolidated Income Statement. These amounts also included amortization and accretion of $54 million for the second quarter of 2012 and $86 million for the first six months of 2012. The comparative amounts were $31 million for the second quarter of 2011 and $55 million for the first six months of 2011. The amortization and accretion amounts were included in Interest income on the Consolidated Income Statement.
(f) Net unrealized gains relating to those assets and liabilities held at the end of the reporting period were $18 million for the second quarter of 2012, while for the first six months of 2012 there were $102 million of net unrealized gains. The comparative amounts included net unrealized losses of $30 million for the second quarter of 2011 and net unrealized gains of $39 million for the first six months of 2011. These amounts were included in Noninterest income on the Consolidated Income Statement.

 

An instrument’s categorization within the hierarchy is based on the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement. PNC reviews and updates fair value hierarchy classifications quarterly. Changes from one quarter to the next related to the observability of inputs to a fair value measurement may result in a reclassification (transfer) of assets or liabilities between hierarchy levels. During the first

six months of 2012 there were transfers of assets and liabilities from Level 2 to Level 3 of $460 million consisting primarily of mortgage-backed securities as a result of a ratings downgrade which reduced the observability of valuation inputs. During the first six months of 2012 and 2011 there were no other material transfers of assets or liabilities between the hierarchy levels.

 

 

130    The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – Form 10-Q


Table of Contents

Quantitative information about the significant unobservable inputs within Level 3 recurring assets and liabilities follows.

Table 95: Fair Value Measurement – Recurring Quantitative Information

 

Level 3 Instruments Only

Dollars in millions

 

Fair Value

June 30

2012

    Valuation Techniques   Unobservable Inputs   Range (Weighted Average)     

Assets

           

Securities available for sale

           

Residential mortgage- backed non-agency

  $ 5,887     Priced by a third-party vendor
using a discounted cash flow
pricing model (a)
  Constant prepayment rate (CPR)
Constant default rate (CDR)

Loss Severity

Spread over the benchmark curve (b)

  1.0% - 40.0% (5.0%)

0.0% - 20.0% (7.0%)

10.0% - 92.0% (50.0%)
568bps weighted average

  (a)
(a)
(a)
(a)

Asset-backed

    688     Priced by a third-party vendor
using a discounted cash flow
pricing model (a)
  Constant prepayment rate (CPR)
Constant default rate (CDR)

Loss Severity

Spread over the benchmark curve (b)

  1.0% - 8.0% (3.0%)

1.0% - 25.0% (9.0%)

10.0% - 100.0% (71.0%)
709bps weighted average

  (a)
(a)
(a)
(a)

State and municipal

    154     Discounted cash flow   Spread over the benchmark curve (b)   125bps - 310bps (183bps)    
    183     Consensus pricing (c)   Credit and Liquidity discount   0.0% - 40.0% (9.0%)    
 

 

 

           
    337            

Other debt

    55     Consensus pricing (c)   Credit and Liquidity discount   7.0% - 95.0% (86.0%)    
 

 

 

           

Total debt securities

    6,967            

Financial derivatives assets

           

Interest rate contracts

           

Residential mortgage loan commitments

    87     Discounted cash flow   Probability of funding

Embedded servicing value

  5.0% - 99.0% (69.4%)

0.5% - 1.2% (0.8%)

   

Commercial mortgage loan commitments

    17     Discounted cash flow   Spread over the benchmark curve (b)
Embedded servicing value
  55bps - 290bps (94bps)

1.3% - 2.6% (1.8%)

   

Interest rate options

    5     Option model   Interest rate volatility   27.0% - 36.0% (35.0%)    
 

 

 

           
    109            

Other contracts

           

Risk participation agreements

    8     Discounted cash flow   Probability of default

Loss Severity

  4.0% - 100.0% (29.0%)
28.0% - 41.0% (32.0%)
   
 

 

 

           
    8            
 

 

 

           
    117            

Trading securities - Debt

    41     Consensus pricing (c)   Credit and Liquidity discount   8.0% - 40.0% (24.0%)    

Residential mortgage servicing rights

    581     Discounted cash flow   Constant prepayment rate (CPR)
Spread over the benchmark curve (b)
  3.9% - 55.9% (21.4%)
939bps - 1,941bps (1,146 bps)
   

Commercial mortgage loans held for sale

    837     Discounted cash flow   Spread over the benchmark curve (b)   480bps - 3,060bps (914bps)    

Equity investments - Direct investments

    957     Multiple of adjusted earnings   Multiple of earnings   4.5 - 11.0 (7.2)    

Equity investments - Indirect (d)

    677     Net asset value   Net asset value      

Loans

    7     Consensus pricing (c)   Credit and Liquidity discount   40.0% - 97.0% (68.0%)    

Other assets

           

BlackRock Series C Preferred Stock

    200     Consensus pricing (c)   Liquidity discount   22.5%    

Other

           

FHLB interests

    5     Discounted cash flow   Constant prepayment rate (CPR)   7.8%    

SBA securitization interests

    2     Discounted cash flow   Constant prepayment rate (CPR)
Spread over the benchmark curve (b)
  13.3%

650bps

   
 

 

 

           
    7            
 

 

 

           
    207            
 

 

 

           

Total Assets

  $ 10,391                  

 

The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – Form 10-Q    131


Table of Contents

Level 3 Instruments Only

Dollars in millions

 

Fair Value

June 30

2012

    Valuation Techniques   Unobservable Inputs   Range (Weighted Average)     

Liabilities

           

Financial derivative liabilities

           

Interest rate contracts

           

Commercial mortgage loan commitments

  $ 4     Discounted cash flow   Spread over the benchmark curve (b)
Embedded servicing value
  65bps - 290bps (114bps)
1.3% - 2.6% (1.9%)
   

Interest rate options

    3     Option model   Interest rate volatility   27.0% - 37.0% (36.0%)    
 

 

 

           
    7            

BlackRock LTIP

    200     Consensus pricing (c)   Liquidity discount   22.5%    

Other contracts

           

Other liability contracts

    75     Discounted cash flow   Credit and Liquidity discount
Spread over the benchmark curve (b)
  39.0% - 99.0% (48.0%)
157bps
   

Risk participation agreements

    7     Discounted cash flow   Probability of default Loss
Severity
  1.0% - 100.0% (32.0%)
5.0% - 41.0% (30.0%)
   
 

 

 

           
    82            
 

 

 

           

Total Liabilities

  $ 289                  
(a) Level 3 residential mortgage-backed non-agency and asset-backed securities with fair values as of June 30, 2012 totaling $5,136 million and $662 million, respectively, were priced by a third-party vendor using a discounted cash flow pricing model, that incorporates consensus pricing, where available. The significant unobservable inputs for these securities were provided by the third-party vendor and are disclosed in the table. Our procedures to validate the prices provided by the third-party vendor related to these securities are discussed further in the Fair Value Measurement section of this Note 9. Certain Level 3 residential mortgage-backed non-agency and asset-backed securities with fair value as of June 30, 2012 of $751 million and $26 million, respectively, were valued using a pricing source, such as, a dealer quote or comparable security price, for which the significant unobservable inputs used to determine the price were not reasonably available.
(b) The assumed yield spread over the benchmark curve for each instrument is generally intended to incorporate non-interest-rate risks such as credit and liquidity risks.
(c) Consensus pricing refers to fair value estimates that are generally internally developed using information such as dealer quotes or other third-party provided valuations or comparable asset prices.
(d) The range on these indirect equity investments has not been disclosed due to the diverse nature of the underlying investments.

 

OTHER FINANCIAL ASSETS ACCOUNTED FOR AT FAIR VALUE ON A NONRECURRING BASIS

We may be required to measure certain other financial assets at fair value on a nonrecurring basis. These adjustments to fair value usually result from the application of lower-of-cost-or-fair value accounting or write-downs of individual assets due to impairment.

Nonaccrual Loans

The amounts below for nonaccrual loans represent the fair value of loans which is primarily based on the appraised value of the collateral or the net book value of the collateral from the borrower’s most recent financial statements if no appraisal is available. The appraisal value is used to determine the weighted average loss severity of the nonaccrual loans. As part of the appraisal process, persons ordering or reviewing appraisals are independent of the asset manager. Appraisals must be provided by licensed or certified appraisers and conform to the Uniform Standards of Professional Appraisal Practice. For loans secured by commercial properties where the underlying collateral is in excess of $250,000, appraisals are obtained at least annually. In certain instances (e.g., physical changes in the property), a more recent appraisal is obtained. Additionally, borrower ordered appraisals are not permitted, and PNC ordered appraisals are regularly reviewed. For loans secured by commercial properties where the underlying collateral is $250,000 and less, there is no requirement to obtain an appraisal. In instances where an appraisal is not obtained, the collateral value is determined consistent with external third-party appraisal standards, by an

internal person independent of the asset manager. We have a real estate valuation services group whose sole function is to manage the real estate appraisal solicitation and evaluation process for commercial loans. All third-party appraisals are reviewed by this group, including consideration of comments/questions on the appraisal by the reviewer, customer relationship manager, credit officer, and underwriter. Upon resolving these comments/questions through discussions with the third-party appraiser, adjustments to the initial appraisal may occur and be incorporated into the final issued appraisal report.

If an appraisal is outdated due to changed project or market conditions, or if the net book value is utilized, management uses an LGD percentage which represents the exposure PNC expects to lose in the event a borrower defaults on an obligation. Accordingly, LGD which represents the loss severity is a function of collateral recovery rates and loan-to-value. Those rates are established based upon actual PNC loss experience and external market data. In instances where we have agreed to sell the property to a third party, the fair value is based on the contractual sales price adjusted for costs to sell. In these instances, the most significant unobservable input is the appraised value or the sales price. The estimated costs to sell are incremental direct costs to transact a sale such as broker commissions, legal, closing costs and title transfer fees. The costs must be essential to the sale and would not have been incurred if the decision to sell had not been made. The costs to sell are based on costs associated with our actual sales of commercial and residential OREO and foreclosed assets which are assessed annually.

 

 

132    The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – Form 10-Q


Table of Contents

Loans Held for Sale

The amounts below for loans held for sale include the carrying value of commercial mortgage loans which are intended to be sold with servicing retained. The fair value of the commercial mortgage loans is determined using discounted cash flows. Significant observable market data includes the applicable benchmark U.S. Treasury interest rates. These instruments are classified within Level 3. Significant unobservable inputs include a spread over the benchmark curve and the embedded servicing value. Significant increases (decreases) to the spread over the benchmark curve would result in a significantly lower (higher) carrying value of the assets. Significant increases (decreases) in the embedded servicing value would result in significantly higher (lower) carrying value. Loans held for sale also includes syndicated commercial loan inventory. The fair value of the syndicated commercial loan inventory is primarily determined based on prices provided by a third-party vendor. The third-party vendor prices are based upon dealer quotes. These instruments are classified within Level 2.

Equity Investments

The amounts below for equity investments represent the carrying value of Low Income Housing Tax Credit (LIHTC) investments held for sale calculated using a discounted cash flow model. The significant unobservable input is management’s estimate of required market rate of return. The market rate of return is based on comparison to recent LIHTC sales in the market. Significant increases (decreases) in this input would result in a significantly lower (higher) carrying value of the investments.

Commercial Mortgage Servicing Rights

Commercial MSRs are periodically evaluated for impairment and the amounts below reflect an impairment of three strata at June 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011, respectively. For purposes of impairment, the commercial MSRs are stratified based on asset type, which characterizes the predominant risk of the underlying financial asset. The fair value of commercial MSRs is estimated by using a discounted cash flow model incorporating unobservable inputs for assumptions as to constant prepayment rates, discount rates and other factors. Significant increases (decreases) in constant prepayment rates and discount rates would result in significantly lower (higher) commercial MSR value determined based on current market conditions and expectations.

OREO and Foreclosed Assets

The amounts below for OREO and foreclosed assets represent the carrying value of OREO and foreclosed assets for which valuation adjustments were recorded subsequent to the transfer to OREO and foreclosed assets. Valuation adjustments are based on the fair value less cost to sell of the property. Fair value is based on appraised value or sales price. As part of the appraisal process, persons ordering or reviewing appraisals are independent of the asset manager. The ongoing performance of appraisers is regularly reviewed. Additionally,

appraisals must be provided by licensed or certified appraisers and conform to the Uniform Standards of Professional Appraisal Practice. For commercial properties in excess of $250,000 appraisals are obtained at least annually. In certain instances (e.g., physical changes in the property), a more recent appraisal is obtained. For commercial properties of $250,000 and less, there is no requirement to obtain an appraisal. In instances where an appraisal is not obtained, the collateral value is determined consistent with external third party appraisal standards, by an internal person independent of the asset manager. In instances where we have agreed to sell the property to a third party, the fair value is based on the contractual sale price adjusted for costs to sell. The significant unobservable inputs for OREO and foreclosed assets are the appraised value or the sales price. The estimated costs to sell are incremental direct costs to transact a sale such as broker commissions, legal, closing costs and title transfer fees. The costs must be essential to the sale and would not have been incurred if the decision to sell had not been made. The costs to sell are based on costs associated with our actual sales of commercial and residential OREO and foreclosed assets which are assessed annually. We have a real estate valuation services group whose sole function is to manage the real estate appraisal solicitation and evaluation process for commercial real estate. All third-party appraisals are reviewed by this group, including consideration of comments/questions on the appraisal by the reviewer, asset manager, and credit officer. Upon resolving these comments/questions through discussions with the third-party appraiser, adjustments to the initial appraisal may occur and be incorporated into the final issued appraisal report.

Long-Lived Assets Held for Sale

The amounts below for Long-lived assets held for sale represent the carrying value of the asset for which valuation adjustments were recorded during the current year and subsequent to the transfer to Long-lived assets held for sale. Valuation adjustments are based on the fair value of the property less an estimated cost to sell. Fair value is determined either by a recent appraisal, recent sales offer or changes in market or property conditions. Appraisals are provided by licensed or certified appraisers. Where we have agreed to sell the property to a third party, the fair value is based on the contractual sale price. The significant unobservable inputs for Long-lived assets held for sale are the appraised value, the sales price or the changes in market or property conditions. Changes in market or property conditions are subjectively determined by management through observation of the physical condition of the property along with the condition of properties in the surrounding market place. The availability and recent sales of similar properties is also considered. The range of fair values can vary significantly as this category often includes smaller properties such as offsite ATM locations and smaller rural branches up to large commercial buildings, operation centers or urban branches.

 

 

The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – Form 10-Q    133


Table of Contents

Table 96: Fair Value Measurements – Nonrecurring (a)

 

    Fair Value     Gains (Losses)
Three months ended
    Gains (Losses)
Six months ended
 
In millions   June 30
2012
    December 31
2011
    June 30
2012
    June 30
2011
    June 30
2012
    June 30
2011
 

Assets

               

Nonaccrual loans

  $ 298     $ 253     $ (42   $ (42   $ (96   $ (81

Loans held for sale

    81       130       (1     (18     (1     (18

Equity investments

      1              

Commercial mortgage servicing rights

    389       457       (14     (40     (33     (75

OREO and foreclosed assets

    287       223       (32     (22     (59     (42

Long-lived assets held for sale

    14       17       (6     (1     (13     (2

Total assets

  $ 1,069     $ 1,081     $ (95   $ (123   $ (202   $ (218
(a) All Level 3, except for $32 million included in Loans held for sale which is categorized as Level 2 as of June 30, 2012.

Quantitative information about the significant unobservable inputs within Level 3 nonrecurring assets follows.

Table 97: Fair Value Measurements – Nonrecurring Quantitative Information

 

Level 3 Instruments Only

Dollars in millions

  Fair Value
June 30,
2012
    Valuation Techniques   Unobservable Inputs   Range (Weighted Average)  (a)

Assets

         

Nonaccrual loans

  $ 298     Fair value of collateral   Loss severity   0.4% - 95.3% (37.9%)

Loans held for sale

    49     Discounted cash flow   Spread over the benchmark curve (b)
Embedded servicing value
  55bps - 62bps (56bps)
1.3% - 2.6% (1.4%)

Commercial mortgage servicing rights

    389     Discounted cash flow   Constant prepayment rate (CPR)
Discount rate
  5.0% - 21.0% (6.7%)
6.0% - 8.0% (7.9%)

OREO and foreclosed assets

    287     Fair value of property   Appraised value

Sales price

  $0.0 - $12.0 ($0.5)
$0.0 - $5.0 ($0.3)

Long-lived assets held for sale

    14     Fair value of property   Appraised value

Sales price

Adjustments for market/property
conditions

  $0.0 - $2.1 ($0.5)

$0.0 - $1.6 ($0.2)

$0.0 - $0.2 ($0.1)

 

 

 

         

Total Assets

  $ 1,037              
(a) Where dollar amounts are disclosed, the amounts represent the lowest and highest fair value of the respective assets in the population except for adjustments for market/property conditions which represents the range of adjustments to individual properties.
(b) The assumed yield spread over benchmark curve for each instrument is generally intended to incorporate non-interest-rate risks such as credit and liquidity risks.

 

FINANCIAL ASSETS ACCOUNTED FOR UNDER FAIR VALUE OPTION

Refer to the Fair Value Measurement section of this Note 9 regarding the fair value of commercial mortgage loans held for sale, residential mortgage loans held for sale, certain portfolio loans, customer resale agreements, and BlackRock Series C Preferred Stock.

Commercial Mortgage Loans Held for Sale

Interest income on these loans is recorded as earned and reported on the Consolidated Income Statement in Other interest income. The impact on earnings of offsetting economic hedges is not reflected in these amounts. Changes in fair value due to instrument-specific credit risk for both the first six months of 2012 and 2011 were not material.

Residential Mortgage Loans Held for Sale and in Portfolio

Interest income on these loans is recorded as earned and

reported on the Consolidated Income Statement in Other interest income. Throughout 2011 and the first six months of 2012, certain residential mortgage loans for which we elected the fair value option were subsequently reclassified to portfolio loans. Changes in fair value due to instrument-specific credit risk for the first six months of 2012 and 2011 were not material.

Customer Resale Agreements

Interest income on structured resale agreements is reported on the Consolidated Income Statement in Other interest income. Changes in fair value due to instrument-specific credit risk for both the first six months of 2012 and 2011 were not material.

Residential Mortgage-Backed Agency Securities with Embedded Derivatives

Interest income on securities is reported on the Consolidated Income Statement in Interest income.

 

 

134    The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – Form 10-Q


Table of Contents

The changes in fair value included in Noninterest income for items for which we elected the fair value option follow.

Table 98: Fair Value Option – Changes in Fair Value (a)

 

    Gains (Losses)
Three months ended
    Gains (Losses)
Six months ended
 
In millions   June 30
2012
    June 30
2011
    June 30
2012
    June 30
2011
 

Assets

           

Customer resale agreements

  $ (2   $ 1     $ (6   $ (7

Residential mortgage-backed agency securities with embedded derivatives (b)

    (1     (3     13       (3

Commercial mortgage loans held for sale

    4       6       (2     (1

Residential mortgage loans held for sale

    (287     60       (200     108  

Residential mortgage loans – portfolio

    (9     (8     (26     2  

BlackRock Series C Preferred Stock

    (41     (21     (10     30  
(a) The impact on earnings of offsetting hedged items or hedging instruments is not reflected in these amounts.
(b) These residential mortgage-backed agency securities with embedded derivatives were carried as Trading securities.

 

The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – Form 10-Q    135


Table of Contents

Fair values and aggregate unpaid principal balances of items for which we elected the fair value option follow.

Table 99: Fair Value Option – Fair Value and Principal Balances

 

In millions    Fair
Value
    

Aggregate Unpaid

Principal Balance

     Difference  

June 30, 2012

          

Customer resale agreements

   $ 542      $ 509      $ 33  

Residential mortgage loans held for sale

          

Performing loans

     1,901        1,819        82  

Loans 90 days or more past due

     29        43        (14

Nonaccrual loans

     9        21        (12

Total

     1,939        1,883        56  

Commercial mortgage loans held for sale (a)

          

Performing loans

     827        962        (135

Nonaccrual loans

     10        18        (8

Total

     837        980        (143

Residential mortgage loans—portfolio

          

Performing loans

     76        104        (28

Loans 90 days or more past due (b)

     159        177        (18

Nonaccrual loans

     56        178        (122

Total

   $ 291      $ 459      $ (168

December 31, 2011

          

Customer resale agreements

   $ 732      $ 686      $ 46  

Residential mortgage-backed agency securities with embedded derivatives (c)

     1,058        864        194  

Residential mortgage loans held for sale

          

Performing loans

     1,501        1,439        62  

Loans 90 days or more past due

     19        25        (6

Nonaccrual loans

     2        4        (2

Total

     1,522        1,468        54  

Commercial mortgage loans held for sale (a)

          

Performing loans

     829        962        (133

Nonaccrual loans

     14        27        (13

Total

     843        989        (146

Residential mortgage loans—portfolio

          

Performing loans

     74        97        (23

Loans 90 days or more past due (b)

     90        95        (5

Nonaccrual loans

     63        176        (113

Total

   $ 227      $ 368      $ (141
(a) There were no loans 90 days or more past due within this category at June 30, 2012 or December 31, 2011.
(b) The majority of these loans are government insured loans, which positively impacts the fair value.
(c) These residential mortgage-backed agency securities with embedded derivatives were carried as Trading securities.

 

 

136    The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – Form 10-Q


Table of Contents

Table 100: Additional Fair Value Information Related to Financial Instruments

 

     June 30, 2012      December 31, 2011  
    

Carrying

Amount

     Fair Value     

Carrying

Amount

    

Fair

Value

 
In millions       Total      Level 1      Level 2      Level 3        

Assets

                                                              

Cash and due from banks

   $ 4,136      $ 4,136      $ 4,136            $ 4,105      $ 4,105  

Short-term assets

     6,765        6,765         $ 6,765           4,462        4,462  

Trading securities

     2,121        2,121        1,103        977      $ 41        2,513        2,513  

Investment securities

     61,937        62,397        2,572        52,727        7,098        60,634        61,018  

Loans held for sale

     3,333        3,335           1,939        1,396        2,936        2,939  

Net loans (excludes leases)

     169,508        172,036           284        171,752        148,254        151,167  

Other assets

     4,314        4,314           2,473        1,841        4,019        4,019  

Mortgage servicing rights

     979        981              981        1,115        1,118  

Financial derivatives

                      

Designated as hedging instruments under GAAP

     1,987        1,987           1,987           1,888        1,888  

Not designated as hedging instruments under GAAP

     7,669        7,669        23        7,529        117        7,575        7,575  

Total Assets

   $ 262,749      $ 265,741      $ 7,834      $ 74,681      $ 183,226      $ 237,501      $ 240,804  

Liabilities

                      

Demand, savings and money market deposits

   $ 176,108      $ 176,108         $ 176,108         $ 156,335      $ 156,335  

Time deposits

     30,815        31,113           31,113           31,632        31,882  

Borrowed funds

     43,939        45,044      $ 745        43,373      $ 926        36,966        39,064  

Financial derivatives

                      

Designated as hedging instruments under GAAP

     145        145           145           116        116  

Not designated as hedging instruments under GAAP

     7,429        7,429        10        7,130        289        7,490        7,490  

Unfunded loan commitments and letters of credit

     206        206                          206        223        223  

Total Liabilities

   $ 258,642      $ 260,045      $ 755      $ 257,869      $ 1,421      $ 232,762      $ 235,110  

 

The aggregate fair values in the table above do not represent the total market value of PNC’s assets and liabilities as the table excludes the following:

   

real and personal property,

   

lease financing,

   

loan customer relationships,

   

deposit customer intangibles,

   

retail branch networks,

   

fee-based businesses, such as asset management and brokerage, and

   

trademarks and brand names.

We used the following methods and assumptions to estimate fair value amounts for financial instruments.

General

For short-term financial instruments realizable in three months or less, the carrying amount reported on our Consolidated Balance Sheet approximates fair value. Unless otherwise stated, the rates used in discounted cash flow analyses are based on market yield curves.

Cash and due from banks

The carrying amounts reported on our Consolidated Balance Sheet for cash and due from banks approximate fair values.

For purposes of this disclosure only, cash and due from banks includes the following:

   

due from banks, and

   

interest-earning deposits with banks.

Cash and due from banks are classified as Level 1.

Short-Term Assets

The carrying amounts reported on our Consolidated Balance Sheet for short-term investments approximate fair values primarily due to their short-term nature. For purposes of this disclosure only, short-term assets include the following:

   

federal funds sold and resale agreements,

   

cash collateral,

   

customers’ acceptances, and

   

accrued interest receivable.

Short-term assets are classified as Level 2.

Securities

Securities include both the investment securities (comprised of available for sale and held to maturity securities) and trading securities portfolios. We primarily use prices obtained from pricing services, dealer quotes or recent trades to determine the fair value of securities. As of June 30, 2012, 85% of the positions in these portfolios were priced by pricing services

 

 

The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – Form 10-Q    137


Table of Contents

provided by third-party vendors. The third-party vendors use a variety of methods when pricing securities that incorporate relevant market data to arrive at an estimate of what a buyer in the marketplace would pay for a security under current market conditions. One of the vendor’s prices are set with reference to market activity for highly liquid assets, such as U.S. Treasury and agency securities and agency mortgage-backed securities, and matrix pricing for other asset classes, such as commercial mortgage and other asset-backed securities. Another vendor primarily uses pricing models considering adjustments for ratings, spreads, matrix pricing and prepayments for the instruments we value using this service, such as non-agency residential mortgage-backed securities, agency adjustable rate mortgage securities, agency CMOs, commercial mortgage-backed securities, and municipal bonds. Management uses various methods and techniques to validate prices obtained from pricing services and dealers, including reference to another third-party source, by reviewing valuations of comparable instruments, or by comparison to internal valuations.

Net Loans And Loans Held For Sale

Fair values are estimated based on the discounted value of expected net cash flows incorporating assumptions about prepayment rates, net credit losses and servicing fees. For purchased impaired loans, fair value is assumed to equal PNC’s carrying value, which represents the present value of expected future principal and interest cash flows, as adjusted for any ALLL recorded for these loans. See Note 6 Purchased Loans for additional information. For revolving home equity loans and commercial credit lines, this fair value does not include any amount for new loans or the related fees that will be generated from the existing customer relationships. Nonaccrual loans are valued at their estimated recovery value. Also refer to the Fair Value Measurement and Fair Value Option sections of this Note 9 regarding the fair value of commercial and residential mortgage loans held for sale. Loans are presented net of the ALLL and do not include future accretable discounts related to purchased impaired loans.

Other Assets

Other assets as shown in the preceding table includes the following:

   

FHLB and FRB stock,

   

equity investments carried at cost and fair value, and

   

BlackRock Series C Preferred Stock.

Investments accounted for under the equity method, including our investment in BlackRock, are not included in the preceding table.

Refer to the Fair Value Measurement section of this Note 9 regarding the fair value of equity investments.

The aggregate carrying value of our investments that are carried at cost and FHLB and FRB stock was $2.0 billion at June 30, 2012 and $1.9 billion as of December 31, 2011, both of which approximate fair value at each date.

Mortgage Servicing Assets

Fair value is based on the present value of the estimated future cash flows, incorporating assumptions as to prepayment rates, discount rates, default rates, escrow balances, interest rates, cost to service and other factors.

The key valuation assumptions for commercial and residential mortgage loan servicing assets at June 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011 are included in Note 10 Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets.

Customer Resale Agreements

Refer to the Fair Value Measurement section of this Note 9 regarding the fair value of customer resale agreements.

Deposits

The carrying amounts of noninterest-bearing and interest-bearing demand, interest-bearing money market and savings deposits approximate fair values. For time deposits, which include foreign deposits, fair values are estimated based on the discounted value of expected net cash flows assuming current interest rates. All deposits are classified as Level 2.

Borrowed Funds

The carrying amounts of Federal funds purchased, commercial paper, repurchase agreements, trading securities sold short, cash collateral, other short-term borrowings, acceptances outstanding and accrued interest payable are considered to be their fair value because of their short-term nature. For all other borrowed funds, fair values are estimated using either prices obtained from third-party vendors or an internally developed discounted cash flow approach taking into consideration our current incremental borrowing rates for similar instruments.

Unfunded Loan Commitments And Letters Of Credit

The fair value of unfunded loan commitments and letters of credit is determined from a market participant’s view including the impact of changes in interest rates, credit and other factors. Because our obligation on substantially all unfunded loan commitments and letters of credit varies with changes in interest rates, these instruments are subject to little fluctuation in fair value due to changes in interest rates. We establish a liability on these facilities related to their creditworthiness. These instruments are classified as Level 3.

Financial Derivatives

Refer to the Fair Value Measurement section of this Note 9 regarding the fair value of financial derivatives.

 

 

138    The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – Form 10-Q


Table of Contents

NOTE 10 GOODWILL AND OTHER INTANGIBLE ASSETS

Changes in goodwill by business segment during the first six months of 2012 follow:

Table 101: Changes in Goodwill by Business Segment (a)

 

In millions   

Retail

Banking

   

Corporate &

Institutional

Banking

    

Asset

Management

Group

    

Residential

Mortgage

Banking

     Other      Total  

December 31, 2011

   $ 5,394     $ 2,763      $ 69      $ 43      $ 16      $ 8,285  

RBC Bank (USA) Acquisition

     426       470           2        46        944  

Other

     (29     (21      (5               (16      (71

June 30, 2012

   $ 5,791     $ 3,212      $ 64      $ 45      $ 46      $ 9,158  
(a) The Non-Strategic Assets Portfolio business segment does not have any goodwill allocated to it.

Changes in goodwill and other intangible assets during the first six months of 2012 follow:

Table 102: Summary of Changes in Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

 

In millions    Goodwill    

Customer-

Related

    

Servicing

Rights

 

December 31, 2011

   $ 8,285     $ 742      $ 1,117  

Additions/adjustments:

         

RBC Bank (USA) Acquisition

     944       164        16  

Other (a)

     (71       

Mortgage and other loan servicing rights

          (57

Net impairment charge

          (33

Amortization

             (82      (63

June 30, 2012

   $ 9,158     $ 824      $ 980  
(a) Primarily related to correction of amount for an acquisition affecting prior periods.

Assets and liabilities of acquired entities are recorded at estimated fair value as of the acquisition date.

The gross carrying amount, accumulated amortization and net carrying amount of other intangible assets by major category consisted of the following:

Table 103: Other Intangible Assets

 

In millions    June 30
2012
    December 31
2011
 

Customer-related and other intangibles

      

Gross carrying amount

   $ 1,689     $ 1,525  

Accumulated amortization

     (865     (783

Net carrying amount

   $ 824     $ 742  

Mortgage and other loan servicing rights

      

Gross carrying amount

   $ 1,955     $ 2,009  

Valuation allowance

     (206     (197

Accumulated amortization

     (769     (695

Net carrying amount

   $ 980     $ 1,117  

Total

   $ 1,804     $ 1,859  

 

Our other intangible assets have finite lives and are amortized primarily on a straight-line basis. Core deposit intangibles are amortized on an accelerated basis.

For customer-related and other intangibles, the estimated remaining useful lives range from 1 year to 12 years, with a weighted-average remaining useful life of 9 years.

 

 

 

The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – Form 10-Q    139


Table of Contents

Amortization expense on existing intangible assets follows:

Table 104: Amortization Expense on Existing Intangible Assets

 

In millions  

Six months ended June 30, 2012

   $  145  

Six months ended June 30, 2011

     161  

Remainder of 2012

     136  

2013

     237  

2014

     209  

2015

     188  

2016

     162  

2017

     132  

Changes in commercial mortgage servicing rights follow:

Table 105: Commercial Mortgage Servicing Rights

 

In millions    2012     2011  

Commercial Mortgage Servicing Rights – Net Carrying Amount

      

January 1

   $ 468     $ 665  

Additions (a)

     25       80  

Net impairment charge

     (33     (75

Amortization expense

     (62     (78

June 30

   $ 398     $ 592  

Commercial Mortgage Servicing Rights – Valuation Allowance

      

January 1

   $ (197   $ (40

Provision

     (44     (79

Recoveries

     11       4  

Other (b)

     24          

June 30

     (206     (115
(a) Additions for the first six months of 2012 and first six months of 2011 included $18 million and $25 million, respectively, from loans sold with servicing retained. Additions for the first six months of 2012 and first six months of 2011 included $7 million and $55 million, respectively, from purchases of servicing rights from third parties.
(b) Represents impairment of servicing rights considered to be permanent resulting from MSR valuation changes primarily from market-driven changes in interest rates.

We recognize as an other intangible asset the right to service mortgage loans for others. Commercial MSRs are purchased and originated when loans are sold with servicing retained. Commercial MSRs are initially recorded at fair value. These rights are subsequently accounted for at the lower of amortized cost or fair value, and are substantially amortized in proportion to and over the period of estimated net servicing income of 5 to 10 years.

Commercial MSRs are periodically evaluated for impairment. For purposes of impairment, the commercial MSRs are stratified based on asset type, which characterizes the predominant risk of the underlying financial asset. If the

carrying amount of any individual stratum exceeds its fair value, a valuation reserve is established with a corresponding charge to Corporate services on our Consolidated Income Statement.

The fair value of commercial MSRs is estimated by using a discounted cash flow model incorporating unobservable inputs for assumptions as to constant prepayment rates, discount rates and other factors determined based on current market conditions and expectations.

Changes in the residential MSRs follow:

Table 106: Residential Mortgage Servicing Rights

 

In millions    2012     2011  

January 1

   $ 647     $ 1,033  

Additions:

      

From loans sold with servicing retained

     53       70  

RBC Bank (USA) Acquisition

     16      

Purchases

     48       48  

Changes in fair value due to:

      

Time and payoffs (a)

     (77     (84

Other (b)

     (106     (71

June 30

   $ 581     $ 996  

Unpaid principal balance of loans serviced for others at June 30

   $ 116,011     $ 124,765  
(a) Represents decrease in MSR value due to passage of time, including the impact from both regularly scheduled loan principal payments and loans that were paid down or paid off during the period.
(b) Represents MSR value changes resulting primarily from market-driven changes in interest rates.

We recognize mortgage servicing right assets on residential real estate loans when we retain the obligation to service these loans upon sale and the servicing fee is more than adequate compensation. MSRs are subject to declines in value principally from actual or expected prepayment of the underlying loans and defaults. We manage this risk by economically hedging the fair value of MSRs with securities and derivative instruments which are expected to increase (or decrease) in value when the value of MSRs declines (or increases).

The fair value of residential MSRs is estimated by using a cash flow valuation model which calculates the present value of estimated future net servicing cash flows, taking into consideration actual and expected mortgage loan prepayment rates, discount rates, servicing costs, and other economic factors which are determined based on current market conditions.

The fair value of commercial and residential MSRs and significant inputs to the valuation models as of June 30, 2012 are shown in the tables below. The expected and actual rates of mortgage loan prepayments are significant factors driving the fair value. Management uses internal proprietary models to

 

 

140    The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – Form 10-Q


Table of Contents

estimate future commercial mortgage loan prepayments and a third party model to estimate future residential mortgage loan prepayments. These models have been refined based on current market conditions and management judgment. Future interest rates are another important factor in the valuation of MSRs. Management utilizes market implied forward interest rates to estimate the future direction of mortgage and discount rates. The forward rates utilized are derived from the current yield curve for U.S. dollar interest rate swaps and are consistent with pricing of capital markets instruments. Changes in the shape and slope of the forward curve in future periods may result in volatility in the fair value estimate.

A sensitivity analysis of the hypothetical effect on the fair value of MSRs to adverse changes in key assumptions is presented below. These sensitivities do not include the impact of the related hedging activities. Changes in fair value generally cannot be extrapolated because the relationship of the change in the assumption to the change in fair value may not be linear. Also, the effect of a variation in a particular assumption on the fair value of the MSRs is calculated independently without changing any other assumption. In reality, changes in one factor may result in changes in another (for example, changes in mortgage interest rates, which drive changes in prepayment rate estimates, could result in changes in the interest rate spread), which could either magnify or counteract the sensitivities.

The following tables set forth the fair value of commercial and residential MSRs and the sensitivity analysis of the hypothetical effect on the fair value of MSRs to immediate adverse changes of 10% and 20% in those assumptions:

Table 107: Commercial Mortgage Loan Servicing Assets – Key Valuation Assumptions

 

Dollars in millions    June 30
2012
    December 31
2011
 

Fair Value

   $ 400     $ 471  

Weighted-average life (years)

     5.6       5.9  

Weighted-average constant prepayment rate

     6.34     5.08

Decline in fair value from 10% adverse change

   $ 8     $ 6  

Decline in fair value from 20% adverse change

   $ 15     $ 11  

Effective discount rate

     7.92     7.92

Decline in fair value from 10% adverse change

   $ 12     $ 9  

Decline in fair value from 20% adverse change

   $ 23     $ 18  

Table 108: Residential Mortgage Loan Servicing Assets – Key Valuation Assumptions

 

Dollars in millions    June 30
2012
    December 31
2011
 

Fair value

   $ 581     $ 647  

Weighted-average life (years)

     3.7       3.6  

Weighted-average constant prepayment rate

     21.35     22.10

Decline in fair value from 10% adverse change

   $ 42     $ 44  

Decline in fair value from 20% adverse change

   $ 79     $ 84  

Weighted-average option adjusted spread

     11.46     11.77

Decline in fair value from 10% adverse change

   $ 22     $ 25  

Decline in fair value from 20% adverse change

   $ 43     $ 48  

Fees from mortgage and other loan servicing comprised of contractually specified servicing fees, late fees, and ancillary fees follows:

Table 109: Fees from Mortgage and Other Loan Servicing

 

In millions    2012      2011  

Six months ended June 30

   $ 276      $ 318  

Three months ended June 30

     138        159  

We also generate servicing fees from fee-based activities provided to others for which we do not have an associated servicing asset.

Fees from commercial MSRs, residential MSRs and other loan servicing are reported on our Consolidated Income Statement in the line items Corporate services, Residential mortgage, and Consumer services, respectively.

NOTE 11 CAPITAL SECURITIES OF SUBSIDIARY TRUSTS AND PERPETUAL TRUST SECURITIES

Capital Securities of Subsidiary Trusts

Our capital securities of subsidiary trusts (“Trusts”) are described in Note 13 Capital Securities of Subsidiary Trusts and Perpetual Trust Securities in our 2011 Form 10-K. All of these Trusts are wholly owned finance subsidiaries of PNC. In the event of certain changes or amendments to regulatory requirements or federal tax rules, the capital securities are redeemable. The financial statements of the Trusts are not included in PNC’s consolidated financial statements in accordance with GAAP.

On April 25, 2012 we redeemed the $300 million of trust preferred securities issued by the PNC Capital Trust D with a current distribution rate of 6.125% and a maturity date of December 15, 2033, and $6 million of trust preferred securities issued by the Yardville Capital Trust III with a

 

 

The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – Form 10-Q    141


Table of Contents

current distribution rate of 10.18% and a maturity date of June 8, 2031. On May 25, 2012 we redeemed the $500 million of trust preferred securities issued by the National City Capital Trust III with a current distribution rate of 6.625% and a scheduled maturity date of May 25, 2047. These redemptions resulted in a noncash charge for the unamortized discounts of $130 million in the second quarter of 2012.

See Note 20 Subsequent Events for additional discussion of our June 2012 announcement of our July 2012 redemptions of the PNC Capital Trust E and the National City Capital Trust IV trust preferred securities. In addition, the replacement capital covenant described in Note 13 in our 2011 Form 10-K, for which the holders of our 6 7/8% Subordinated Notes due May 15, 2019 are the beneficiaries, is no longer applicable due to the July 2012 redemption of trust preferred securities issued by PNC Capital Trust E.

The obligations of the respective parent of each Trust, when taken collectively, are the equivalent of a full and unconditional guarantee of the obligations of such Trust under the terms of the capital securities. Such guarantee is subordinate in right of payment in the same manner as other junior subordinated debt. There are certain restrictions on PNC’s overall ability to obtain funds from its subsidiaries. For additional disclosure on these funding restrictions, including an explanation of dividend and intercompany loan limitations, see Note 21 Regulatory Matters in our 2011 Form 10-K.

PNC is also subject to restrictions on dividends and other provisions potentially imposed under the Exchange Agreements with PNC Preferred Funding Trusts II and III, as described in Note 13 in our 2011 Form 10-K in the Perpetual Trust Securities section, and to other provisions similar to or in some ways more restrictive than those potentially imposed under those agreements.

Perpetual Trust Securities

Our perpetual trust securities are described in Note 13 in our 2011 Form 10-K. Our 2011 Form 10-K also includes additional information regarding the PNC Preferred Funding Trust I and Trust II Securities, including descriptions of replacement capital and dividend restriction covenants. The PNC Preferred Funding Trust III Securities include dividend restriction covenants similar to those described for the PNC Preferred Funding Trust II Securities.

NOTE 12 CERTAIN EMPLOYEE BENEFIT AND STOCK BASED COMPENSATION PLANS

Pension And Postretirement Plans

As described in Note 14 Employee Benefit Plans in our 2011 Form 10-K, we have a noncontributory, qualified defined benefit pension plan covering eligible employees. Benefits are determined using a cash balance formula where earnings credits are a percentage of eligible compensation. Pension contributions are based on an actuarially determined amount necessary to fund total benefits payable to plan participants.

We also maintain nonqualified supplemental retirement plans for certain employees and provide certain health care and life insurance benefits for qualifying retired employees (postretirement benefits) through various plans. The nonqualified pension and postretirement benefit plans are unfunded. PNC reserves the right to terminate or make plan changes at any time.

PNC acquired RBC Bank (USA) during the first quarter of 2012. RBC Bank (USA) employees will become eligible to participate in PNC’s pension and postretirement medical benefits upon attainment of certain criteria.

 

 

142    The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – Form 10-Q


Table of Contents

The components of our net periodic pension and post-retirement benefit cost for the first six months of 2012 and 2011 were as follows:

Table 110: Net Periodic Pension and Postretirement Benefits Costs

 

    Qualified Pension Plan     Nonqualified Retirement Plans     Postretirement Benefits  

Three months ended

June 30

In millions

  2012     2011     2012     2011     2012     2011  

Net periodic cost consists of:

             

Service cost

  $ 25     $ 21     $ 1     $ 1     $ 2     $ 3  

Interest cost

    48       49       4       4       4       4  

Expected return on plan assets

    (71     (74          

Amortization of prior service cost

    (2     (2         (1     (1

Amortization of actuarial losses

    22       5       1       1       (1        

Net periodic cost (benefit)

  $ 22     $ (1   $ 6     $ 6     $ 4     $ 6  
           
    Qualified Pension Plan     Nonqualified Retirement Plans     Postretirement Benefits  

Six months ended

June 30

In millions

  2012     2011     2012     2011     2012     2011  

Net periodic cost consists of:

             

Service cost

  $ 51     $ 47     $ 2     $ 2     $ 3     $ 4  

Interest cost

    96       98       7       7       8       9  

Expected return on plan assets

    (142     (149           (1

Amortization of prior service cost

    (4     (3         (2    

Amortization of actuarial losses

    44       9       3       2                  

Net periodic cost (benefit)

  $ 45     $ 2     $ 12     $ 11     $ 9     $ 12  

 

Stock Based Compensation Plans

As more fully described in Note 15 Stock Based Compensation Plans in our 2011 Form 10-K, we have long-term incentive award plans (Incentive Plans) that provide for the granting of incentive stock options, nonqualified stock options, stock appreciation rights, incentive shares/performance units, restricted stock, restricted share units, other share-based awards and dollar-denominated awards to executives and, other than incentive stock options, to non-employee directors. Certain Incentive Plan awards may be paid in stock, cash or a combination of stock and cash. We typically grant a substantial portion of our stock-based compensation awards during the first quarter of the year. As of June 30, 2012, no stock appreciation rights were outstanding.

Total compensation expense recognized related to all share-based payment arrangements during the first six months of

2012 and 2011 was $56 million and $53 million, respectively.

Nonqualified Stock Options

Options are granted at exercise prices not less than the market value of common stock on the grant date. Generally, options become exercisable in installments after the grant date. No option may be exercisable after 10 years from its grant date. Payment of the option exercise price may be in cash or by surrendering shares of common stock at market value on the exercise date. The exercise price may be paid in previously owned shares.

For purposes of computing stock option expense, we estimated the fair value of stock options primarily by using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. Option pricing models require the use of numerous assumptions, many of which are very subjective.

 

 

Table 111: Option Pricing Assumptions

 

Weighted-average for the six months ended

June 30

   2012      2011  

Risk-free interest rate

     1.1  %       2.8  % 

Dividend yield

     2.3        0.6  

Volatility

     35.1        34.7  

Expected life

     5.9  yrs.       5.9  yrs. 

Grant-date fair value

   $ 16.22      $ 22.82  

 

The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – Form 10-Q    143


Table of Contents

Table 112: Stock Option Rollforward

 

    PNC    

PNC Options

Converted From

National City

Options

    Total  
In thousands, except weighted-average data   Shares     Weighted-
Average
Exercise
Price
    Shares     Weighted-
Average
Exercise
Price
    Shares     Weighted-
Average
Exercise
Price
 

Outstanding at December 31, 2011

    17,490     $ 54.48       949     $ 684.40       18,439     $ 86.90  

Granted

    461       60.70           461       60.70  

Exercised

    (1,854     48.51           (1,854     48.51  

Cancelled

    (450     61.54       (24     410.12       (474     78.82  

Outstanding at June 30, 2012

    15,647     $ 55.17       925     $ 691.36       16,572     $ 90.70  

Exercisable at June 30, 2012

    12,739     $ 53.82       925     $ 691.36       13,664     $ 97.01  

 

During the first six months of 2012, we issued approximately 1.4 million shares from treasury stock in connection with stock option exercise activity. As with past exercise activity, we currently intend to utilize treasury stock primarily for any future stock option exercises.

Incentive/Performance Unit Share Awards and Restricted Stock/Unit Awards

The fair value of nonvested incentive/performance unit share awards and restricted stock/unit awards is initially determined based on prices not less than the market value of our common stock price on the date of grant. The value of certain incentive/performance unit share awards is subsequently remeasured based on the achievement of one or more financial and other performance goals over a three-year period. The Personnel and Compensation Committee (“P&CC”) of the Board of Directors approves the final award payout with respect to incentive/performance unit share awards. Restricted stock/unit

awards have various vesting periods generally ranging from 36 months to 60 months.

Beginning in 2012, we incorporated several risk-related performance changes to certain incentive performance unit awards made under our long-term incentive compensation programs. In addition to achieving certain financial performance metrics relative to our peers, the final payout amount will be subject to a negative adjustment if PNC fails to meet certain risk-related performance metrics as specified in the award agreement. However, the P&CC has the discretion to reduce any or all of this negative adjustment under certain circumstances. These awards have a three-year performance period and are payable in either stock or a combination of stock and cash. Additionally, performance-based restricted share units were granted in 2012 to certain of our executives in lieu of stock options, with generally the same terms and conditions as the 2011 awards of the same.

 

 

Table 113: Nonvested Incentive/Performance Unit Share Awards and Restricted Stock/Unit Awards—Rollforward

 

Shares in thousands   Nonvested
Incentive/
Performance
Unit Shares
    Weighted-
Average
Grant Date
Fair Value
   

Nonvested

Restricted

Stock/

Unit

Shares

    Weighted-
Average
Grant Date
Fair Value
 

December 31, 2011

    830     $ 61.68       2,512     $ 54.87  

Granted

    465       60.70       1,399       61.10  

Vested/Released

    (100     64.21       (783     45.51  

Forfeited

    (28     62.79       (66     60.11  

June 30, 2012

    1,167     $ 61.04       3,062     $ 59.99  

 

In the chart above, the unit shares and related weighted-average grant date fair value of the incentive/performance awards exclude the effect of dividends on the underlying shares, as those dividends will be paid in cash.

At June 30, 2012, there was $115 million of unrecognized deferred compensation expense related to nonvested share-based compensation arrangements granted under the Incentive Plans. This cost is expected to be recognized as expense over a period of no longer than five years.

Liability Awards

We granted cash-payable restricted share units to certain executives. The grants were made primarily as part of an annual bonus incentive deferral plan. While there are time-based and service-related vesting criteria, there are no market or performance criteria associated with these awards. Compensation expense recognized related to these awards was recorded in prior periods as part of annual cash bonus criteria. As of June 30, 2012, there were 817,786 of these cash-payable restricted share units outstanding.

 

 

144    The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – Form 10-Q


Table of Contents

A summary of all nonvested, cash-payable restricted share unit activity follows:

Table 114: Nonvested Cash-Payable Restricted Share Unit – Rollforward

 

In thousands   Nonvested
Cash-Payable
Restricted
Unit Shares
    Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value
 

Outstanding at December 31, 2011

    1,052      

Granted

    543      

Vested and Released

    (629    

Forfeited

    (10    

Outstanding at June 30, 2012

    956     $ 58,435  

NOTE 13 FINANCIAL DERIVATIVES

We use derivative financial instruments (derivatives) primarily to help manage exposure to interest rate, market and credit risk and reduce the effects that changes in interest rates may have on net income, fair value of assets and liabilities, and cash flows. We also enter into derivatives with customers to facilitate their risk management activities.

Derivatives represent contracts between parties that usually require little or no initial net investment and result in one party delivering cash or another type of asset to the other party based on a notional amount and an underlying as specified in the contract. Derivative transactions are often measured in terms of notional amount, but this amount is generally not exchanged and it is not recorded on the balance sheet. The notional amount is the basis to which the underlying is applied to determine required payments under the derivative contract. The underlying is a referenced interest rate (commonly LIBOR), security price, credit spread or other index. Residential and commercial real estate loan commitments associated with loans to be sold also qualify as derivative instruments.

All derivatives are carried on our Consolidated Balance Sheet at fair value. Derivative balances are presented on a net basis taking into consideration the effects of legally enforceable master netting agreements. Cash collateral exchanged with counterparties is also netted against the applicable derivative fair values.

Further discussion on how derivatives are accounted for is included in Note 1 Accounting Policies in our 2011
Form 10-K.

DERIVATIVES DESIGNATED IN HEDGE RELATIONSHIPS

Certain derivatives used to manage interest rate risk as part of our asset and liability risk management activities are designated as accounting hedges under GAAP. Derivatives hedging the risks associated with changes in the fair value of assets or liabilities are considered fair value hedges,

derivatives hedging the variability of expected future cash flows are considered cash flow hedges, and derivatives hedging a net investment in a foreign subsidiary are considered net investment hedges. Designating derivatives as accounting hedges allows for gains and losses on those derivatives, to the extent effective, to be recognized in the income statement in the same period the hedged items affect earnings.

Fair Value Hedges

We enter into receive-fixed, pay-variable interest rate swaps to hedge changes in the fair value of outstanding fixed-rate debt and borrowings caused by fluctuations in market interest rates. The specific products hedged may include bank notes, Federal Home Loan Bank borrowings, and senior and subordinated debt. We also enter into pay-fixed, receive-variable interest rate swaps, and zero-coupon swaps to hedge changes in the fair value of fixed rate and zero-coupon investment securities caused by fluctuations in market interest rates. The specific products hedged include US Treasury, government agency and other debt securities. For these hedge relationships, we use statistical regression analysis to assess hedge effectiveness at both the inception of the hedge relationship and on an ongoing basis. There were no components of derivative gains or losses excluded from the assessment of hedge effectiveness.

The ineffective portion of the change in value of our fair value hedge derivatives resulted in net losses of $25 million for the first six months of 2012 compared with net losses of $22 million for the first six months of 2011.

Cash Flow Hedges

We enter into receive-fixed, pay-variable interest rate swaps to modify the interest rate characteristics of designated commercial loans from variable to fixed in order to reduce the impact of changes in future cash flows due to market interest rate changes. For these cash flow hedges, any changes in the fair value of the derivatives that are effective in offsetting changes in the forecasted interest cash flows are recorded in Accumulated other comprehensive income and are reclassified to interest income in conjunction with the recognition of interest receipts on the loans. In the 12 months that follow June 30, 2012, we expect to reclassify from the amount currently reported in Accumulated other comprehensive income net derivative gains of $265 million pretax, or $172 million after-tax, in association with interest receipts on the hedged loans. This amount could differ from amounts actually recognized due to changes in interest rates, hedge de-designations, and the addition of other hedges subsequent to June 30, 2012. The maximum length of time over which forecasted loan cash flows are hedged is 8 years. We use statistical regression analysis to assess the effectiveness of these hedge relationships at both the inception of the hedge relationship and on an ongoing basis.

We also periodically enter into forward purchase and sale contracts to hedge the variability of the consideration that will

 

 

The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – Form 10-Q    145


Table of Contents

be paid or received related to the purchase or sale of investment securities. The forecasted purchase or sale is consummated upon gross settlement of the forward contract itself. As a result, hedge ineffectiveness, if any, is typically minimal. Gains and losses on these forward contracts are recorded in Accumulated other comprehensive income and are recognized in earnings when the hedged cash flows affect earnings. In the 12 months that follow June 30, 2012, we expect to reclassify from the amount currently reported in Accumulated other comprehensive income, net derivative gains of $58 million pretax, or $38 million after-tax, as adjustments of yield on investment securities. The maximum length of time we are hedging forecasted purchases is four months. There were no amounts in Accumulated other comprehensive income related to the forecasted sale of securities at June 30, 2012.

There were no components of derivative gains or losses excluded from the assessment of hedge effectiveness related to either cash flow hedge strategy.

During the first six months of 2012 and 2011, there were no gains or losses from cash flow hedge derivatives reclassified to earnings because it became probable that the original forecasted transaction would not occur. The amount of cash flow hedge ineffectiveness recognized in income for the first six months of 2012 and 2011 was not material to PNC’s results of operations.

Net Investment Hedges

We enter into foreign currency forward contracts to hedge non-U.S. Dollar (USD) net investments in foreign subsidiaries against adverse changes in foreign exchange rates. We assess whether the hedging relationship is highly effective in achieving offsetting changes in the value of the hedge and hedged item by qualitatively verifying that the critical terms of the hedge and hedged item match at the inception of the hedging relationship and on an ongoing basis. There were no components of derivative gains or losses excluded from the assessment of the hedge effectiveness.

At June 30, 2012, there was no net investment hedge ineffectiveness.

Further detail regarding the notional amounts, fair values and gains and losses recognized related to derivatives used in fair value, cash flow, and net investment hedge strategies is presented in the tables that follow.

DERIVATIVES NOT DESIGNATED IN HEDGE RELATIONSHIPS

We also enter into derivatives that are not designated as accounting hedges under GAAP.

The majority of these derivatives are used to manage risk related to residential and commercial mortgage banking activities and are considered economic hedges. Although these derivatives are used to hedge risk, they are not designated as

accounting hedges because the contracts they are hedging are typically also carried at fair value on the balance sheet, resulting in symmetrical accounting treatment for both the hedging instrument and the hedged item.

Our residential mortgage banking activities consist of originating, selling and servicing mortgage loans. Residential mortgage loans that will be sold in the secondary market, and the related loan commitments, which are considered derivatives, are accounted for at fair value. Changes in the fair value of the loans and commitments due to interest rate risk are hedged with forward loan sale contracts as well as US Treasury and Eurodollar futures and options. Gains and losses on the loans and commitments held for sale and the derivatives used to economically hedge them are included in Residential mortgage noninterest income on the Consolidated Income Statement.

We typically retain the servicing rights related to residential mortgage loans that we sell. Residential mortgage servicing rights are accounted for at fair value with changes in fair value influenced primarily by changes in interest rates. Derivatives used to hedge the fair value of residential mortgage servicing rights include interest rate futures, swaps, options (including caps, floors, and swaptions), and forward contracts to purchase mortgage-backed securities. Gains and losses on residential mortgage servicing rights and the related derivatives used for hedging are included in Residential mortgage noninterest income.

Certain commercial mortgage loans held for sale are accounted for at fair value. These loans and the related loan commitments, which are considered derivatives, are accounted for at fair value. In addition we originate loans for sale into the secondary market that are carried at the lower of cost or fair value. The commitments related to these loans are also derivatives and accounted for at fair value. Derivatives used to economically hedge these loans and commitments from changes in fair value due to interest rate risk and credit risk include forward loan sale contracts, interest rate swaps, and credit default swaps. Gains and losses on the commitments, loans and derivatives are included in Other noninterest income. Derivatives used to economically hedge the change in value of commercial mortgage servicing rights include interest rate swaps and futures. Gains or losses on these derivatives are included in Corporate Services noninterest income.

The residential and commercial loan commitments associated with loans to be sold which are accounted for as derivatives are valued based on the estimated fair value of the underlying loan and the probability that the loan will fund within the terms of the commitment. The fair value also takes into account the fair value of the embedded servicing right.

We offer derivatives to our customers in connection with their risk management needs. These derivatives primarily consist of interest rate swaps, interest rate caps, floors, swaptions,

 

 

146    The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – Form 10-Q


Table of Contents

foreign exchange contracts, and equity contracts. We primarily manage our market risk exposure from customer transactions by entering into a variety of hedging transactions with third-party dealers. Gains and losses on customer-related derivatives are included in Other noninterest income.

The derivatives portfolio also includes derivatives used for other risk management activities. These derivatives are entered into based on stated risk management objectives.

This segment of the portfolio includes credit default swaps (CDS) used to mitigate the risk of economic loss on a portion of our loan exposure. We also sell loss protection to mitigate the net premium cost and the impact of mark-to-market accounting on CDS purchases to hedge the loan portfolio. The fair values of these derivatives typically are based on related credit spreads. Gains and losses on the derivatives entered into for other risk management are included in Other noninterest income.

Included in the customer, mortgage banking risk management, and other risk management portfolios are written interest-rate caps and floors entered into with customers and for risk management purposes. We receive an upfront premium from the counterparty and are obligated to make payments to the counterparty if the underlying market interest rate rises above or falls below a certain level designated in the contract. The fair value of the written caps and floors liability on our Consolidated Balance Sheet was $4 million at June 30, 2012 and $6 million at December 31, 2011. Our ultimate obligation under written options is based on future market conditions and is only quantifiable at settlement.

Further detail regarding the derivatives not designated in hedging relationships is presented in the tables that follow.

DERIVATIVE COUNTERPARTY CREDIT RISK

By entering into derivative contracts we are exposed to credit risk. We seek to minimize credit risk through internal credit approvals, limits, monitoring procedures, executing master netting agreements and collateral requirements. We generally enter into transactions with counterparties that carry high quality credit ratings. Nonperformance risk including credit risk is included in the determination of the estimated net fair value.

We generally have established agreements with our major derivative dealer counterparties that provide for exchanges of marketable securities or cash to collateralize either party’s positions. At June 30, 2012, we held cash, US government securities and mortgage-backed securities totaling $1.1 billion under these agreements. We pledged cash and US government securities of $1.0 billion under these agreements. To the extent not netted against derivative fair values under a master netting agreement, the receivable for cash pledged is included in Other assets and the obligation for cash held is included in Other borrowed funds on our Consolidated Balance Sheet.

The credit risk associated with derivatives executed with customers is essentially the same as that involved in extending loans and is subject to normal credit policies. We may obtain collateral based on our assessment of the customer’s credit quality.

We periodically enter into risk participation agreements to share some of the credit exposure with other counterparties related to interest rate derivative contracts or to take on credit exposure to generate revenue. We will make/receive payments under these agreements if a customer defaults on its obligation to perform under certain derivative swap contracts. Risk participation agreements are included in the derivatives table that follows. Our exposure related to risk participations where we sold protection is discussed in the Credit Derivatives section below.

CONTINGENT FEATURES

Some of PNC’s derivative instruments contain provisions that require PNC’s debt to maintain an investment grade credit rating from each of the major credit rating agencies. If PNC’s debt ratings were to fall below investment grade, it would be in violation of these provisions, and the counterparties to the derivative instruments could request immediate payment or demand immediate and ongoing full overnight collateralization on derivative instruments in net liability positions.

The aggregate fair value of all derivative instruments with credit-risk-related contingent features that were in a net liability position on June 30, 2012 was $1.2 billion for which PNC had posted collateral of $1.0 billion in the normal course of business. The maximum amount of collateral PNC would have been required to post if the credit-risk-related contingent features underlying these agreements had been triggered on June 30, 2012, would be an additional $.2 billion.

 

 

The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – Form 10-Q    147


Table of Contents

Table 115: Derivatives Total Notional or Contractual Amounts and Estimated Net Fair Values

 

     Asset Derivatives      Liability Derivatives  
     June 30, 2012      December 31, 2011      June 30, 2012      December 31, 2011  
In millions    Notional/
Contract
Amount
     Fair
Value (a)
     Notional/
Contract
Amount
     Fair
Value (a)
     Notional/
Contract
Amount
     Fair
Value (b)
     Notional/
Contract
Amount
     Fair
Value (b)
 

Derivatives designated as hedging instruments under GAAP

                         

Interest rate contracts:

                         

Cash flow hedges

   $ 15,187      $ 580      $ 16,542      $ 572            $ 93       

Fair value hedges

     11,077        1,403        10,476        1,316      $ 1,996      $ 141        1,797      $ 116  

Foreign exchange contracts:

                         

Net investment hedge

     264        4                          326        4        326           

Total derivatives designated as hedging instruments

   $ 26,528      $ 1,987      $ 27,018      $ 1,888      $ 2,322      $ 145      $ 2,216      $ 116  

Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments under GAAP

                         

Derivatives used for residential mortgage banking activities:

                         

Residential mortgage servicing

                         

Interest rate contracts

   $ 117,857      $ 3,051      $ 122,395      $ 3,390      $ 77,038      $ 2,539      $ 63,226      $ 2,854  

Loan sales

                         

Interest rate contracts

     9,555        110        7,394        68        6,497        60        3,976        39  

Subtotal

   $ 127,412      $ 3,161      $ 129,789      $ 3,458      $ 83,535      $ 2,599      $ 67,202      $ 2,893  

Derivatives used for commercial mortgage banking activities:

                         

Interest rate contracts

   $ 1,789      $ 75      $ 1,476      $ 54      $ 1,207      $ 92      $ 1,149      $ 80  

Credit contracts:

                         

Credit default swaps

     95        4        95        5                                      

Subtotal

   $ 1,884      $ 79      $ 1,571      $ 59      $ 1,207      $ 92      $ 1,149      $ 80  

Derivatives used for customer-related activities:

                         

Interest rate contracts

   $ 69,485      $ 4,236      $ 73,751      $ 3,804      $ 73,516      $ 4,268      $ 68,981      $ 3,943  

Foreign exchange contracts

     5,491        176        6,088        231        5,683        169        5,832        222  

Equity contracts

     128        1        118        5        57        5        66        8  

Credit contracts:

                         

Risk participation agreements

     1,658        8        1,691        6        1,647        7        1,568        5  

Subtotal

   $ 76,762      $ 4,421      $ 81,648      $ 4,046      $ 80,903      $ 4,449      $ 76,447      $ 4,178  

Derivatives used for other risk management activities:

                         

Interest rate contracts

   $ 996      $ 5      $ 2,190      $ 6      $ 423      $ 8      $ 1,479      $ 39  

Foreign exchange contracts

     3                 25        3        25        4  

Equity contracts

     6        3              6        3          

Credit contracts:

                         

Credit default swaps

     15           209        6                

Other contracts (c)

                                         354        275        386        296  

Subtotal

   $ 1,020      $ 8      $ 2,399      $ 12      $ 808      $ 289      $ 1,890      $ 339  

Total derivatives not designated as hedging instruments

   $ 207,078      $ 7,669      $ 215,407      $ 7,575      $ 166,453      $ 7,429      $ 146,688      $ 7,490  

Total Gross Derivatives

   $ 233,606      $ 9,656      $ 242,425      $ 9,463      $ 168,775      $ 7,574      $ 148,904      $ 7,606  

Less: Legally enforceable master netting agreements

        5,996           6,052           5,996           6,052  

Less: Cash collateral

              944                 1,051                 966                 843  

Total Net Derivatives

            $ 2,716               $ 2,360               $ 612               $ 711  
(a) Included in Other assets on our Consolidated Balance Sheet.
(b) Included in Other liabilities on our Consolidated Balance Sheet.
(c) Includes PNC’s obligation to fund a portion of certain BlackRock LTIP programs and includes a forward purchase commitment for certain loans upon conversion from a variable rate to a fixed rate.

 

148    The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – Form 10-Q


Table of Contents

Gains (losses) on derivative instruments and related hedged items follow:

Table 116: Derivatives Designated in GAAP Hedge Relationships – Fair Value Hedges

 

              June 30, 2012      June 30, 2011  
Six months ended             Gain
(Loss) on
Derivatives
Recognized
in Income
     Gain
(Loss) on
Related
Hedged
Items
Recognized
in Income
     Gain
(Loss) on
Derivatives
Recognized
in Income
     Gain
(Loss) on
Related
Hedged
Items
Recognized
in Income
 
In millions    Hedged Items    Location   Amount      Amount      Amount      Amount  

Interest rate contracts

   US Treasury and
Government Agencies
Securities
   Investment securities
(interest income)
  $ (29    $ 26      $ (25    $ 26  

Interest rate contracts

   Other Debt Securities    Investment securities
(interest income)
    (2      2        (9      9  

Interest rate contracts

   Subordinated debt    Borrowed funds
(interest expense)
    8        (24      30        (43

Interest rate contracts

   Bank notes and senior
debt
   Borrowed funds
(interest expense)
    74        (80      48        (58

Total

            $ 51      $ (76    $ 44      $ (66
                
              June 30, 2012      June 30, 2011  
Three months ended             Gain
(Loss) on
Derivatives
Recognized
in Income
     Gain
(Loss) on
Related
Hedged
Items
Recognized
in Income
     Gain
(Loss) on
Derivatives
Recognized
in Income
     Gain
(Loss) on
Related
Hedged
Items
Recognized
in Income
 
In millions    Hedged Items    Location   Amount      Amount      Amount      Amount  

Interest rate contracts

   US Treasury and
Government Agencies
Securities
   Investment securities
(interest income)
  $ (48    $ 50      $ (40    $ 40  

Interest rate contracts

   Other Debt Securities    Investment securities
(interest income)
    (2      2        (13      13  

Interest rate contracts

   Subordinated debt    Borrowed funds
(interest expense)
    44        (50      89        (94

Interest rate contracts

   Bank notes and senior
debt
   Borrowed funds
(interest expense)
    127        (128      98        (108

Total

            $ 121      $ (126    $ 134      $ (149

Table 117: Derivatives Designated in GAAP Hedge Relationships – Cash Flow Hedges

 

Six months ended
In millions
          Gain (Loss) on Derivatives
Recognized in OCI
(Effective Portion)
     Gain (Loss) Reclassified from
Accumulated OCI into Income
(Effective Portion)
     Gain (Loss) Recognized in Income
on Derivatives
(Ineffective Portion)
 
                      Location    Amount      Location      Amount  

June 30, 2012

     Interest rate contracts       $ 207      Interest income    $ 232        Interest income        
         Noninterest income      59          

June 30, 2011

     Interest rate contracts       $ 280      Interest income    $ 212        Interest income        
                       Noninterest income      33                    
                 
Three months ended
In millions
          Gain (Loss) on Derivatives
Recognized in OCI
(Effective Portion)
     Gain (Loss) Reclassified from
Accumulated OCI into Income
(Effective Portion)
     Gain (Loss) Recognized in Income
on Derivatives
(Ineffective Portion)
 
                      Location    Amount      Location      Amount  

June 30, 2012

     Interest rate contracts       $ 154      Interest income    $ 116        Interest income        
         Noninterest income      32          

June 30, 2011

     Interest rate contracts       $ 266      Interest income    $ 115        Interest income       $ (1
                       Noninterest income      8                    

 

The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – Form 10-Q    149


Table of Contents

Table 118: Derivatives Designated in GAAP Hedge Relationships – Net Investment Hedges

 

Six months ended
In millions
         Gain (Loss) on Derivatives
Recognized in OCI
(Effective Portion)
 

June 30, 2012

   Foreign exchange contracts    $  
     
Three months ended
In millions
         Gain (Loss) on Derivatives
Recognized in OCI
(Effective Portion)
 

June 30, 2012

   Foreign exchange contracts    $ (12

Table 119: Gains (Losses) on Derivatives Not Designated as Hedging Instruments under GAAP

 

   

Three months ended

June 30

   

Six months ended

June 30

 
In millions   2012     2011     2012     2011  

Derivatives used for residential mortgage banking activities:

         

Residential mortgage servicing

         

Interest rate contracts

  $ 123     $ 154     $ 206     $ 165  

Loan sales

         

Interest rate contracts

    14       (18     36       (3

Gains (losses) included in residential mortgage banking activities (a)

  $ 137     $ 136     $ 242     $ 162  

Derivatives used for commercial mortgage banking activities:

         

Interest rate contracts (b) (c)

  $ 19     $ (8   $ 21     $ (5

Credit contracts (c)

            2       (1     4  

Gains (losses) from commercial mortgage banking activities

  $ 19     $ (6   $ 20     $ (1

Derivatives used for customer-related activities:

         

Interest rate contracts

  $ (9   $ 12     $ 27     $ 40  

Foreign exchange contracts

    39       8       56       22  

Equity contracts

    (3     (1     (5     (3

Credit contracts

    (1     2       (2     2  

Gains (losses) from customer-related activities (c)

  $ 26     $ 21     $ 76     $ 61  

Derivatives used for other risk management activities:

         

Interest rate contracts

  $ (8     (3   $ (7   $ (2

Foreign exchange contracts

    (1     (2     (1     (3

Credit contracts

      (1     (1     (2

Other contracts (d)

    44       21       (10     (30

Gains (losses) from other risk management activities (c)

  $ 35     $ 15     $ (19   $ (37

Total gains (losses) from derivatives not designated as hedging instruments

  $ 217     $ 166     $ 319     $ 185  
(a) Included in Residential mortgage noninterest income.
(b) Included in Corporate services noninterest income.
(c) Included in Other noninterest income.
(d) Relates to BlackRock LTIP and includes a forward purchase commitment for certain loans upon conversion from a variable rate to a fixed rate.

 

150    The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – Form 10-Q


Table of Contents

Credit Derivatives

The credit derivative underlying is based on the credit risk of a specific entity, entities, or an index. As discussed above, we enter into credit derivatives, specifically credit default swaps and risk participation agreements, as part of our commercial mortgage banking hedging activities and for customer and other risk management purposes. Detail regarding credit default swaps and risk participations sold follows.

Table 120: Credit Default Swaps

 

     June 30, 2012      December 31, 2011  
Dollars in millions    Notional
Amount
     Estimated
Net Fair
Value
     Weighted-
Average
Remaining
Maturity
In Years
     Notional
Amount
     Estimated
Net Fair
Value
     Weighted-
Average
Remaining
Maturity
In Years
 

Credit Default Swaps – Sold (a)

                   

Single name

            $ 45      $ 2        1.8  

Index traded

                                49                 2.0  

Total

                              $ 94      $ 2        1.9  

Credit Default Swaps – Purchased

                   

Single name

   $ 50      $ 1        6.3      $ 150      $ 5        3.8  

Index traded

     60        3        36.6        60        4        37.2  

Total

   $ 110      $ 4        22.9      $ 210      $ 9        13.3  

Total

   $ 110      $ 4        22.9      $ 304      $ 11        9.8  
(a) There were no credit default swaps sold as of June 30, 2012.

The notional amount of these credit default swaps by credit rating follows:

Table 121: Credit Ratings of Credit Default Swaps

 

Dollars in millions    June 30
2012
     December 31
2011
 

Credit Default Swaps – Sold (a)

       

Investment grade (b)

      $ 84  

Subinvestment grade (c)

        10  

Total

      $ 94  

Credit Default Swaps – Purchased

       

Investment grade (b)

   $ 95      $ 145  

Subinvestment grade (c)

     15        65  

Total

   $ 110      $ 210  

Total

   $ 110      $ 304  
(a) There were no credit default swaps sold as of June 30, 2012.
(b) Investment grade with a rating of BBB-/Baa3 or above based on published rating agency information.
(c) Subinvestment grade with a rating below BBB-/Baa3 based on published rating agency information.

The referenced/underlying assets for these credit default swaps follow:

Table 122: Referenced/Underlying Assets of Credit Default Swaps

 

     

Corporate

Debt

   

Commercial

mortgage-
backed

securities

     Loans  

June 30, 2012

     32     54      14

December 31, 2011

     59     20      21

We enter into credit default swaps under which we buy loss protection from or sell loss protection to a counterparty for the occurrence of a credit event related to a referenced entity or index. The maximum amount we would be required to pay under the credit default swaps in which we sold protection, assuming all referenced underlyings experience a credit event at a total loss, without recoveries, was $94 million at December 31, 2011.

Risk Participation Agreements

We have sold risk participation agreements with terms ranging from less than 1 year to 25 years. We will be required to make payments under these agreements if a customer defaults on its obligation to perform under certain derivative swap contracts with third parties.

 

The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – Form 10-Q    151


Table of Contents

Table 123: Risk Participation Agreements Sold

 

Dollars in millions    Notional
Amount
     Estimated
Net Fair
Value
   

Weighted-
Average

Remaining
Maturity

In Years

 

June 30, 2012

   $  1,647      $    (7)      7.2  

December 31, 2011

   $ 1,568      $ (5     7.5  

Based on our internal risk rating process of the underlying third parties to the swap contracts, the percentages of the exposure amount of risk participation agreements sold by internal credit rating follow:

Table 124: Internal Credit Ratings of Risk Participation Agreements Sold

 

      June 30, 2012     December 31, 2011  

Pass (a)

     98      99 

Below pass (b)

        
(a) Indicates the expected risk of default is currently low.
(b) Indicates a higher degree of risk of default.

Assuming all underlying swap counterparties defaulted at June 30, 2012, the exposure from these agreements would be $154 million based on the fair value of the underlying swaps, compared with $145 million at December 31, 2011.

NOTE 14 EARNINGS PER SHARE

Table 125: Basic and Diluted Earnings per Common Share

 

     Three months ended
June 30
     Six months ended
June 30
 
In millions, except per share data    2012      2011      2012      2011  

Basic

             

Net income

   $ 546      $ 912      $ 1,357      $ 1,744  

Less:

             

Net income (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interests

     (5      (1      1        (6

Preferred stock dividends and discount accretion

     25        25        64        29  

Dividends and undistributed earnings allocated to nonvested restricted shares

     1        4        5        6  

Net income attributable to basic common shares

   $ 525      $ 884      $ 1,287      $ 1,715  

Basic weighted-average common shares outstanding

     527        524        526        524  

Basic earnings per common share (a)

   $ 1.00      $ 1.69      $ 2.44      $ 3.27  

Diluted

             

Net income attributable to basic common shares

   $ 525      $ 884      $ 1,287      $ 1,715  

Less:

             

BlackRock common stock equivalents

     4        4        7        10  

Net income attributable to diluted common shares

   $ 521      $ 880      $ 1,280      $ 1,705  

Basic weighted-average common shares outstanding

     527        524        526        524  

Dilutive potential common shares (b) (c)

     3        3        3        3  

Diluted weighted-average common shares outstanding

     530        527        529        527  

Diluted earnings per common share (a)

   $ .98      $ 1.67      $ 2.42      $ 3.24  
(a) Basic and diluted earnings per share under the two-class method are determined on net income reported on the income statement less earnings allocated to nonvested restricted shares (participating securities).
(b) Excludes number of stock options considered to be anti-dilutive of 5 million for all periods presented.
(c) Excludes number of warrants considered to be anti-dilutive of 17 million for the three months ended and six months ended June 30, 2012. The comparative amounts for June 30, 2011 were 22 million for both periods, respectively.

 

152    The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – Form 10-Q


Table of Contents

NOTE 15 TOTAL EQUITY AND OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

Activity in total equity for the first six months of 2011 and 2012 follows.

Table 126: Rollforward of Total Equity

 

           Shareholders’ Equity                
In millions   Shares
Outstanding
Common
Stock
    Common
Stock
    Capital
Surplus -
Preferred
Stock
    Capital
Surplus -
Common
Stock
and
Other
    Retained
Earnings
    Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)
    Treasury
Stock
    Non-
controlling
Interests
    Total
Equity
 

Balance at January 1, 2011

    526      $ 2,682     $ 647     $ 12,057     $ 15,859     $ (431   $ (572   $ 2,596     $ 32,838  

Net income

              1,750             (6     1,744  

Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax

                500             500  

Cash dividends declared

                       

Common ($.45 per share)

              (236             (236

Preferred

              (28             (28

Preferred stock discount accretion

          1         (1             -   

Common stock activity (a)

            5                 5  

Treasury stock activity (a)

            (19         39         20  

Other

                            (18                             48       30  

Balance at June 30, 2011 (b)

    526      $ 2,682     $ 648     $ 12,025     $ 17,344     $ 69     $ (533   $ 2,638     $ 34,873  

Balance at January 1, 2012

    527      $ 2,683     $ 1,637     $ 12,072     $ 18,253     $ (105   $ (487   $ 3,193     $ 37,246  

Net income

              1,356             1       1,357  

Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax

                507             507  

Cash dividends declared

                       

Common ($.75 per share)

              (396             (396

Preferred

              (63             (63

Preferred stock discount accretion

          1         (1            

Common stock activity (a)

        4         26                 30  

Treasury stock activity

    2            46           36         82  

Preferred stock issuance – Series P (c)

          1,482                   1,482  

Other

                            (46                             15       (31

Balance at June 30, 2012 (b)

    529      $ 2,687     $ 3,120     $ 12,098     $ 19,149     $ 402     $ (451   $ 3,209     $ 40,214  
(a) Common and net treasury stock activity totaled less than .5 million shares.
(b) The par value of our preferred stock outstanding was less than $.5 million at each date and, therefore, is excluded from this presentation.
(c) 15,000 Series P preferred shares with a $1 par value were issued on April 24, 2012.

 

 

The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – Form 10-Q    153


Table of Contents

Table 127: Other Comprehensive Income

Details of other comprehensive income (loss) are as follows (in millions):

 

      Pretax     Tax      After-tax  

Net unrealized gains on non-OTTI securities

         

Balance at December 31, 2010

        $ 95  

2011 activity

         

Increase in net unrealized gains for non-OTTI securities

   $ 662     $ (239      423  

Less: net gains realized in net income

     153       (54      99  

Net unrealized gains on non-OTTI securities

     509       (185      324  

Balance at June 30, 2011

        $ 419  

Balance at December 31, 2011

        $ 696  

2012 activity

         

Increase in net unrealized gains for non-OTTI securities

   $ 521     $ (192      329  

Less: net gains realized in net income

     125       (46      79  

Net unrealized gains on non-OTTI securities

     396       (146      250  

Balance at June 30, 2012

                    $ 946  

Net unrealized gains (losses) on OTTI securities

         

Balance at December 31, 2010

                    $ (646

2011 activity

         

Net decrease in OTTI losses on debt securities

   $ 80     $ (23      57  

Less: Net losses realized on sales of securities

     (34     12        (22

Less: Net OTTI losses realized in net income

     (73     26        (47

Net unrealized gains (losses) on OTTI securities

     187       (61      126  

Balance at June 30, 2011

        $ (520

Balance at December 31, 2011

        $ (738

2012 activity

         

Net decrease in OTTI losses on debt securities

   $ 336     $ (123      213  

Less: Net losses realized on sales of securities

     (6     2        (4

Less: Net OTTI losses realized in net income

     (72     27        (45

Net unrealized gains (losses) on OTTI securities

     414       (152      262  

Balance at June 30, 2012

                    $ (476

Net unrealized gains (losses) on cash flow hedge derivatives

                         

Balance at December 31, 2010

                    $ 522  

2011 activity

         

Increase in net unrealized gains on cash flow hedge derivatives

   $ 280     $ (103      177  

Less: net gains realized in net income

     245       (90      155  

Net unrealized gains on cash flow hedge derivatives

     35       (13      22  

Balance at June 30, 2011

        $ 544  

Balance at December 31, 2011

        $ 717  

2012 activity

         

Increase in net unrealized gains on cash flow hedge derivatives

   $ 207     $ (76      131  

Less: net gains realized in net income

     291       (107      184  

Net unrealized gains on cash flow hedge derivatives

     (84     31        (53

Balance at June 30, 2012

                    $ 664  

 

154    The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – Form 10-Q


Table of Contents
      Pretax     Tax      After-tax  

Pension and other postretirement benefit plan adjustments

         

Balance at December 31, 2010

                    $ (380

2011 Activity

   $ 11     $ (4      7  

Balance at June 30, 2011

        $ (373

Balance at December 31, 2011

        $ (755

2012 Activity

   $ 87     $ (32      55  

Balance at June 30, 2012

                    $ (700

Other (a)

         

Balance at December 31, 2010

                    $ (22

2011 Activity

         

Foreign currency translation adj.

   $ 39     $ (18      21  

Total 2011 activity

     39       (18      21  

Balance at June 30, 2011

  

     $ (1

Balance at December 31, 2011

        $ (25

2012 Activity

         

Foreign currency translation adj.

   $ (18   $ 7        (11

BlackRock deferred tax adj.

             4        4  

Total 2012 activity

     (18     11        (7

Balance at June 30, 2012

                    $ (32
(a) Consists of foreign currency translation adjustments and deferred tax adjustments on BlackRock’s other comprehensive income in 2012.

 

 

The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – Form 10-Q    155


Table of Contents
      Pretax     Tax      After-tax  

Net unrealized gains on non-OTTI securities

         

Balance at March 31, 2011

        $ 112  

Second Quarter 2011 activity

         

Increase in net unrealized gains for non-OTTI securities

   $ 597     $ (215      382  

Less: net gains realized in net income

     116       (41      75  

Net unrealized gains on non-OTTI securities

     481       (174      307  

Balance at June 30, 2011

        $ 419  
 

Balance at March 31, 2012

        $ 846  

Second Quarter 2012 activity

         

Increase in net unrealized gains for non-OTTI securities

   $ 220     $ (81      139  

Less: net gains realized in net income

     62       (23      39  

Net unrealized gains on non-OTTI securities

     158       (58      100  

Balance at June 30, 2012

                    $ 946  

Net unrealized gains (losses) on OTTI securities

                         

Balance at March 31, 2011

        $ (499

Second Quarter 2011 activity

         

Net increase in OTTI losses on debt securities

   $ (117   $ 49        (68

Less: Net losses realized on sales of securities

     (34     12        (22

Less: Net OTTI losses realized in net income

     (39     14        (25

Net unrealized gains (losses) on OTTI securities

     (44     23        (21

Balance at June 30, 2011

        $ (520
 

Balance at March 31, 2012

        $ (481

Second Quarter 2012 activity

         

Net increase in OTTI losses on debt securities

   $ (26   $ 10        (16

Less: Net OTTI losses realized in net income

     (34     13        (21

Net unrealized gains (losses) on OTTI securities

     8       (3      5  

Balance at June 30, 2012

                    $ (476

Net unrealized gains (losses) on cash flow hedge derivatives

                         

Balance at March 31, 2011

        $ 454  

Second Quarter 2011 activity

         

Increase in net unrealized gains on cash flow hedge derivatives

   $ 266     $ (98      168  

Less: net gains realized in net income

     123       (45      78  

Net unrealized gains on cash flow hedge derivatives

     143       (53      90  

Balance at June 30, 2011

        $ 544  
         

Balance at March 31, 2012

        $ 660  

Second Quarter 2012 activity

         

Increase in net unrealized gains on cash flow hedge derivatives

   $ 154     $ (57      97  

Less: net gains realized in net income

     148       (55      93  

Net unrealized gains on cash flow hedge derivatives

     6       (2      4  

Balance at June 30, 2012

                    $ 664   

 

156    The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – Form 10-Q


Table of Contents
      Pretax     Tax      After-tax  

Pension and other postretirement benefit plan adjustments

         

Balance at March 31, 2011

        $ (370

Second Quarter 2011 Activity

   $ (5   $ 2        (3

Balance at June 30, 2011

        $ (373
         

Balance at March 31, 2012

        $ (724

Second Quarter 2012 Activity

   $ 39     $ (15      24  

Balance at June 30, 2012

                    $ (700

Other (a)

                         

Balance at March 31, 2011

        $ (6

Second Quarter 2011 Activity

         

Foreign currency translation adj.

   $ 6     $ (1      5  

Total Second Quarter 2011 activity

     6       (1      5  

Balance at June 30, 2011

        $ (1

Balance at March 31, 2012

        $ (20

Second Quarter 2012 Activity

         

Foreign currency translation adj.

   $ (30   $ 11        (19

BlackRock deferred tax adj.

     —          7        7  

Total Second Quarter 2012 activity

     (30     18        (12

Balance at June 30, 2012

                    $ (32

 

(a) Consists of foreign currency translation adjustments and deferred tax adjustments on BlackRock’s other comprehensive income in 2012.

Table 128: Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss) Components

 

     June 30, 2012      December 31, 2011  
In millions          Pretax      After-tax      Pretax      After-tax  

Net unrealized gains on non-OTTI securities

      $ 1,494      $ 946      $ 1,098      $ 696  

Net unrealized gains (losses) on OTTI securities

        (752      (476      (1,166      (738

Net unrealized gains on cash flow hedge derivatives

        1,047        664        1,131        717  

Pension and other postretirement benefit plan adjustments

        (1,104      (700      (1,191      (755

Other, net

          (69      (32      (51      (25

Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)

        $ 616      $ 402      $ (179    $ (105

NOTE 16 INCOME TAXES

The net operating loss carryforwards at June 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011 follow:

Table 129: Net Operating Loss Carryforwards and Tax Credit Carryforwards

 

In millions    June 30, 2012      December 31, 2011  

Net Operating Loss Carryforwards:

       

Federal

   $ 1,637      $ 30  

State

     2,649        1,460  

Valuation allowance – State

     46        14  

Tax Credit Carryforwards:

       

Federal

   $ 103      $ 112  

State

     3        3  

The federal net operating loss carryforwards expire from 2027 to 2028. The state net operating loss carryforwards will expire from 2012 to 2031. The majority of the tax credit carryforwards expire in 2031. The large increases in the net operating loss carryforwards are primarily attributable to the RBC Bank (USA) acquisition.

 

The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – Form 10-Q    157


Table of Contents

Examinations are complete for PNC’s consolidated federal income tax returns through 2006 having no outstanding unresolved issues. The Internal Revenue Service (IRS) is currently examining PNC’s 2007 and 2008 returns. National City’s consolidated federal income tax returns through 2007 have been audited by the IRS. Certain adjustments remain under review by the IRS Appeals division for years 2003 through 2007. The IRS is currently examining National City’s 2008 return. PNC also continues to be under examination with several state taxing authorities.

We had unrecognized tax benefits of $231 million at June 30, 2012 and $209 million at December 31, 2011. At June 30, 2012, $107 million of unrecognized tax benefits, if recognized, would favorably impact the effective income tax rate.

It is reasonably possible that the liability for unrecognized tax benefits could increase or decrease in the next twelve months due to completion of tax authorities’ exams or the expiration of statutes of limitations. Management estimates that the liability for unrecognized tax benefits could decrease by $88 million within the next twelve months.

NOTE 17 LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

We establish accruals for legal proceedings, including litigation and regulatory and governmental investigations and inquiries, when information related to the loss contingencies represented by those matters indicates both that a loss is probable and that the amount of loss can be reasonably estimated. Any such accruals are adjusted thereafter as appropriate to reflect changed circumstances. When we are able to do so, we also determine estimates of possible losses or ranges of possible losses, whether in excess of any related accrued liability or where there is no accrued liability, for disclosed legal proceedings (“Disclosed Matters,” which are those matters disclosed in this Note 17 and also those matters disclosed in Note 22 Legal Proceedings in Part II, Item 8 of our 2011 Form 10-K and in Note 16 Legal Proceedings in Part I, Item 1 of our first quarter 2012 Form 10-Q (such prior disclosure referred to as “Prior Disclosure”)). For Disclosed Matters where we are able to estimate such possible losses or ranges of possible losses, as of June 30, 2012, we estimate that it is reasonably possible that we could incur losses in an aggregate amount of up to approximately $475 million. The estimates included in this amount are based on our analysis of currently available information and are subject to significant judgment and a variety of assumptions and uncertainties. As new information is obtained we may change our estimates. Due to the inherent subjectivity of the assessments and unpredictability of outcomes of legal proceedings, any amounts accrued or included in this aggregate amount may not represent the ultimate loss to us from the legal proceedings in question. Thus, our exposure and ultimate losses may be higher, and possibly significantly so, than the amounts accrued or this aggregate amount.

The aggregate estimated amount provided above does not include an estimate for every Disclosed Matter, as we are unable, at this time, to estimate the losses that it is reasonably possible that we could incur or ranges of such losses with respect to some of the matters disclosed for one or more of the following reasons. In our experience, legal proceedings are inherently unpredictable. In many legal proceedings, various factors exacerbate this inherent unpredictability, including, among others, one or more of the following: the proceeding is in its early stages; the damages sought are unspecified, unsupported or uncertain; it is unclear whether a case brought as a class action will be allowed to proceed on that basis or, if permitted to proceed as a class action, how the class will be defined; the plaintiff is seeking relief other than or in addition to compensatory damages; the matter presents meaningful legal uncertainties, including novel issues of law; we have not engaged in meaningful settlement discussions; discovery has not started or is not complete; there are significant facts in dispute; and there are a large number of parties named as defendants (including where it is uncertain how liability and damages, if any, will be shared among multiple defendants). Generally, the less progress that has been made in the proceedings or the broader the range of potential results, the harder it is for us to estimate losses or ranges of losses that it is reasonably possible we could incur. Therefore, as the estimated aggregate amount disclosed above does not include all of the Disclosed Matters, the amount disclosed above does not represent our maximum reasonably possible loss exposure for all of the Disclosed Matters. The estimated aggregate amount also does not reflect any of our exposure to matters not so disclosed, as discussed below under “Other.”

We include in some of the descriptions of individual Disclosed Matters certain quantitative information related to the plaintiff’s claim against us as alleged in the plaintiff’s pleadings or other public filings or otherwise publicly available. While information of this type may provide insight into the potential magnitude of a matter, it does not necessarily represent our estimate of reasonably possible loss or our judgment as to any currently appropriate accrual.

Some of our exposure in Disclosed Matters may be offset by applicable insurance coverage. We do not consider the possible availability of insurance coverage in determining the amounts of any accruals (although we record the amount of related insurance recoveries that are deemed probable up to the amount of the accrual) or in determining any estimates of possible losses or ranges of possible losses.

Securities and State Law Fiduciary Cases against National City

In May 2008, a lawsuit (The Dispatch Printing Company, et al. v. National City Corporation, et al. (Case No. 08CVH-6506)) was filed on behalf of an individual plaintiff in the Franklin County, Ohio, Court of Common Pleas against National City, certain directors of National City, and Corsair Co-Invest, L.P. and unnamed other investors participating in

 

 

158    The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – Form 10-Q


Table of Contents

the April 2008 capital infusion into National City, alleging that National City’s directors breached their fiduciary duties by entering into this capital infusion transaction. A motion to dismiss the case as originally filed was denied. After the initial filing, two additional plaintiffs were added. The plaintiffs filed an amended complaint in December 2010. The amended complaint added PNC as a defendant as successor in interest to National City. In the amended complaint, which included some additional allegations, the plaintiffs sought, among other things, unspecified actual and punitive damages, and attorneys’ fees. In July 2012, the parties reached an agreement to settle this case. The amount of the settlement is not material to PNC.

Interchange Litigation

In July 2012, the parties entered into a memorandum of understanding with the class plaintiffs and an agreement in principle with certain individual plaintiffs with respect to a settlement of the cases that have been consolidated for pretrial proceedings in the United States District Court for the Eastern District of New York under the caption In re Payment Card Interchange Fee and Merchant-Discount Antitrust Litigation (Master File No. 1:05-md-1720-JG-JO), under which the defendants will collectively pay approximately $6.6 billion to the class and individual settling plaintiffs and have agreed to changes in the terms applicable to their respective card networks. The settlement is subject to, among other things, final documentation and court approval. As a result of the previously funded litigation escrow (described in Note 23 Commitments and Guarantees in Part II, Item 8 of our 2011 Form 10-K), which will cover substantially all of our share of the Visa portion, the impact to our second quarter results was not material and we anticipate no material financial impact from the monetary amount of this settlement.

CBNV Mortgage Litigation

In May 2012, the Residential Funding Company, LLC, one of our co-defendants in the multidistrict litigation currently pending in the United States District Court for the Western District of Pennsylvania under the caption In re: Community Bank of Northern Virginia Lending Practices Litigation (No. 03-0425 (W.D. Pa.), MDL No. 1674), filed for bankruptcy protection under Chapter 11.

Overdraft Litigation

In May 2012, in the lawsuits consolidated for pre-trial proceedings under the caption In re Checking Account Overdraft Litigation (MDL No. 2036, Case No. 1:09-MD-02036-JLK), the United States District Court for the Southern District of Florida granted plaintiffs’ motion for class certification in the cases captioned Casayuran, et al. v. PNC Bank, National Association (Case No. 10-cv-20496-JLK), Cowen, et al. v. PNC Bank, National Association (Case No. 10-CV-21869-JLK), and Hernandez, et al. v. PNC Bank, National Association (Case No. 10-CV-21868-JLK).

In June 2012, PNC Bank reached an agreement in principle to settle the three cases listed above in which class certification had been granted against PNC Bank in the MDL Court. As previously reported, this agreement in principle provides for settlement of these cases for $90 million. This settlement is subject to, among other things, final documentation, notice to the class, and court approval.

Weavering Macro Fixed Income Fund

The modular trial in the matter currently pending in High Court, Dublin, Ireland is scheduled for December 2012. In July 2012 the plaintiff in that matter moved in the Supreme Court of Ireland to stay the modular trial pending its appeal to the Supreme Court of the judgment of the High Court ordering that trial. The appeal and the motion to stay are pending, and the Supreme Court has adjourned the hearing on the motion to stay so that it can heard at the same time as the hearing on the appeal. The Supreme Court has indicated that it will schedule the hearing on both for November 2012.

Captive Mortgage Reinsurance Litigation

In June 2012, the United States Supreme Court dismissed its prior grant of a writ of certiorari in First American Financial Corporation v. Edwards. In August 2012, the United States District Court for the Eastern District of Pennsylvania lifted its stay in White, et al. v. The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc., et al. (Civil Action No. 11-7928), granted in March 2012 pending the decision in First American, and directed the plaintiffs to file an amended complaint.

Other Regulatory and Governmental Inquiries

PNC is the subject of investigations, audits and other forms of regulatory and governmental inquiry covering a broad range of issues in our banking, securities and other financial services businesses, in some cases as part of reviews of specified activities at multiple industry participants. Over the last few years, we have experienced an increase in regulatory and governmental investigations, audits and other inquiries. Areas of current regulatory or governmental inquiry with respect to PNC include consumer financial protection, fair lending, mortgage origination and servicing, mortgage-related insurance and reinsurance, municipal finance activities, and participation in government insurance or guarantee programs, some of which are described below. These inquiries, including those described in Prior Disclosure, may lead to administrative, civil or criminal proceedings, and possibly result in remedies including fines, penalties, restitution, alterations in our business practices, and in additional expenses and collateral costs.

Our practice is to cooperate fully with regulatory and governmental investigations, audits and other inquiries, including those described in Prior Disclosure.

Other

In addition to the proceedings or other matters described above, PNC and persons to whom we may have

 

 

The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – Form 10-Q    159


Table of Contents

indemnification obligations, in the normal course of business, are subject to various other pending and threatened legal proceedings in which claims for monetary damages and other relief are asserted. We do not anticipate, at the present time, that the ultimate aggregate liability, if any, arising out of such other legal proceedings will have a material adverse effect on our financial position. However, we cannot now determine whether or not any claims asserted against us or others to whom we may have indemnification obligations, whether in the proceedings or other matters described above or otherwise, will have a material adverse effect on our results of operations in any future reporting period, which will depend on, among other things, the amount of the loss resulting from the claim and the amount of income otherwise reported for the reporting period.

*            *             *

See Note 18 Commitments and Guarantees for additional information regarding the Visa indemnification and our other obligations to provide indemnification, including to current and former officers, directors, employees and agents of PNC and companies we have acquired, including National City.

NOTE 18 COMMITMENTS AND GUARANTEES

Equity Funding and Other Commitments

Our unfunded commitments at June 30, 2012 included private equity investments of $215 million, and other investments of $3 million.

Standby Letters of Credit

We issue standby letters of credit and have risk participations in standby letters of credit and bankers’ acceptances issued by other financial institutions, in each case to support obligations of our customers to third parties, such as remarketing programs for customers’ variable rate demand notes. Net outstanding standby letters of credit and internal credit ratings were as follows:

Table 130: Net Outstanding Standby Letters of Credit

 

Dollars in billions    June 30
2012
    December 31
2011
 

Net outstanding standby letters of credit

   $ 11.3     $ 10.8  

Internal credit ratings (as a percentage of portfolio):

      

Pass (a)

     94     94

Below pass (b)

     6     6
(a) Indicates that expected risk of loss is currently low.
(b) Indicates a higher degree of risk of default.

If the customer fails to meet its financial or performance obligation to the third party under the terms of the contract or there is a need to support a remarketing program, then upon the request of the guaranteed party, we would be obligated to make payment to them. The standby letters of credit and risk

participations in standby letters of credit and bankers’ acceptances outstanding on June 30, 2012 had terms ranging from less than 1 year to 7 years. The aggregate maximum amount of future payments PNC could be required to make under outstanding standby letters of credit and risk participations in standby letters of credit and bankers’ acceptances was $14.8 billion at June 30, 2012, of which $7.3 billion support remarketing programs.

As of June 30, 2012, assets of $1.7 billion secured certain specifically identified standby letters of credit. Recourse provisions from third parties of $3.5 billion were also available for this purpose as of June 30, 2012. In addition, a portion of the remaining standby letters of credit and letter of credit risk participations issued on behalf of specific customers is also secured by collateral or guarantees that secure the customers’ other obligations to us. The carrying amount of the liability for our obligations related to standby letters of credit and risk participations in standby letters of credit and bankers’ acceptances was $250 million at June 30, 2012.

Standby Bond Purchase Agreements and Other Liquidity Facilities

We enter into standby bond purchase agreements to support municipal bond obligations. At June 30, 2012, the aggregate of our commitments under these facilities was $635 million. We also enter into certain other liquidity facilities to support individual pools of receivables acquired by commercial paper conduits. At June 30, 2012, our total commitments under these facilities were $145 million.

Indemnifications

As further described in our 2011 Form 10-K, we are a party to numerous acquisition or divestiture agreements under which we have purchased or sold, or agreed to purchase or sell, various types of assets. These agreements generally include indemnification provisions under which we indemnify the third parties to these agreements against a variety of risks to the indemnified parties as a result of the transaction in question. When PNC is the seller, the indemnification provisions will generally also provide the buyer with protection relating to the quality of the assets we are selling and the extent of any liabilities being assumed by the buyer. Due to the nature of these indemnification provisions, we cannot quantify the total potential exposure to us resulting from them.

We provide indemnification in connection with securities offering transactions in which we are involved. When we are the issuer of the securities, we provide indemnification to the underwriters or placement agents analogous to the indemnification provided to the purchasers of businesses from us, as described above. When we are an underwriter or placement agent, we provide a limited indemnification to the issuer related to our actions in connection with the offering and, if there are other underwriters, indemnification to the

 

 

160    The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – Form 10-Q


Table of Contents

other underwriters intended to result in an appropriate sharing of the risk of participating in the offering. Due to the nature of these indemnification provisions, we cannot quantify the total potential exposure to us resulting from them.

In the ordinary course of business, we enter into certain types of agreements that include provisions for indemnifying third parties. We also enter into certain types of agreements, including leases, assignments of leases, and subleases, in which we agree to indemnify third parties for acts by our agents, assignees and/or sublessees, and employees. We also enter into contracts for the delivery of technology service in which we indemnify the other party against claims of patent and copyright infringement by third parties. Due to the nature of these indemnification provisions, we cannot calculate our aggregate potential exposure under them.

We engage in certain insurance activities that require our employees to be bonded. We satisfy this bonding requirement by issuing letters of credit, which were insignificant in amount at June 30, 2012.

In the ordinary course of business, we enter into contracts with third parties under which the third parties provide services on behalf of PNC. In many of these contracts, we agree to indemnify the third party service provider under certain circumstances. The terms of the indemnity vary from contract to contract and the amount of the indemnification liability, if any, cannot be determined.

We are a general or limited partner in certain asset management and investment limited partnerships, many of which contain indemnification provisions that would require us to make payments in excess of our remaining unfunded commitments. While in certain of these partnerships the maximum liability to us is limited to the sum of our unfunded commitments and partnership distributions received by us, in the others the indemnification liability is unlimited. As a result, we cannot determine our aggregate potential exposure for these indemnifications.

In some cases, indemnification obligations of the types described above arise under arrangements entered into by predecessor companies for which we become responsible as a result of the acquisition.

Pursuant to their bylaws, PNC and its subsidiaries provide indemnification to directors, officers and, in some cases, employees and agents against certain liabilities incurred as a result of their service on behalf of or at the request of PNC and its subsidiaries. PNC and its subsidiaries also advance on behalf of covered individuals costs incurred in connection with certain claims or proceedings, subject to written undertakings by each such individual to repay all amounts advanced if it is ultimately determined that the individual is not entitled to indemnification. We generally are responsible for similar indemnifications and advancement obligations that

companies we acquire had to their officers, directors and sometimes employees and agents at the time of acquisition. We advanced such costs on behalf of several such individuals with respect to pending litigation or investigations during the first six months of 2012. It is not possible for us to determine the aggregate potential exposure resulting from the obligation to provide this indemnity or to advance such costs.

In connection with the sale of PNC Global Investment Servicing Inc. (GIS), and in addition to indemnification provisions as part of the divestiture agreements, PNC agreed to continue to act for the benefit of GIS as securities lending agent for certain of GIS’s clients. In such role, we provided indemnification to those clients against the failure of the borrowers to return the securities. The market value of the securities lent was fully secured on a daily basis; therefore, the exposure to us was limited to temporary shortfalls in the collateral as a result of short-term fluctuations in trading prices of the loaned securities. In addition, the purchaser of GIS, BNY-Mellon, has entered into an agreement to indemnify PNC with respect to such exposure on the terms set forth in such indemnification agreement. Effective July 18, 2011, PNC Bank, National Association assigned its securities lending agent responsibilities to BNY-Mellon and no longer acts as securities lending agent for any of GIS’s clients. Also in connection with the GIS divestiture, PNC has agreed to indemnify the buyer generally as described above.

VISA Indemnification

Our payment services business issues and acquires credit and debit card transactions through Visa U.S.A. Inc. card association or its affiliates (Visa). Our 2011 Form 10-K has additional information regarding the October 2007 Visa restructuring, our involvement with judgment and loss sharing agreements with Visa and certain other banks, and the status of pending interchange litigation. This information has been updated in Note 17 Legal Proceedings. Additionally, we continue to have an obligation to indemnify Visa for judgments and settlements for the remaining specified litigation.

Recourse and Repurchase Obligations

As discussed in Note 3 Loan Sale and Servicing Activities and Variable Interest Entities, PNC has sold commercial mortgage, residential mortgage and home equity loans directly or indirectly through securitization and loan sale transactions in which we have continuing involvement. One form of continuing involvement includes certain recourse and loan repurchase obligations associated with the transferred assets.

COMMERCIAL MORTGAGE LOAN RECOURSE OBLIGATIONS

We originate, close and service certain multi-family commercial mortgage loans which are sold to FNMA under FNMA’s DUS program. We participated in a similar program with the FHLMC.

Under these programs, we generally assume up to a one-third pari passu risk of loss on unpaid principal balances through a

 

 

The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – Form 10-Q    161


Table of Contents

loss share arrangement. At June 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011, the unpaid principal balance outstanding of loans sold as a participant in these programs was $12.9 billion and $13.0 billion, respectively. The potential maximum exposure under the loss share arrangements was $3.9 billion at June 30, 2012 and $4.0 billion at December 31, 2011.

We maintain a reserve for estimated losses based upon our exposure. The reserve for losses under these programs totaled $48 million and $47 million as of June 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011, respectively, and is included in Other liabilities on our Consolidated Balance Sheet. The comparable reserve as of June 30, 2011 was $55 million. If payment is required under these programs, we would not have a contractual interest in the collateral underlying the mortgage loans on which losses occurred, although the value of the collateral is taken into account in determining our share of such losses. Our exposure and activity associated with these recourse obligations are reported in the Corporate & Institutional Banking segment.

Table 131: Analysis of Commercial Mortgage Recourse Obligations

 

In millions    2012     2011  

January 1

   $ 47     $ 54  

Reserve adjustments, net

     5       4  

Losses – loan repurchases and settlements

     (4     (3

June 30

   $ 48     $ 55  

RESIDENTIAL MORTGAGE LOAN AND HOME EQUITY REPURCHASE OBLIGATIONS

While residential mortgage loans are sold on a non-recourse basis, we assume certain loan repurchase obligations associated with mortgage loans we have sold to investors. These loan repurchase obligations primarily relate to situations where PNC is alleged to have breached certain origination covenants and representations and warranties made to purchasers of the loans in the respective purchase and sale agreements. Residential mortgage loans covered by these loan repurchase obligations include first and second-lien mortgage loans we have sold through Agency securitizations, Non-Agency securitizations, and loan sale transactions. As discussed in Note 3 in our 2011 Form 10-K, Agency securitizations consist of mortgage loan sale transactions with FNMA, FHLMC, and the GNMA program, while Non-Agency securitizations consist of mortgage loan sale transactions with private investors. Mortgage loan sale transactions that are not part of a securitization may involve FNMA, FHLMC or private investors. Our historical exposure and activity associated with Agency securitization repurchase obligations has primarily been related to transactions with FNMA and FHLMC, as indemnification and repurchase losses associated with FHA and VA-insured and uninsured loans

pooled in GNMA securitizations historically have been minimal. Repurchase obligation activity associated with residential mortgages is reported in the Residential Mortgage Banking segment.

PNC’s repurchase obligations also include certain brokered home equity loans/lines that were sold to a limited number of private investors in the financial services industry by National City prior to our acquisition. PNC is no longer engaged in the brokered home equity lending business, and our exposure under these loan repurchase obligations is limited to repurchases of loans sold in these transactions. Repurchase activity associated with brokered home equity loans/lines is reported in the Non-Strategic Assets Portfolio segment.

Loan covenants and representations and warranties are established through loan sale agreements with various investors to provide assurance that PNC has sold loans that are of sufficient investment quality. Key aspects of such covenants and representations and warranties include the loan’s compliance with any applicable loan criteria established for the transaction, including underwriting standards, delivery of all required loan documents to the investor or its designated party, sufficient collateral valuation, and the validity of the lien securing the loan. As a result of alleged breaches of these contractual obligations, investors may request PNC to indemnify them against losses on certain loans or to repurchase loans.

Indemnification and repurchase liabilities are initially recognized when loans are sold to investors and are subsequently evaluated by management. Initial recognition and subsequent adjustments to the indemnification and repurchase liability for the sold residential mortgage portfolio are recognized in Residential mortgage revenue on the Consolidated Income Statement. Since PNC is no longer engaged in the brokered home equity lending business, only subsequent adjustments are recognized to the home equity loans/lines indemnification and repurchase liability. These adjustments are recognized in Other noninterest income on the Consolidated Income Statement.

Management’s subsequent evaluation of these indemnification and repurchase liabilities is based upon trends in indemnification and repurchase requests, actual loss experience, risks in the underlying serviced loan portfolios, and current economic conditions. As part of its evaluation, management considers estimated loss projections over the life of the subject loan portfolio. At June 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011, the total indemnification and repurchase liability for estimated losses on indemnification and repurchase claims totaled $523 million and $130 million, respectively, and was included in Other liabilities on the Consolidated Balance Sheet. An analysis of the changes in this liability during the first six months of 2012 and 2011 follows:

 

 

162    The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – Form 10-Q


Table of Contents

Table 132: Analysis of Indemnification and Repurchase Liability for Asserted Claims and Unasserted Claims

 

     2012      2011  
In millions    Residential
Mortgages (a)
    Home
Equity
Loans/
Lines (b)
     Total      Residential
Mortgages (a)
     Home
Equity
Loans/
Lines (b)
     Total  

January 1

   $ 83     $ 47      $ 130      $ 144      $ 150      $ 294  

Reserve adjustments, net

     32       12        44        14           14  

RBC Bank (USA) acquisition

     26          26             

Losses – loan repurchases and settlements

     (40     (8      (48      (34      (22      (56

March 31

   $ 101     $ 51      $ 152      $ 124      $ 128      $ 252  

Reserve adjustments, net

     438       15        453        21        3        24  

Losses – loan repurchases and settlements

     (77     (5      (82      (50      (76      (126

June 30

   $ 462     $ 61      $ 523      $ 95      $ 55      $ 150  
(a) Repurchase obligation associated with sold loan portfolios of $115.7 billion and $130.7 billion at June 30, 2012 and June 30, 2011, respectively.
(b) Repurchase obligation associated with sold loan portfolios of $4.4 billion and $4.6 billion at June 30, 2012 and June 30, 2011, respectively. PNC is no longer engaged in the brokered home equity business, which was acquired with National City.

 

Management believes our indemnification and repurchase liabilities appropriately reflect the estimated probable losses on indemnification and repurchase claims for all loans sold and outstanding as of June 30, 2012 and 2011. In making these estimates, we consider the losses that we expect to incur over the life of the sold loans. While management seeks to obtain all relevant information in estimating the indemnification and repurchase liability, the estimation process is inherently uncertain and imprecise and, accordingly, it is reasonably possible that future indemnification and repurchase losses could be more or less than our established liability. Factors that could affect our estimate include the volume of valid claims driven by investor strategies and behavior, our ability to successfully negotiate claims with investors, housing prices, and other economic conditions. At June 30, 2012, we estimate that it is reasonably possible that we could incur additional losses in excess of our accrued indemnification and repurchase liability of up to approximately $350 million for our portfolio of residential mortgage loans sold. At June 30, 2012, the reasonably possible loss above our accrual for our portfolio of home equity loans/lines sold was not material. This estimate of potential additional losses in excess of our liability is based on assumed higher repurchase claims and lower claim rescissions than our current assumptions.

Reinsurance Agreements

We have two wholly-owned captive insurance subsidiaries which provide reinsurance to third-party insurers related to insurance sold to our customers. These subsidiaries enter into various types of reinsurance agreements with third-party insurers where the subsidiary assumes the risk of loss through either an excess of loss or quota share agreement up to 100% reinsurance. In excess of loss agreements, these subsidiaries assume the risk of loss for an excess layer of coverage up to specified limits, once a defined first loss percentage is met. In quota share agreements, the subsidiaries and third-party insurers share the responsibility for payment of all claims.

These subsidiaries provide reinsurance for accidental death & dismemberment, credit life, accident & health, lender placed hazard, and borrower and lender paid mortgage insurance with an aggregate maximum exposure up to the specified limits for all reinsurance contracts as follows:

Table 133: Reinsurance Agreements Exposure (a)

 

In millions    June 30,
2012
    December 31,
2011
 

Accidental Death & Dismemberment

   $ 2,142     $ 2,255  

Credit Life, Accident & Health

     883       951  

Lender Placed Hazard (b)

     2,721       2,899  

Borrower and Lender Paid Mortgage Insurance

     258       327  

Maximum Exposure

   $ 6,004     $ 6,432  

Percentage of reinsurance agreements:

      

Excess of Loss – Mortgage Insurance

     4     4

Quota Share

     96     96

Maximum Exposure to Quota Share Agreements with 100% Reinsurance

   $ 882     $ 950  
(a) Reinsurance agreements exposure balances represent estimates based on availability of financial information from insurance carriers.
(b) Through the purchase of catastrophe reinsurance connected to the Lender Placed Hazard Exposure, should a catastrophic event occur PNC will benefit from this reinsurance. No credit for the catastrophe reinsurance protection is applied to the aggregate exposure figure.

A rollforward of the reinsurance reserves for probable losses for the first six months of 2012 and 2011 follows:

Table 134: Reinsurance Reserves – Rollforward

 

In millions    2012     2011  

January 1

   $ 82     $ 150  

Paid Losses

     (35     (73

Net Provision

     23       16  

June 30

   $ 70     $ 93  
 

 

The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – Form 10-Q    163


Table of Contents

Changes to agreements only represent entering into a new relationship or exiting an existing agreement entirely. The impact of changing the terms of existing agreements is reflected in the net provision.

There is a reasonable possibility that losses could be more than or less than the amount reserved due to ongoing uncertainty in various economic, social and other factors that could impact the frequency and severity of claims covered by these reinsurance agreements. At June 30, 2012, the reasonably possible loss above our accrual was not material.

Repurchase and Resale Agreements

We enter into repurchase and resale agreements where we transfer investment securities to/from a third party with the agreement to repurchase/resell those investment securities at a future date for a specified price. These transactions are accounted for as collateralized borrowings/financings.

NOTE 19 SEGMENT REPORTING

We have six reportable business segments:

   

Retail Banking

   

Corporate & Institutional Banking

   

Asset Management Group

   

Residential Mortgage Banking

   

BlackRock

   

Non-Strategic Assets Portfolio

Results of individual businesses are presented based on our internal management reporting practices. There is no comprehensive, authoritative body of guidance for management accounting equivalent to GAAP; therefore, the financial results of our individual businesses are not necessarily comparable with similar information for any other company. We periodically refine our internal methodologies as management reporting practices are enhanced. Retrospective application of new methodologies is made to prior period reportable business segment results and disclosures to create comparability to the current period presentation to reflect any such refinements.

Financial results are presented, to the extent practicable, as if each business operated on a stand-alone basis. Additionally, we have aggregated the results for corporate support functions within “Other” for financial reporting purposes.

Assets receive a funding charge and liabilities and capital receive a funding credit based on a transfer pricing methodology that incorporates product maturities, duration and other factors. During the second quarter of 2012, enhancements were made to the funds transfer pricing methodology. Retrospective application of our new funds transfer pricing methodology has been made to the prior period reportable business segment results and disclosures to create comparability to the current period presentation, which we believe is more meaningful to readers of our financial statements.

A portion of capital is intended to cover unexpected losses and is assigned to our business segments using our risk-based economic capital model, including consideration of the goodwill and other intangible assets at those business segments, as well as the diversification of risk among the business segments.

We have allocated the allowances for loan and lease losses and for unfunded loan commitments and letters of credit based on our assessment of risk in each business segment’s loan portfolio. Our allocation of the costs incurred by operations and other shared support areas not directly aligned with the businesses is primarily based on the use of services.

Total business segment financial results differ from total consolidated net income. The impact of these differences is reflected in the “Other” category in the business segment tables. “Other” includes residual activities that do not meet the criteria for disclosure as a separate reportable business, such as gains or losses related to BlackRock transactions, integration costs, asset and liability management activities including net securities gains or losses, other-than-temporary impairment of investment securities and certain trading activities, exited businesses, alternative investments, including private equity, intercompany eliminations, most corporate overhead, tax adjustments that are not allocated to business segments, and differences between business segment performance reporting and financial statement reporting (GAAP), including the presentation of net income attributable to noncontrolling interests as the segments’ results exclude their portion of net income attributable to noncontrolling interests. Assets, revenue and earnings attributable to foreign activities were not material in the periods presented for comparative purposes.

Business Segment Products and Services

Retail Banking provides deposit, lending, brokerage, investment management, and cash management services to consumer and small business customers within our primary geographic markets. Our customers are serviced through our branch network, call centers and online banking channels. The branch network is located primarily in Pennsylvania, Ohio, New Jersey, Michigan, Illinois, Maryland, Indiana, North Carolina, Florida, Kentucky, Washington, D.C., Alabama, Delaware, Georgia, Virginia, Missouri, Wisconsin, and South Carolina.

Corporate & Institutional Banking provides lending, treasury management, and capital markets-related products and services to mid-sized corporations, government and not-for-profit entities, and selectively to large corporations. Lending products include secured and unsecured loans, letters of credit and equipment leases. Treasury management services include cash and investment management, receivables management, disbursement services, funds transfer services, information reporting, and global trade services. Capital

 

 

164    The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – Form 10-Q


Table of Contents

markets-related products and services include foreign exchange, derivatives, loan syndications, mergers and acquisitions advisory and related services to middle-market companies, our multi-seller conduit, securities underwriting, and securities sales and trading. Corporate & Institutional Banking also provides commercial loan servicing, and real estate advisory and technology solutions for the commercial real estate finance industry. Corporate & Institutional Banking provides products and services generally within our primary geographic markets, with certain products and services offered nationally and internationally.

Asset Management Group includes personal wealth management for high net worth and ultra high net worth clients and institutional asset management. Wealth management products and services include financial and retirement planning, customized investment management, private banking, tailored credit solutions and trust management and administration for individuals and their families. Institutional asset management provides investment management, custody, and retirement planning services. The institutional clients include corporations, unions, municipalities, non-profits, foundations and endowments located primarily in our geographic footprint.

Residential Mortgage Banking directly originates primarily first lien residential mortgage loans on a nationwide basis with a significant presence within the retail banking footprint, and also originates loans through majority owned affiliates. Mortgage loans represent loans collateralized by one-to-four-family residential real estate. These loans are typically underwritten to government agency and/or third-party standards, and sold, servicing retained, to secondary mortgage conduits FNMA, FHLMC, Federal Home Loan Banks and third-party investors, or are securitized and issued under the GNMA program. The mortgage servicing operation performs

all functions related to servicing mortgage loans—primarily those in first lien position—for various investors and for loans owned by PNC. Certain loans originated through majority owned affiliates are sold to others.

BlackRock is a leader in investment management, risk management and advisory services for institutional and retail clients worldwide. BlackRock provides diversified investment management services to institutional clients, intermediary and individual investors through various investment vehicles. Investment management services primarily consist of the management of equity, fixed income, multi-asset class, alternative investment and cash management products. BlackRock offers its investment products in a variety of vehicles, including open-end and closed-end mutual funds, iShares® exchange-traded funds (“ETFs”), collective investment trusts and separate accounts. In addition, BlackRock provides market risk management, financial markets advisory and enterprise investment system services to a broad base of clients. Financial markets advisory services include valuation services relating to illiquid securities, dispositions and workout assignments (including long-term portfolio liquidation assignments), risk management and strategic planning and execution. At June 30, 2012, our economic interest in BlackRock was 22%.

PNC received cash dividends from BlackRock of $113 million during the first six months of 2012 and $107 million during the first six months of 2011.

Non-Strategic Assets Portfolio (formerly, Distressed Assets Portfolio) includes commercial residential development loans, cross-border leases, consumer brokered home equity loans, retail mortgages, non-prime mortgages, and residential construction loans. We obtained a significant portion of these non-strategic assets through acquisitions of other companies.

 

 

The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – Form 10-Q    165


Table of Contents

Table 135: Results Of Businesses

 

Three months ended June 30

In millions

  Retail
Banking
    Corporate &
Institutional
Banking
    Asset
Management
Group
    Residential
Mortgage
Banking
    BlackRock     Non-Strategic
Assets
Portfolio
    Other     Consolidated  

2012

                 

Income Statement

                 

Net interest income

  $ 1,114     $ 1,059     $ 75     $ 53       $ 221     $ 4     $ 2,526  

Noninterest income

    437       354       165       (162   $ 111       2       190       1,097  

Total revenue

    1,551        1,413        240        (109     111        223        194        3,623   

Provision for credit losses (benefit)

    165       33       (1     (2       50       11       256  

Depreciation and amortization

    48       34       10       2           83       177  

Other noninterest expense

    1,123       462       171       228               67       420       2,471  

Income (loss) before income taxes and noncontrolling interests

    215        884        60        (337     111        106        (320     719   

Income taxes (benefit)

    79       307       22       (124     23       39       (173     173  

Net income (loss)

  $ 136     $ 577     $ 38     $ (213   $ 88     $ 67     $ (147   $ 546  

Inter-segment revenue

          $ 9     $ 3     $ 2     $ 4     $ (3   $ (15        

Average Assets (a)

  $ 73,093     $ 102,835     $ 6,659     $ 11,501     $ 5,597     $ 12,690     $ 83,776     $ 296,151  

2011

                 

Income Statement

                 

Net interest income

  $ 939     $ 857     $ 69     $ 47       $ 257     $ (19   $ 2,150  

Noninterest income

    464       328       167       172     $ 121       13       187       1,452  

Total revenue

    1,403        1,185        236        219        121        270        168        3,602   

Provision for credit losses (benefit)

    180       31       (18     (8       81       14       280  

Depreciation and amortization

    46       36       10       3           68       163  

Other noninterest expense

    974       407       158       137               56       281       2,013  

Income (loss) before income taxes and noncontrolling interests

    203        711        86        87        121        133        (195     1,146   

Income taxes (benefit)

    74       249       32       32       28       49       (230     234  

Net income

  $ 129     $ 462     $ 54     $ 55     $ 93     $ 84     $ 35     $ 912  

Inter-segment revenue

  $ 1     $ 6     $ 3     $ 2     $ 4     $ (2   $ (14        

Average Assets (a)

  $ 65,757     $ 79,012     $ 6,653     $ 10,822     $ 5,596     $ 13,370     $ 79,896     $ 261,106  

 

166    The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – Form 10-Q


Table of Contents

Six months ended June 30

In millions

  Retail
Banking
    Corporate &
Institutional
Banking
    Asset
Management
Group
    Residential
Mortgage
Banking
    BlackRock    

Non-Strategic
Assets

Portfolio

    Other     Consolidated  

2012

                 

Income Statement

                 

Net interest income

  $ 2,158     $ 1,975     $ 150     $ 104       $ 438     $ (8   $ 4,817  

Noninterest income

    828       682       333       80     $ 227       (17     405       2,538  

Total revenue

    2,986        2,657        483        184        227        421        397        7,355   

Provision for credit losses (benefit)

    300       52       9       (9       68       21       441  

Depreciation and amortization

    94       67       20       5           158       344  

Other noninterest expense

    2,146       892       337       428               135       821       4,759  

Income (loss) before income taxes and noncontrolling interests

    446        1,646        117        (240     227        218        (603     1,811   

Income taxes (benefit)

    163       574       43       (88     49       80       (367     454  

Net income (loss)

  $ 283     $ 1,072     $ 74     $ (152   $ 178     $ 138     $ (236   $ 1,357  

Inter-segment revenue

          $ 18     $ 6     $ 4     $ 7     $ (5   $ (30        

Average Assets (a)

  $ 71,420     $ 97,866     $ 6,613     $ 11,745     $ 5,597     $ 12,407     $ 83,199     $ 288,847  

2011

                 

Income Statement

                 

Net interest income

  $ 1,877     $ 1,663     $ 138     $ 103       $ 493     $ 52     $ 4,326  

Noninterest income

    895       623       329       375     $ 229       22       434       2,907  

Total revenue

    2,772        2,286        467        478        229        515        486        7,233   

Provision for credit losses (benefit)

    456       1       (24         233       35       701  

Depreciation and amortization

    93       79       20       5           137       334  

Other noninterest expense

    1,928       810       308       272               109       485       3,912  

Income (loss) before income taxes and noncontrolling interests

    295        1,396        163        201        229        173        (171     2,286   

Income taxes (benefit)

    107       490       60       74       50       64       (303     542  

Net income

  $ 188     $ 906     $ 103     $ 127     $ 179     $ 109     $ 132     $ 1,744  

Inter-segment revenue

  $ 1     $ 9     $ 6     $ 4     $ 8     $ (5   $ (23        

Average Assets (a)

  $ 66,211     $ 78,002     $ 6,786     $ 11,218     $ 5,596     $ 13,743     $ 80,270     $ 261,826  
(a) Period-end balances for BlackRock.

NOTE 20 SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

On June 28, 2012 we announced the redemption on July 30, 2012 of $450 million of trust preferred securities issued by PNC Capital Trust E that had a current distribution rate of 7.750% and a scheduled redemption date of March 15, 2038 and $517.5 million of enhanced trust preferred securities issued by National City Capital Trust IV that had a current distribution rate of 8.000% and a scheduled maturity date of September 15, 2047. These redemptions together resulted in a noncash charge for unamortized discounts of approximately $95 million in the third quarter of 2012. As these redemptions were announced prior to June 30, 2012, our Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio at June 30, 2012 reflected this second quarter announcement of the redemption of these securities.

 

The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – Form 10-Q    167


Table of Contents

STATISTICAL INFORMATION (UNAUDITED)

The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc.

Average Consolidated Balance Sheet And Net Interest Analysis

 

        Six months ended June 30  
       2012      2011  

Taxable-equivalent basis

Dollars in millions

     Average
Balances
       Interest
Income/
Expense
       Average
Yields/
Rates
     Average
Balances
       Interest
Income/
Expense
       Average
Yields/
Rates
 

Assets

                           

Interest-earning assets:

                           

Investment securities

                           

Securities available for sale

                           

Residential mortgage-backed

                           

Agency

     $ 27,000        $ 426          3.16     $ 27,555        $ 504          3.66

Non-agency

       6,646          183          5.50        7,836          210          5.35  

Commercial mortgage-backed

       3,667          81          4.42        3,288          78          4.73  

Asset-backed

       4,865          50          2.06        2,972          38          2.55  

US Treasury and government agencies

       2,836          29          2.04        5,090          63          2.49  

State and municipal

       1,836          45          4.87        2,158          50          4.65  

Other debt

       3,087          39          2.56        3,785          49          2.58  

Corporate stocks and other

       332                     .07        409                     .05  

Total securities available for sale

       50,269          853          3.39        53,093          992          3.73  

Securities held to maturity

                           

Residential mortgage-backed

       4,418          80          3.64        568          11          3.66  

Commercial mortgage-backed

       4,506          104          4.59        4,227          109          5.17  

Asset-backed

       1,022          9          1.75        2,369          28          2.38  

US Treasury and government agencies

       223          4          3.79               

State and municipal

       671          14          4.19        8               5.10  

Other

       360          5          2.86        76          1          2.94  

Total securities held to maturity

       11,200          216          3.86        7,248          149          4.11  

Total investment securities

       61,469          1,069          3.48        60,341          1,141          3.78  

Loans

                           

Commercial

       73,208          1,716          4.64        57,120          1,425          4.96  

Commercial real estate

       17,630          490          5.50        17,160          437          5.06  

Equipment lease financing

       6,481          157          4.85        6,248          154          4.93  

Consumer

       58,490          1,374          4.72        54,236          1,335          4.97  

Residential real estate

       15,430          425          5.51        15,258          472          6.19  

Total loans

       171,239          4,162          4.84        150,022          3,823          5.10  

Loans held for sale

       2,963          95          6.44        2,955          107          7.31  

Federal funds sold and resale agreements

       1,744          13          1.52        2,566          17          1.28  

Other

       6,518          120          3.67        6,525          91          2.80  

Total interest-earning assets/interest income

       243,933          5,459          4.46        222,409          5,179          4.66  

Noninterest-earning assets:

                           

Allowance for loan and lease losses

       (4,245                (4,781          

Cash and due from banks

       3,735                  3,413            

Other

       45,424                  40,785            

Total assets

     $ 288,847                $ 261,826            

Liabilities and Equity

                           

Interest-bearing liabilities:

                           

Interest-bearing deposits

                           

Money market

     $ 64,032          69          .22      $ 58,575          100          .34  

Demand

       32,993          7          .04        26,614          14          .10  

Savings

       9,596          5          .10        7,941          7          .19  

Retail certificates of deposit

       28,192          97          .69        35,799          231          1.30  

Time deposits in foreign offices and other time

       3,407          8          .49        3,104          10          .62  

Total interest-bearing deposits

       138,220          186          .27        132,033          362          .55  

Borrowed funds

                           

Federal funds purchased and repurchase agreements

       4,744          5          .22        5,251          4          .17  

Federal Home Loan Bank borrowings

       9,603          37          .77        5,054          26          1.02  

Bank notes and senior debt

       10,878          132          2.39        11,437          136          2.36  

Subordinated debt

       7,506          185          4.94        9,166          245          5.35  

Other

       8,937          31          .68        5,779          31          1.05  

Total borrowed funds

       41,668          390          1.86        36,687          442          2.40  

Total interest-bearing liabilities/interest expense

       179,888          576          .64        168,720          804          .96  

Noninterest-bearing liabilities and equity:

                           

Noninterest-bearing deposits

       59,189                  48,743            

Allowance for unfunded loan commitments and letters of credit

       242                  196            

Accrued expenses and other liabilities

       10,781                  10,262            

Equity

       38,747                  33,905            

Total liabilities and equity

     $ 288,847                            $ 261,826                        

Interest rate spread

                 3.82                  3.70  

Impact of noninterest-bearing sources

                             .17                              .23  

Net interest income/margin

                $ 4,883          3.99                $ 4,375          3.93

Nonaccrual loans are included in loans, net of unearned income. The impact of financial derivatives used in interest rate risk management is included in the interest income/expense and average yields/rates of the related assets and liabilities. Basis adjustments related to hedged items are included in noninterest-earning assets and noninterest-bearing liabilities. Average balances of securities are based on amortized historical cost (excluding adjustments to fair value, which are included in other assets). Average balances for certain loans and borrowed funds accounted for at fair value, with changes in fair value recorded in trading noninterest income, are included in noninterest-earning assets and noninterest-bearing liabilities. The interest-earning deposits with the Federal Reserve are included in the ‘Other’ interest-earning assets category.

 

 

168    The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – Form 10-Q


Table of Contents

 

Average Consolidated Balance Sheet And Net Interest Analysis (Continued)

 

                                                            
Second Quarter 2012     First Quarter 2012     Second Quarter 2011  

Average

Balances

   

Interest

Income/

Expense

   

Average

Yields/

Rates

   

Average

Balances

   

Interest

Income/

Expense

   

Average

Yields/

Rates

   

Average

Balances

   

Interest

Income/

Expense

   

Average

Yields/

Rates

 
               
               
               
               
               
  $26,968     $ 214       3.17    $ 27,031     $ 212       3.14    $ 25,993     $ 241       3.70
  6,716       94       5.63       6,577       89       5.38       7,618       105       5.47  
  3,561       39       4.41       3,774       42       4.42       3,278       39       4.73  
  5,401       26       1.91       4,329       24       2.24       3,185       19       2.43  
  2,549       15       2.33       3,123       14       1.80       4,505       27       2.46  
  1,902       22       4.63       1,770       23       5.13       2,234       24       4.37  
  3,178       20       2.56       2,996       19       2.55       3,578       23       2.58  
  317               .11       347               .03       376               .04  
  50,592       430       3.40       49,947       423       3.38       50,767       478       3.77  
               
  4,259       39       3.70       4,576       41       3.58       1,130       11       3.68  
  4,376       51       4.56       4,635       53       4.62       4,215       54       5.11  
  874       4       1.83       1,170       5       1.68       2,276       12       2.20  
  225       2       3.79       223       2       3.79        
  671       7       4.20       671       7       4.18       8         5.10  
  359       2       2.89       361       3       2.83       150       1       2.95  
  10,764       105       3.90       11,636       111       3.82       7,779       78       4.01  
  61,356       535       3.49       61,583       534       3.47       58,546       556       3.80  
               
  77,131       927       4.75       69,286       789       4.51       57,932       715       4.88  
  18,440       270       5.78       16,818       220       5.19       16,779       234       5.51  
  6,586       81       4.96       6,377       76       4.74       6,189       75       4.86  
  59,832       695       4.67       57,148       679       4.78       54,014       665       4.94  
  15,932       216       5.44       14,927       209       5.59       15,001       233       6.22  
  177,921       2,189       4.90       164,556       1,973       4.78       149,915       1,922       5.11  
  3,016       45       6.00       2,910       50       6.89       2,719       38       5.62  
  1,666       6       1.45       1,821       7       1.58       2,321       9       1.39  
  6,173       56       3.62       6,864       64       3.71       7,241       47       2.60  
  250,132       2,831       4.51       237,734       2,628       4.41       220,742       2,572       4.64  
               
  (4,176)            (4,314         (4,728    
  3,694           3,777           3,433      
  46,501           44,345           41,659      
  $296,151         $ 281,542         $ 261,106      
               
               
               
  $66,902       34       .21     $ 61,162       35       .23     $ 58,594       49       .34  
  34,388       4       .04       31,599       3       .04       26,912       7       .10  
  10,008       2       .10       9,183       3       .10       8,222       4       .19  
  27,373       39       .57       29,011       58       .80       35,098       115       1.32  
  3,577       4       .49       3,238       4       .49       2,250       5       .75  
  142,248       83       .24       134,193       103       .31       131,076       180       .55  
               
  4,937       3       .21       4,551       2       .22       4,138       2       .17  
  10,238       19       .74       8,967       18       .80       5,021       13       1.02  
  10,618       62       2.30       11,138       70       2.48       11,132       68       2.40  
  7,293       87       4.77       7,719       98       5.09       8,981       117       5.24  
  10,038       16       .62       7,837       15       .75       5,713       17       1.12  
  43,124       187       1.72       40,212       203       2.01       34,985       217       2.46  
  185,372       270       .58       174,405       306       .70       166,061       397       .95  
               
  60,478           57,900           49,720      
  243           240           204      
  10,375           11,186           10,747      
  39,683           37,811           34,374      
  $296,151                     $ 281,542                     $ 261,106                  
      3.93           3.71           3.69  
                  .15                       .19                       .24  
        $ 2,561       4.08            $ 2,322        3.90            $ 2,175       3.93

Loan fees for the six months ended June 30, 2012 and June 30, 2011 were $105 million and $85 million, respectively. Loan fees for the three months ended June 30, 2012, March 31, 2012, and June 30, 2011 were $56 million, $49 million, and $47 million, respectively.

Interest income includes the effects of taxable-equivalent adjustments using a marginal federal income tax rate of 35% to increase tax-exempt interest income to a taxable-equivalent basis. The taxable-equivalent adjustments to interest income for the six months ended June 30, 2012 and June 30, 2011 were $66 million and $49 million, respectively. The taxable-equivalent adjustments to interest income for the three months ended June 30, 2012, March 31, 2012, and June 30, 2011 were $35 million, $31 million, and $25 million, respectively.

 

The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – Form 10-Q    169


Table of Contents

PART II – OTHER INFORMATION

ITEM 1. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

See the information set forth in Note 17 Legal Proceedings in the Notes To Consolidated Financial Statements under Part I, Item 1 of this Report, which is incorporated by reference in response to this item.

ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS

There are no material changes from any of the risk factors previously disclosed in PNC’s 2011 Form 10-K as amended by Amendment No. 1 on Form 10-K/A in response to Part I, Item 1A.

ITEM 2. UNREGISTERED SALES OF EQUITY SECURITIES AND USE OF PROCEEDS

(c) Details of our repurchases of PNC common stock during the second quarter of 2012 are included in the following table:

In thousands, except per share data

 

2012 period   Total shares
purchased
(a)
    Average
price
paid per
share
    Total shares
purchased
as part of
publicly
announced
programs
(b)
    Maximum
number
of shares
that may
yet be
purchased
under the
programs
(b)
 

April 1 - 30

    16     $ 61.70         24,710  

May 1 - 31

    11     $ 58.87         24,710  

June 1 - 30

    858     $ 59.01       850       23,860  

Total

    885     $ 59.05                  
(a) Includes PNC common stock purchased under the program referred to in note (b) to this table and PNC common stock purchased in connection with our various employee benefit plans. Effective January 2011, employer matching contributions to the PNC Incentive Savings Plan were no longer made in PNC common stock, but rather in cash. Note 14 Employee Benefit Plans and Note 15 Stock Based Compensation Plans in the Notes To Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8 of our 2011 Annual Report on Form 10-K as amended by Amendment No. 1 on Form 10-K/A (2011 10-K) include additional information regarding our employee benefit plans that use PNC common stock.
(b) Our current stock repurchase program allows us to purchase up to 25 million shares on the open market or in privately negotiated transactions. This program was authorized on October 4, 2007 and will remain in effect until fully utilized or until modified, superseded or terminated. The extent and timing of share repurchases under this program will depend on a number of factors including, among others, market and general economic conditions, economic capital and regulatory capital considerations, alternative uses of capital, the potential impact on our credit ratings, and contractual and regulatory limitations, including the impact of the Federal Reserve’s supervisory assessment of capital adequacy program.

ITEM 6. EXHIBITS

The following exhibit index lists Exhibits filed, or in the case of Exhibits 32.1 and 32.2 furnished, with this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q:

EXHIBIT INDEX

 

    4.24    Form of PNC Bank, National Association Global Bank Note for Extendible Floating Rate Global Senior Bank Note with Maturity of more than Nine Months from Date of Issuance.
   Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 of PNC’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed June 21, 2012.
  10.79    Additional 2012 forms of employee performance unit, restricted stock and restricted share unit agreements
  10.80    Exchange Agreement dated as of May 21, 2012 by and among PNC Bancorp, Inc, the Corporation, and BlackRock, Inc.
   Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 of the Current Report on Form 8-K filed May 23, 2012 by BlackRock, Inc. (SEC File No. 001-33099)
  12.1    Computation of Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges
  12.2    Computation of Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges and Preferred Stock Dividends
  31.1    Certification of Chairman and Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
  31.2    Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
  32.1    Certification by Chief Executive Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350
  32.2    Certification by Chief Financial Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350
101    Interactive Data File (XBRL)

You can obtain copies of these Exhibits electronically at the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov or by mail from the Public Reference Section of the SEC at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, DC 20549 at prescribed rates. The Exhibits are also available as part of this Form 10-Q on PNC’s corporate website at www.pnc.com/secfilings. Shareholders and bondholders may also obtain copies of Exhibits, without charge, by contacting Shareholder Relations at 800-843-2206 or via e-mail at investor.relations@pnc.com. The interactive data file (XBRL) exhibit is only available electronically.

SIGNATURE

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on August 8, 2012 on its behalf by the undersigned thereunto duly authorized.

The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc.

 

/s/ Richard J. Johnson

Richard J. Johnson

Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

(Principal Financial Officer)

 

 

170    The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – Form 10-Q


Table of Contents

CORPORATE INFORMATION

The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc.

CORPORATE HEADQUARTERS

The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc.

One PNC Plaza, 249 Fifth Avenue

Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania 15222-2707

412-762-2000

STOCK LISTING The common stock of The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. is listed on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol PNC.

INTERNET INFORMATION The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc.’s financial reports and information about its products and services are available on the internet at www.pnc.com. We provide information for investors on our corporate website under “About PNC – Investor Relations,” such as Investor Events, Quarterly Earnings, SEC Filings, Financial Information, Financial Press Releases and Message from the Chairman. Under “Investor Relations,” we will from time to time post information that we believe may be important or useful to investors. We generally post the following shortly before or promptly following its first use or release: financially-related press releases (including earnings releases), various SEC filings, presentation materials associated with earnings and other investor conference calls or events, and access to live and taped audio from such calls or events. When warranted, we will also use our website to expedite public access to time-critical information regarding PNC in advance of distribution of a press release or a filing with the SEC disclosing the same information. You can also find the SEC reports and corporate governance information described in the sections below in the Investor Relations section of our website.

Where we have included web addresses in this Report, such as our web address and the web address of the SEC, we have included those web addresses as inactive textual references only. Except as specifically incorporated by reference into this Report, information on those websites is not part hereof.

FINANCIAL INFORMATION We are subject to the informational requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (Exchange Act), and, in accordance with the Exchange Act, we file annual, quarterly and current reports, proxy statements, and other information with the SEC. Our SEC File Number is 001-09718. You can obtain copies of these and other filings, including exhibits, electronically at the SEC’s internet website at www.sec.gov or on PNC’s corporate internet website at www.pnc.com/secfilings. Shareholders and bond holders may also obtain copies of these filings without charge by contacting Shareholder Services at 800-982-7652 or via the online contact form at www.computershare.com/contactus for copies without exhibits, and by contacting Shareholder Relations at 800-843-2206 or via email at

investor.relations@pnc.com for copies of exhibits, including financial statement and schedule exhibits where applicable. The interactive data file (XBRL) exhibit is only available electronically.

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE AT PNC Information about our Board of Directors and its committees and corporate governance at PNC is available on PNC’s corporate website at www.pnc.com/corporategovernance. Shareholders who would like to request printed copies of PNC’s Code of Business Conduct and Ethics or our Corporate Governance Guidelines or the charters of our Board’s Audit, Nominating and Governance, Personnel and Compensation, or Risk Committees (all of which are posted on the PNC corporate website) may do so by sending their requests to George P. Long, III, Chief Governance Counsel and Corporate Secretary, at corporate headquarters at the above address. Copies will be provided without charge to shareholders.

INQUIRIES For financial services call 888-PNC-2265.

Individual shareholders should contact Shareholder Services at 800-982-7652.

Analysts and institutional investors should contact William H. Callihan, Senior Vice President, Director of Investor Relations, at 412-762-8257 or via email at investor.relations@pnc.com.

News media representatives and others seeking general information should contact Fred Solomon, Vice President, Corporate Communications, at 412-762-4550 or via email at corporate.communications@pnc.com.

COMMON STOCK PRICES/DIVIDENDS DECLARED The table below sets forth by quarter the range of high and low sale and quarter-end closing prices for The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. common stock and the cash dividends declared per common share.

 

      High      Low      Close      Cash
Dividends
Declared
(a)
 

2012 Quarter

             

First

   $ 64.79      $ 56.88      $ 64.49      $ .35  

Second

     67.89        55.60        61.11        .40  

Total

                              $ .75  

2011 Quarter

             

First

   $ 65.19      $ 59.67      $ 62.99      $ .10  

Second

     64.37        55.56        59.61        .35  

Third

     61.21        42.70        48.19        .35  

Fourth

     58.70        44.74        57.67        .35  

Total

                              $ 1.15  
(a) Our Board approved a third quarter 2012 cash dividend of $.40 per common share, which was payable on the next business day after the payment date of August 5, 2012.
 

 

The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – Form 10-Q    171


Table of Contents

DIVIDEND POLICY Holders of PNC common stock are entitled to receive dividends when declared by the Board of Directors out of funds legally available for this purpose. Our Board of Directors may not pay or set apart dividends on the common stock until dividends for all past dividend periods on any series of outstanding preferred stock have been paid or declared and set apart for payment. The Board presently intends to continue the policy of paying quarterly cash dividends. The amount of any future dividends will depend on economic and market conditions, our financial condition and operating results, and other factors, including contractual restrictions and applicable government regulations and policies (such as those relating to the ability of bank and

non-bank subsidiaries to pay dividends to the parent company and regulatory capital limitations).

DIVIDEND REINVESTMENT AND STOCK PURCHASE PLAN

The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. Dividend Reinvestment and Stock Purchase Plan enables holders of our common and preferred Series B stock to conveniently purchase additional shares of common stock. You can obtain a prospectus and enrollment form by contacting Shareholder Services at 800-982-7652.

REGISTRAR AND STOCK TRANSFER AGENT

Computershare Trust Company, N.A.

250 Royall Street

Canton, MA 02021

800-982-7652

 

 

172    The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – Form 10-Q